Read References2005.vp text version

References Cited

A Abbate, E., Bortolotti, V., and Passerini, P. (1970) Olistostromes and olistoliths. In: Sestini, G., ed., Development of the Northern Appenines geosyncline. Sedimentary Geology, v.4, no.3-4, p.521-557. Abraham, Herbert (1960) Asphalts and allied substances v.1, 6th ed. Princeton, N.J.: Van Nostrand. 370 p. Abraham, K., Schreyer, W., Medenbach, O., and Gebert, W. (1980) Kulkeit, ein geordnetes 1:1 Mixed-Layer-Mineral zwischen Klinochlor und Talk. (abstr.) Fortschritte der Mineralogie 58, 4-5. Ackermann, Ernst (1951) Geröllton! Geologische Rundschau, v. 39, p. 237-239. Ackermann, Ernst (1962) Büssersteine -- Zeugen vorzeitlicher Grundwasserschwankungen. Zeitschrift für Geomorphologie, n. F., Bd. 6, p. 148-182. ACSN: American Commission on Stratigraphic Nomenclature (1957) Nature, usage, and nomenclature of biostratigraphic units. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 41, p. 1877-1889. (Its Report 5). ACSN: American Commission on Stratigraphic Nomenclature (1959) Application of stratigraphic classification and nomenclature to the Quaternary. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 43, p. 663-675. (Its Report 6). ACSN: American Commission on Stratigraphic Nomenclature (1961) Code of stratigraphic nomenclature. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 45, p. 645-660. ACSN: American Commission on Stratigraphic Nomenclature (1965) Records of the Stratigraphic Commission for 1963-1964. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 49, p. 296-300. (Its Note 31). ACSN: American Commission on Stratigraphic Nomenclature (1967) Records of the Stratigraphic Commission for 1964-1966. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 51, p. 1862-1868. (Its note 34). Adams, J. A. S., and Weaver, C. E. (1958) Thorium-to-uranium ratios as indicators of sedimentary processes--example of concept of geochemical facies. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, vol. 42, p. 387-430. Adams, J. E., and Frenzel, H. N. (1950) Capitan barrier reef, Texas and New Mexico. Journal of Geology, v. 58, p. 289-312. Adams, J. E., and Rhodes, M. L. (1960) Dolomitization by seepage refluxion. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 44, p. 1912-1920. Adams, J. E., et al. (1951) Starved Pennsylvanian Midland Basin. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 35, p. 2600-2607. Adamson, A.W., and Gast, A.P. (1997) Physical chemistry of surfaces. New York, Wiley-Interscience, 784p. ADTIC: U. S. Arctic, Desert, Tropic Information Center (1955) Glossary of arctic and subarctic terms. Maxwell Air Force Base, Ala.: Air University, Research Studies Institute. 90 p. (ADTIC Publication A-105). Agassiz, Louis (1866) Geological sketches. Boston: Ticknor & Fields. 311 p. Ager, D. V. (1963) Principles of paleoecology: an introduction to the study of how and where animals and plants lived in the past. New York: McGraw-Hill, Inc. Ager, D. V. (1974) Storm deposits in the Jurassic of the Moroccan High. Palaeogeography, palaeoclimatology, palaeoecology, v. 15, p. 83-93. AGI: American Geological Institute (1989) AGI Data Sheets. 3rd ed. Alexandria, VA: AGI. Ahlmann, H. W. (1933) Scientific results of the Swedish-Norwegian Arctic Expedition in the summer of 1931, Pt. 8. Geografiska Annaler, v. 15, p. 161-216, 261-295. AIME: American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical, and Petroleum Engineers (1960) Industrial minerals and rocks (non-metallics other than fuels). 3rd ed. New York: American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical, and Petroleum Engineers. 934 p. Aitken, J. D. (1967) Classification and environmental significance of cryptalgal limestones and dolomites, with illustrations from the Cambrian and Ordovician of southwestern Alberta. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 37, p. 1163-1178. Aki, K., and Richards, P.G., (1980) Quantitative seismology: Theory and methods. W.H. Freeman and Co. Alden, W. C. (1928) Landslide and flood at Gros Ventre, Wyoming. American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers Transactions, v. 76, p. 347-361. (Technical publication no. 140). Allan, R. S. (1948) Geological correlation and paleoecology. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 59, p. 1-10.

737

Allen

Aref

Allen, E. T., and Day, A. L. (1935) Hot springs of the Yellowstone National Park. Microscopic examinations by H. E. Merwin. Carnegie Institution of Washington, Publication 466. 525 p. Allen, G.P., and Posamentier, H.W. (1993) Sequence stratigraphy and facies model of an incised valley fill; the Gironde Estuary, France. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.63, no.3, p.378-391. Allen, J. R. L. (1960) Cornstone. Geological Magazine, v. 97, p. 43-48. Allen, J. R. L. (1963) Asymmetrical ripple marks and the origin of water-laid cosets of cross-strata. Liverpool and Manchester Geological Journal, v. 3, p. 187-236. Allen, J.R.L. (1963) The classification of cross-stratified units with notes on their origin. Sedimentology, v.2, p.93-114. Allen, J. R. L. (1968) Current ripples: their relation to patterns of water and sediment motion. Amsterdam: North Holland Publishing Co. 433 p. Allen, V. T. (1936) Terminology of medium-grained sediments. With notes by P. G. H. Boswell. National Research Council. Division of Geology and Geography. Annual report for 1935-1936, appendix I, exhibit B. 23 p. (Its Committee on Sedimentation. Report, exhibit B). Allen, V. T., and Nichols, R. L. (1945) Clay-pellet conglomerates at Hobart Butte, Lane County, Oregon. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 15, p. 25-33. Alley, R.B., Saltzman, E.S., Cuffey, K.M., and Fitzpatrick, J.J. (1990) Summertime formation of depth hoar in central Greenland. Geophysical Research Letters, v.17, p.2393-2396. Alling, H. L. (1943) A metric grade scale for sedimentary rocks. Journal of Geology, v. 51, p. 259-269. Alling, H. L. (1945) Use of microlithologies as illustrated by some New York sedimentary rocks. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 56, p. 737-755. Allum, J. A. E. (1966) Photogeology and regional mapping. New York: Pergamon. 107 p. Alvarez, Walter, et al. (1978) Classification of solution cleavage in pelagic limestones. Geology, v. 6, p. 263-266. Amin, B. S., Lal, D., and Somayajulu, B. L. K. (1975) Chronology of marine sediments using the 10Be method: intercomparison with other methods. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, v. 39, p. 1187-1191. Amiran, D. H. K. (1950-1951) Geomorphology of the central Negev highlands. Israel Exploration Journal, v. 1, p. 107-120. Amstutz, A. (1951) Sur l=évolution des structures alpines. Archives des Sciences, v. 4, p. 323-329.

738

Ander, M.E., Summers, T., and Gruchalla, M.R. (1999) LaCoste & Romberg gravity meter: System analysis and instrumental errors. Geophysics, v.64, p.1708-1709. Anderson, D. M., et al. (1969) Bentonite debris flows in northern Alaska. Science, v. 164, p. 173-174. Anderson, E.M. (1951) The dynamics of faulting and dyke formation, with applications to Britain, 2nd ed. Edinburgh, Oliver and Boyd, 206p. Anderson, J. A. R. (1964) The structure and development of the peat swamps of Sarawak and Brunei. Journal of Tropical Geography, v. 18, p. 7-16. Andersson, J. G. (1906) Solifluction, a component of subaerial denudation. Journal of Geology, v. 14, p. 91-112. Andreev, P. F., et al. (1968) Transformation of petroleum in nature. Translated from the Russian edition by R. B. Gaul and B. C. Metzner. Translation editors: E. Barghoorn and S. Silverman. New York: Pergamon. 468 p. (International series of monographs in earth sciences, v. 29.) Andresen, M. J. (1962) Paleodrainage patterns: their mapping from subsurface data, and their paleogeographic value. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 46, p. 398-405. Anonymous (1984) Shaded relief and surface markings of the Pelorus linea region of Europa. U. S. Geological Survey Map I-1493 (Je-3). Anonymous (1985) Shaded relief and surface markings of the Philus Sulcus quadrangle of Ganymede. U. S. Geological Survey Map I-1565 (Jg-4). Anonymous (1995) Dictionary of Computer Words. Revised ed.: Houghton Mifflin, Boston, MA, 332p. Antevs, E. V. (1932) Alpine zone of Mt. Washington Range. Auburn, Me.: Merrill & Weber. 118 p. Antevs, E. V. (1948) Climatic changes and pre-white man. University of Utah. Bulletin, v. 38, no. 20, p. 168-191. (The Great Basin, with emphasis on glacial and postglacial times, 3.). Antevs, E. V. (1953) Geochronology of the Deglacial and Neothermal ages. Journal of Geology, v. 61, p. 195-230. Apfel, E. T. (1938) Phase sampling of sediments. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 8, p. 67-68. Archie, G. E. (1942) The electrical resistivity log as an aid in determining some reservoir characteristics. American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical, and Petroleum Engineers. Transactions, v. 146, p. 54-60. Aref, A.M.A. (2003) Classification and depositional environments of Quaternary pedogenic gypsum crusts (gypcrete) from east of the Fayum Depression, Egypt. Sedimentary Geology, v.155, p.87-108.

Arkell

Aydin

Arkell, W. J. (1933) The Jurassic system in Great Britain. Oxford: Clarendon Press. 681 p. Arkell, W. J. (1956) Jurassic geology of the world. New York: Hafner. 806 p. Arkell, W. J. and Tomkeieff, S. I. (1953) English rock terms, chiefly as used by miners and quarrymen. London: Oxford University Press. 139 p. Arkley, R. J. and Brown, H. C. (1954) The origin of Mima mound (hogwallow) microrelief in the far western states. Soil Science Society of America. Proceedings, v. 18, p. 195-199. Armstrong, F. C. (1974) Uranium resources of the future--"porphyry" uranium deposits. In: Formation of uranium ore deposits. Proceedings of a symposium, Athens, 6-10 May, 1974, p. 625-635. Armstrong, J. (1969) The crossed bladed fabrics of the shells of Terrakea solida (Etheridge and Dunn) and Streptorhynchus pelicanensis Fletcher. Palaeontology, v.12, p.310-320. Armstrong, R. L. (1958) Sevier orogenic belt in Nevada and Utah. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 79, p. 429-458. Armstrong, Terence, and Roberts, Brian (1958) Illustrated ice glossary. Pt. 1. Polar Record, v. 8, no. 52, p. 4-12. Armstrong, Terence, et al. (1966) Illustrated glossary of snow and ice. Cambridge, England: Scott Polar Research Institute. 60 p. Armstrong, Terence, et al. (1977) Proposed new terms and definitions for snow and ice features. Polar Record, v. 18, p. 501-502. Arndt, N. T., et al. (1977) Komatiitic and iron-rich tholeiitic lavas of Munro Township, northeast Ontario. Journal of Petrology, v. 18, p. 319-369. Arnold, C. A. (1947) An introduction to paleobotany. New York: McGraw-Hill. 433 p. ASCE: American Society of Civil Engineers. Hydraulics Division. Committee on Hydraulic Structures (1962) Nomenclature for hydraulics. Fred W. Blaisdell and others, eds. New York: American Society of Civil Engineers. 501 p. (Manuals and reports on engineering practice, no. 43.) ASCE: American Society of Civil Engineers. Soil Mechanics and Foundations Division. Committee on Glossary of Terms and Definitions in Soil Mechanics (1958) Glossary of terms and definitions in soil mechanics; report of the committee. R. E. Fadum, chairman. Its Journal, 1958, no. SM4, pt. 1. 43 p. (American Society of Civil Engineers. Proceedings. v. 84, paper 1826).

ASCE: American Society of Civil Engineers. Surveying and Mapping Division. Committee on Definitions of Surveying Terms (1954) Definitions of surveying, mapping, and related terms. Charles B. Breed, chairman. New York: American Society of Civil Engineers. 202 p. (Manuals of engineering practice, no. 34). Ashley, G.M. (1990) Classification of large-scale subaqueous bed forms: A new look at an old problem. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.60, p.160-172. Ashworth, J. R., ed. (1985) Introduction. In: Migmatites. Blackie: Glasgow, p. 1-35. ASP: American Society of Photogrammetry (1975) Manual of remote sensing. R. G. Reeves, ed. Falls Church, Va.: American Society of Photogrammetry. Vol. 1, 867 p.; vol. 2, 2144 p. ASP: American Society of Photogrammetry. Committee on Nomenclature (1966) Definitions of terms and symbols used in photogrammetry. Editor: Robert D. Turpin. In: American Society of Photogrammetry. Manual of photogrammetry, v. 2, p. 1125-1161. 3rd ed. Falls Church, Va.: American Society of Photogrammetry. 1199 p. Assereto, Riccardo, and Kendall, C. G. (1977) Nature, origin, and classification or peritidal tepee structures and related breccias. Sedimentology, v. 24, p. 153-210. Association of Engineering Geologists (1969) Definition of engineering geology. Its Newsletter, v. 12, no. 4, p. 3. ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials (1970) Annual book of ASTM standards, part 33: glossary of ASTM definitions and index to ASTM standards. Philadelphia: American Society for Testing and Materials. 706 p. Atterberg, Albert (1905) Die rationelle Klassifikation der Sande und Kiese. Chemiker-Zeitung, Jahrg. 29, p. 195-198. Aubouin, Jean (1965) Geosynclines. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 335 p. Aufrère, L. (1931) Le cycle morphologique des dunes. Annales de Géographie, v. 40, no. 226, p. 362-385. Ausich, W. I., and Bottjer, D. J. (1982) Tiering in suspension-feeding communities on soft substrata throughout the Phanerozoic. Science, v. 216, p. 173-174. Aydin, A., and Johnson, A.R. (1978) Development of faults as zones of deformation bands and as slip surfaces in sandstone. Pure and Applied Geophysics, v.116, p.931-942. Aydin, A., and Nuir, A. (1982) Evolution of pull-apart basins and their scale independence. Tectonics, vol. 1, p. 91-105.

739

Båth

Bandel

B Båth, Markus (1966) Earthquake seismology. Earth-Science Reviews, v. 1, p. 69-86. Back, William (1966) Hydrochemical facies and ground-water flow patterns in northern part of Atlantic Coastal Plain. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 498-A. 42 p. Bagnold, R. A. (1941) The physics of blown sand and desert dunes. London: Methuen. 265 p. Bagnold, R. A. (1956) The flow of cohesionless grains in fluids. Royal Society of London. Philosophical Transactions, ser. A, v. 249, p. 235-297. Bahat, D. (1991) Tectonofractography. Elsevier Press, 250 p. Bailey, E. B. (1934) West Highland tectonics: Loch Leven to Glen Roy. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 90, p. 462-525. Bailey, E.B. (1967) James Hutton--the founder of modern geology. New York, Elsevier, 161p. Bailey, R. V., and Childers, M. O. (1977) Applied mineral exploration with special reference to uranium. Boulder, Colo.: Westview Press. 542 p. Bailey, S. W. (1980) Summary of recommendations of the AIPEA Nomenclature Committee. Clay and Clay Minerals, 28, p. 73-78. Bailey, S.W. (1980a) Structure in layer silicates. In: Brindley, G.W., and Brown, G., eds., Crystal structures of clay minerals and their X-ray identification. London, Mineralogical Society Monograph 5, p.1-123. Bailey, S.W. (1980b) Summary of recommendations of AIPEA Nomenclature Committee. Clay Minerals, v.15, p.85-93. Bailey, S.W. (1982) Nomenclature for regular interstratification. American Mineralogist, v.67, p.394-398. Bailey, S. W. (1988) Odinite, a new dioctahedral-trioctahedral Fe3+ rich clay mineral. Clay Minerals, v. 23, p. 237-247. Bailey, S. W. (1989) Halloysite - a critical assessment. Farmer, V. C. and Tardy, T., editors. Sciences Géologiques Mém. 86, Vol. II, Proceedings 9th International Clay Conference, Strasbourg, 89-98. Bailey, S. W., Banfield, J. F., Barker, W. W., and Katchan, G. (1995) Dozyite, a 1:1 regular interstratification of serpentine and chlorite. Amer. Minerl. 80, p. 65-77. Bailey, S. W., Brindley, G. W., Kodama, H., and Martin, R. T. (1979) Report of the Clay Minerals Society nomenclature committee for 1977 and 1978. Clays and Clay Minerals, v. 27, p. 238-239.

740

Bailey, S. W., Brindley, G. W., Kodama, H., and Martin, R. T. (1982) Report of the Clay Minerals Society Nomenclature Committee for 1980-81: nomenclature for regular interstratifications. Clay and Clay Minerals, v. 30, p. 76-78. Baker, A. A. (1959) Imprisoned rocks: a process of rock abrasion. Victorian Naturalist, v. 76, p. 206-207. Baker, B. B., et al. (1966) Glossary of oceanographic terms. 2nd ed. Washington, D.C.: U. S. Naval Oceanographic Office. 204 p. (U. S. Naval Oceanographic Office. Special Publication 35). Baker, H. A. (1920) On the investigation of the mechanical constitution of loose arenaceous sediments by the method of elutriation, with special reference to the Thanet beds of the southern side of the London Basin. Geological Magazine, v. 57, p. 321-332, 363-370, 411-420, 463-467. Baker, P. E., et al. (1974) Petrology and geochemistry of Easter Island. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, v. 44, p. 85-100. Baker, Victor (1973) Paleohydrology and Sedimentology of Lake Missoula Flooding in Eastern Washington. Special PaperCGeological Society of America, 144; Geological Society of America, Boulder, CO, 79 p. Balk, Robert (1937) Structural behavior of igneous rocks (with special reference to interpretations by H. Cloos and collaborators). Geological Society of America. Memoir 5. 177p. Ballard, T. J., and Conklin, Q. E. (1955) The uranium prospector's guide. New York: Harper. 251 p. Bally, A. W. (1981) Thoughts on the tectonics of folded belts. In: McClay, K. R. and Price, N. J., eds., Thrust and nappe tectonics : Geological Society of London Special Publication 9, p. 13-32. Bambach, R.K. (1983) Ecospace utilization and guilds in marine communities through the Phanerozoic. In: Tevesz, M.J.S., and McCall, P.L., eds., Biotic interactions in Recent and fossil benthic communities. New York, Plenum Press, p.719-146. Bandel, K. (1977a) Übergänge von der Perlmutter-Schicht zu prismatischen Schichttypen bei Mollusken. Biomineralization Research Reports, v.9, p.28-47. Bandel, K. (1977b) Die Herausbildung der Schraubenschicht der Pteropoden. Biomineralization Research Reports, v.9, p.73-85. Bandel, K. (1979a) The nacreous layer in the shells of the gastropod-family Seguenziidae and its taxonomic significance. Biomineralization Research Reports, v.10, p.49-61. Bandel, K. (1979b) Transitions from simple structural types to the crossed-lamellar structure in gastropod shells. Biomineralization Research Reports, v.10, p.9-38.

Bandel

Bathurst

Bandel, K. (1981a) The structure and formation of the siphuncular tube of Quenstedtoceras compared with that of Nautilus (Cephalopoda). Neues Jahrbuch für Geologie und Paläontologie, Abhandlungen, v.161, no.2, p.153-171. Bandel, K. (1981b) Struktur der Molluskenschale im Hinblick auf ihre Funktion. Paläontologische Kursbücher, München, v.1, p.25-48. Bandel, K., and Keupp, H. (1985) Analogous mineralizations in molluscs and calcareous dinoflagellate cysts. Neues Jahrbuch für Geologie und Paläontologie, Monatshefte, no.2, p.65-86. Banks, C. J. and Warburton, J. (1986) "Passive-roof" duplex geometry in the frontal structures of the Kirthar and Sulaiman mountain belts. Journal of Structural Geology, vol. 8, p. 229-238. Banks, H.P. (1975) Reclassification of the Psilophyta. Taxon, v.24, p.401-413. Banta, W. C. (1970) The body wall of cheilostome Bryozoa: III, the frontal wall of Watersipora arcuata Banta, with a revision of the Cryptocystidea. Journal of Morphology, v. 131, p. 37-56. Barbier, M. G., and Viallix, J. R. (1973) Sosie: a new tool for marine seismology. Geophysics, v. 38, p. 673-683. Barenblatt, G. J. (1962) The mathematical theory of equilibrium cracks in brittle fracture. Advanced Applied Mechanics, v. 7, p. 55-129. Barker, D. S. (1970) Compositions of granophyre, myrmekite, and graphic granite. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 81, p. 3339-3350. Barnes, H. L. (1979) Geochemistry of hydrothermal ore deposits. 2nd ed. New York: Wiley. 798 p. Barnett, J.A.M., Mortimer, J., Rippon, J.H., Walsh, J.J., and Watterson, J. (1987) Displacement geometry in the volume containing a single normal fault. AAPG Bulletin, v.71, no.8, p.925-937. Baronnet, A. (1982) Ostwald ripening in solution; the case for calcite and mica. Estudios geol. 38, p. 185-198. Barrell, Joseph (1907) Geology of the Marysville mining district, Montana: a study of igneous intrusion and contact metamorphism. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 57. 178 p. Barrell, Joseph (1912) Criteria for the recognition of ancient delta deposits. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 23, p. 377-446. Barrell, Joseph (1913) The Upper Devonian delta of the Appalachian geosyncline. American Journal of Science, ser. 4, v. 36, p. 429-472.

Barrell, Joseph (1917) Rhythms and the measurements of geologic time. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 28, p. 745-904. Barth, T. F. W. (1948) Oxygen in rocks: a basis for petrographic calculations. Journal of Geology, v. 56, p. 50-60. Barth, T. F. W. (1959) Principles of classification and norm calculations of metamorphic rocks. Journal of Geology, v. 67, p. 135-152. Barth, T. F. W. (1962) Theoretical petrology. 2nd ed. New York: Wiley. 416 p. Barton, D. C. (1916) The geological significance and classification of arkose deposits. Journal of Geology, v. 24, p. 417-449. Barton, D. C. (1929) The Eötvös torsion balance method of mapping geologic structure. American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical and Petroleum Engineers. [Transactions, v.18], Geophysical prospecting, p. 416-479. Barton, D.C. (1933) Mechanics of formation of salt domes, with special reference to Gulf Coast salt domes of Texas and Louisiana. AAPG Bulletin, v.17, no.9, p.1025-1083. Barton, P. B., Jr., and Toulmin, Priestley, III (1964a) Experimental data from the system Cu-Fe-S and their bearing on exsolution textures in ores. Economic Geology, v. 59, p. 1241-1269. Barton, P. B., Jr., and Toulmin, Priestley, III (1964b) The electron-tarnish method for the determination of the fugacity of sulfur in laboratory sulfide systems. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta. v. 28, p. 619-640. Basaltic Volcanism Study Project (1981) Basaltic volcanism on the terrestrial planets. Pergamon Press: New York, 1286 p. Bascom, Florence (1931) Geomorphic nomenclature. Science. v. 74, p. 172-173. Bateman, A. M. (1959) Economic mineral deposits. 2nd ed. New York: Wiley. 916 p. Bates, R. L. (1938) Occurrence and origin of certain limonite concretions. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 8, p. 91-99. Bathurst, R. G. C. (1958) Diagenetic fabrics in some British Dinantian limestones. Liverpool and Manchester Geological Journal, v. 2, pt. 1, p. 11-36. Bathurst, R. G. C. (1959) The cavernous structure of some Mississippian (Stromatactis) reefs in Lancashire, England. Journal of Geology, v. 67, p. 506-521. Bathurst, R. G. C. (1966) Boring algae, micrite envelopes and lithification of molluscan biosparites. Geological Journal, v. 5, p. 15-32.

741

Bathurst

Benedict

Bathurst, R. G. C. (1971) Carbonate sediments and their diagenesis. New York: Elsevier. 620 p. (Developments in sedimentology, 12.) Batiza, R., and White, J.D.L. (2000) Submarine lavas and hyaloclastite. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.361-381. Batten, D.J. (1996) Colonial Chlorococcales. In: Jansonius, J., and McGregor, D.C., eds., Palynology. Principles and applications 1. Dallas, Tex., American Association of Stratigraphic Palynologists Foundation, p.191-203. Batten, D.J., and Grenfell, H.R. (1996) Botryococcus. In: Jansonius, J., and McGregor, D.C., eds., Palynology. Principles and applications 1. Dallas, Tex., American Association of Stratigraphic Palynologists Foundation, p.205-214. Batten, R.L., and Dumont, M.P. (1976) Shell ultrastructure of the Atlantidae (Heteropoda, Mesogastropoda), Oxygyrus and Protatlanta, with comments on Atlanta inclinata. American Museum of Natural History Bulletin, v.157, art.4, p.263-310. Batten, Roger (1966) The lower Carboniferous gastropod fauna from the Hotwells limestone of Compton Martin, Somerset. Part I. Palaeontographical Society. Monographs, v. 119, p. 1-52. Baulig, Henri (1956) Vocabulaire franco-anglo-allemand de géomorphologie. Paris: Soc. Ed. Belles Lettres. 229 p. Baulig, Henri (1957) Peneplains and pediplains. Translated from the French by C. A. Cotton. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 68, p. 913-929. Baumhoff, M. A., and Heizer, R. F. (1965) Postglacial climate and archaeology in the Desert West. In: Wright, H. E., Jr., and Frey, D. G., eds. The Quaternary of the United States, p. 697-707. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton Univ. Press. 922 p. Bayly, Brian (1968) Introduction to petrology. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall. 371 p. Bé, A.W.H., MacClintock, C., and Currie, D.C. (1972) Helical shell and growth of the pteropod Cuvierina columnella (Rang) (Mollusca, Gastropoda). Biomineralization Research Reports, v.4, p.47-79. Beadle, L.C., (1974) The Inland Waters of Tropical Africa. Longman, London, 365p. Beales, F. W. (1958) Ancient sediments of Bahaman type. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 42, p. 1845-1880. Beasley, H. C. (1914) Some fossils from the Keuper Sandstone of Alton, Staffordshire. Liverpool Geological Society. Proceedings, v. 12, p. 35-39.

Beattie, P., et al. (1993) Terminology for trace-element partitioning. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, v. 57, p. 1605-1606. Becke, F. (1903) Über Mineralbestand und Struktur der Kristallinischen Schiefer. Comptes Rendus, Congrès Géologique International, 9th, Vienna. Becke, F. (1913) Über Minerallesband und Struktur der krystallinischen Schiefer. Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien. Denkschriften, v. 75, p. 1-53. Becker, G. F. (1895) Reconnaissance of the gold fields of the southern Appalachians. U. S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 16th, pt. 3, p. 251-331. Becker, Hans (1932) Report on some work on sediments done in Germany in 1931. National Research Council. Committee on Sedimentation. Report, 1930-1932, p. 82-89. (National Research Council. Bulletin, no. 89). Beerbower, J. R. (1964) Cyclothems and cyclic depositional mechanisms in alluvial plain sedimentation. Kansas. State Geological Survey. Bulletin 169, v. 1, p. 31-42. Beerbower, J. R. (1968) Search for the past; an introduction to paleontology. 2nd ed. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. 512 p. Begon, M., Harper, J.L., and Townsend, C.R. (1996) Ecology: Individuals, populations, and communities. Oxford, Blackwell Science. Behrensmeyer, A. K., and Kidwell, S. M. (1985) Taphonomy's contributions to paleobiology. Paleobiology, v. 11, p. 105-119. Bell, B. M. (1976) A study of North American Edrioasteroidea. New York State Museum and Science Service. Memoir 21, 447 p. Bell, F. G. (1992) Engineering in rock masses. Butterworth-Heinemann Ltd., Oxford, p. 54. Bell, Keith, ed. (1989) Carbonatites, genesis and evolution. London: Unwin Hyman Ltd., 618 p. Bell, Robert (1894) Pre-Paleozoic decay of crystalline rocks north of Lake Huron. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 5, p. 357-366. Bell, T. H. and Etheridge, M. A. (1973) Microstructure of mylonites and their terminology. Lithos, vol. 6, p. 337-348. Below, R. (1987) Evolution und Systematik von Dinoflagellaten-Zysten aus der Ordnung Peridinales, 1, Allgemeine Grundfragen und Subfamilie Rhaetogonyaulacoidea (Familie Peridiniaceae). Palaeontographica, Abteilung B: Palaeophytologie, v.205, no.1-6, p.1-164. Benedict, L. G., et al. (1968) Pseudovitrinite in Appalachian coking coals. Fuel, v. 47, p. 135-143.

742

Beneo

Bissel

Beneo, E. (1955) Les résultats des études pour la recherche pétrolifère en Sicile. World Petroleum Congress. 4th, Rome, 1955. Proceedings, sec. 1, p. 109-124. Berg, E.L. (1938) Notes on catlinite and the Sioux Quartzite. American Mineralogist, v.23, p.258-268. Berger, A. (1995) Modeling the astronomical theory of paleoclimates. Journal of Coastal Research, Special Issue 17, p. 355-362. Berger, A., and Loutre, M.F. (1991) Insolation values for the climate of the last 10 million years. Quaternary Science Reviews, v.10, p.297-318. Berger, W. H. (1974) Deep-sea sedimentation. In: Burk, C. A., and others, eds. The geology of continental margins, p. 213-241. New York: Springer-Verlag. Berggren, W.A., Christie-Blick, N., Aubry, M.-P., Carter, R.M., Hallam, A., Miller, K.G., Owen, D.E., Van Couvering, J.A., and Watkins, J.S. (2001) A proposed bipartite sequence stratigraphic nomenclature. In: Mancini, E.A., ed., Sequence stratigraphic and allostratigraphic principles and concepts. AAPG Hedberg Research Conference, p.16. Berkey, C. P., and Morris, F. K. (1924) Basin structures in Mongolia. American Museum of Natural History. Bulletin, v. 51, p. 103-127. Berkey, C.P., and Morris, F.K., (1927) Geology of Mongolia: Natural history of central Asia. v.2, Am. Museum Nat. Hist., New York, 475 pp. Berkland, J. O., et al. (1972) What is Franciscan? American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 56, p. 2295-2302. Bernard, B. (1970) ABC's of infrared. Indianapolis: Howard W. Sames & Co. Berry, L. G., and Mason, Brian (1959) Mineralogy: concepts, descriptions, determinations. San Francisco: Freeman. 630 p. Berry, W. B. N. (1966) Zones and zones; with exemplification from the Ordovician. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 50, p. 1487-1500. Berthelsen, Asger (1970) Globulith: a new type of intrusive structure, exemplified by metabasic bodies in the Moss area, SE Norway. Norges Geologiske Undersokelse, [Publikasjoner]. No. 266 (Årbok 1969). Bertrand, Marcel (1892) Les récents progrés de nos connaissances orogéniques. Revue Générale des Sciences. Tome 3, no. 1, p. 5-12. Best, J.L., and Bridge, J.S. (1992) The morphology and dynamics of low-amplitude bed waves upon upper stage plane beds and the preservation of planar laminae. Sedimentology, v.39, p.737-752.

Betz, F., Jr. (1984) Military geology. In: Finkl, C. W., Jr., ed., The encyclopedia of applied geology , New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., p. 355-358. Beus, A. A. (1978) Lithogeochemistry. Journal of Geochemical Exploration, v. 9, p. 110-111. Beus, A. A., et al. (1962) Albitized and greisenized granite (apogranite). (In Russian.) Moscow: Izd. Akad. Nauk SSSR. 195 p. Bhattacharji, Somdev (1958) Theoretical and experimental investigations on crossfolding. Journal of Geology, v. 66, p. 625-667. Biddle, K. T., and Christie-Blick, N. (1985) Glossary--strike-slip deformation, basin formation, and sedimentation. In: Biddle, K. T., and Christie-Blick, N., Strike-slip deformation, basin formation, and sedimentation. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. Special Publication 37, p. 375-386. Bieniawski, Z.T. (1993) Classification of rock masses for engineering. The RMR system and future trends. In: Hudson, J.A., ed., Comprehensive rock engineering. Pergamon Press, v. 3, p.553-573. Bilibin, S.I. (1998) Application of high-precision magnetic susceptibility logging for well-log analysis in oil deposits. CSEG, CSPG, CWLS Joint Convention Abstracts, p.438-439. Billings, B. H. (1963) Optics. In: American Institute of Physics Handbook. 2nd ed. Billings, M. P. (1954) Structural geology. 2nd ed. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. 514 p. Billings, M. P. (1972) Structural geology. 3rd ed. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. 606 p. Birch, A. F. (1952) Elasticity and constitution of the Earth's interior. Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 57, p. 227-286. Bird, J. B. (1957) The physiography of Arctic Canada, with special reference to the area south of Parry Channel. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press. 336 p. Birkenmajer, Krzysztof (1958) Oriented flowage casts and marks in the Carpathian flysch and their relation to flute and groove casts. Acta geologica Polonica, v. 8, p. 139-148. Birkenmajer, Krzyysztof (1959) Classification of bedding in flysch and similar graded deposits. Studia geologica Polonica, v. 3, p. 81-133. Bissell, H. J. (1959) Silica in sediments of the Upper Paleozoic of the Cordilleran area. In: Ireland, H. A., ed. Silica in sediments--a symposium. Tulsa: Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. 185 p. (Its Special Publication, no. 7, p. 150-185). Bissell, H. J. (1964) Ely, Arcturus, and Park City groups (Pennsylvanian-Permian) in eastern Nevada and western

743

Bissel

Boothroyd

Utah. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 48, p. 565-636. Bissell, H. J. (1964a) Patterns of sedimentation in Pennsylvanian and Permian strata of part of the eastern Great Basin. Kansas State Geological Survey Bulletin 169, v. 1, p. 43-56. Bissell, H. J., and Chilingar, G. V. (1967) Classification of sedimentary carbonate rocks. In: Chilingar, G. V., and others, eds. Carbonate rocks; origin, occurrence and classification, p. 87-168. Amsterdam: Elsevier. (Developments in Sedimentology 9A, ch. 4). Black, R. F. (1954) Permafrost--a review. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 65, p. 839-856. Black, R. F. (1966) Comments on periglacial terminology. Biuletyn peryglacjalny, no. 15, p. 329-333. Blackwelder, Eliot (1931) Desert plains. Journal of Geology, v. 39, p. 133-140. Blackwelder, Eliot (1931a) Pleistocene glaciation in the Sierra Nevada and Basin Ranges. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 42, p. 865-922. Blackwelder, R. E. (1967) Taxonomy. New York: Wiley. 698 p. Blake, S. (1989) Viscoplastic models of lava domes. In: IAVCEI Proceedings in Volcanology, v.2, Lava flows and domes. Heidelberg, Springer Verlag, p.88-126. Blakely, R.J. (1995) Potential theory in gravity and magnetic applications. Cambridge University Press, 441p. Blank, H. R. (1951) "Rock doughnuts," a product of granite weathering. American Journal of Science, v. 249, p. 822-829. Blatt, H., Middleton, G., and Murray, R. (1980) Origin of sedimentary rocks, 2nd ed. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall, 766p. Blatt, Harvey, et al. (1972) Origin of sedimentary rocks. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. 634 p. Blench, Thomas (1957) Regime behaviour of canals and rivers. London: Butterworths. 138 p. Blissenbach, Erich (1954) Geology of alluvial fans in semiarid regions. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 65, p. 175-189. Bloom, A.L. (1978) Geomorphology: A system analysis of late Cenozoic landforms. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall, 510p. Bloom, Arthur L. (1967) Pleistocene Shorelines: A New Test of Isostasy. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v.78, p.1477-1494, December 1967.

Bloos, G., and Page, K.N. (2002) Global Stratotype Section and Point for base of the Sinemurian Stage (Lower Jurassic). Episodes, v.25, no.1, p.22-28. BNCG: British National Committee for Geography (1966) Glossary of technical terms in cartography. London: The Royal Society. 84 p. Bøggild, O.B. (1930) The shell structures of the Mollusks. Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab Skrifter. Naturvidenskabelig og Mathematisk Afdeling, ser.9, v.2, p.231-326. Boardman, R. S. (1971) Mode of growth and functional morphology of autozooids in some recent and Paleozoic tubular bryozoa. Smithsonian Contributions to Paleobiology, no. 8, 51 p. Boardman, R. S., and Cheetham, A. H. (1969) Skeletal growth, intracolony variation, and evolution in bryozoa--a review. Journal of Paleontology, v. 43, no. 2, p. 205-233. Boardman, R. S., and Cheetham, A. H. (1973) Degrees of colony dominance in stenolaemate and gymnolaemate Bryozoa. In: Boardman, R. S., and others, eds. Animal colonies, p. 121-200. Stroudsburg, Pa.: Dowden, Hutchinson & Ross. Boggs, S. Jr. (1987) Principles of sedimentology and stratigraphy. Columbus, Ohio, Merrill, 784p. Bogli, A. (1964) Mischungskorrosion. ein Beitrag zum Verkarstunsproblem: Erdkunde, v. 18, p. 83-92. Borgia, A., Ferrari, L., and Pasquare, G. (1992) Importance of gravitational spreading in the tectonic and volcanic evolution of Mount Etna. Nature. v.357, p.231-235. Bohor, B. F., and Triplehorn, D. M. (1993) Tonsteins; altered volcanic-ash layers in coal-bearing sequences. Geological Society of America, Special Paper 285, Geological Society of America, Inc., Boulder, Colorado, 44 p. Bokman, J. (1956) Terminology for stratification in sedimentary rocks. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 67, no. 1, p. 125-126. Bolli, H. M. (1969) Report of working group for a biostratigraphic zonation of the Cretaceous and Cenozoic as a basis for correlation in marine geology. International Union of Geological Sciences. Geology Newsletter, v. 1969, no. 3, p. 199-207. Bonney, T. G. (1886) The anniversary address of the President. "Metamorphic" rocks. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 42 (Proc.), p. 38-115. Boothroyd, J. C., and Hubbard, D. K. (1974) Bedform development and distribution pattern, Parker and Essex estuaries, Massachusetts. U. S. Army Corps of Engineers. Coastal Engineering Research Center. Miscellaneous Paper 1-74.

744

Bosellini

Breithaupt

Bosellini, A. (1966) Protointraclasts: texture of some Werfenian (Lower Triassic) limestones of the Dolomites (northeastern Italy). Sedimentology, v. 6, p. 333-337. Bosellini, Alfonso, and Ginsburg, R. N. (1971) Form and internal structure of recent algal nodules (rhodolites) from Bermuda. Journal of Geology, v. 79, p. 669-682. Bostick, N. H. (1970) Measured alteration of organic particles (phytoclasts) as an indicator of contact and burial metamorphism in sedimentary rocks. Geological Society of America. Abstracts with Programs, v. 2, no. 2, p. 74. Boswell, P. G. H. (1960) The term graywacke. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 30, p. 154-157. Boucot, A.J. (1983) Does evolution take place in an ecological vacuum? II. Journal of Paleontology, v.57, no.1, pt.1, p.1-30. Boucot, A. J. (1984) Ecostratigraphy. In: Stratigraphy quo vadis? Studies in Geology No. 16, p. 55-60. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Boulton, G. S. (1970) On the deposition of subglacial and melt-out tills at the margins of certain Svalbard glaciers. Journal of Glaciology, v. 9, p. 231-245. Bouma, A. H. (1962) Sedimentology of some flysch deposits; a graphic approach to facies interpretation. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 168 p. Bourcart, Jacques (1939) Essai d'une définition de la vase des estuaires. Académie des Sciences, Paris. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances, v. 209, no. 14, p. 542-544. Bourcart, Jacques (1941) Essai de définition des vases des eaux douces. Académie des Sciences, Paris. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances, v. 212, no. 11, p. 448-450. Bowen, N. L. (1941) Certain singular points on crystallization curves of solid solution. National Academy of Science. Proceedings, v. 27, p. 301-309. Bowen, R. (1966) Oxygen isotopes as climatic indicators. Earth Science Reviews, v. 2, p. 199-224. Boydell, H. C. (1926) A discussion of metasomatism and the linear "force of growing crystals." Economic Geology, v. 21, p. 1-55. Boyer, S. E. (1976) Formation of the Grandfather Mountain window duplex thrusting (abstract). Geological Society of America, Annual Meeting, Denver. Abstracts with Programs, p. 788-789. Boyer, S. E., and Elliott, D. (1982) Thrust systems. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 66, p. 1196-1230. Bradley, R.S. (1999) Paleoclimatology: Reconstructing climates of the Quaternary. San Diego, Calif., Academic Press, 610p.

Bradley, R.S., and Jones, P.D., eds. (1992) Climate since A.D. 1500. New York, Routledge, 679p. Bradley, R.S., and Jones, P.D., eds. (1993) "Little Ice Age" summer temperature variations: Their nature and relevance to recent global warming trends. The Holocene, v.3, p.367-376. Bradley, W. C. (1958) Submarine abrasion and wave-cut platforms. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 69, p. 967-974. Bradley, W. C. (1963) Large-scale exfoliation in massive sandstones of the Colorado Plateau. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 74, p. 519-527. Bradley, W. H. (1930) The behavior of certain mud-crack casts during compaction. American Journal of Science, ser. 5, v. 20, p. 136-144. Bradley, W. H. (1931) Origin and microfossils of the oil shale of the Green River Formation of Colorado and Utah. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 168. 58 p. Brady, J. B. (1975) Chemical components and diffusion. American Journal of Science, v. 275, p. 1073-1088. Brady, N. and Weill, R. (2002) The nature and properties of soil. 13th Edition. Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey. p. 960. Brady, N. C. (1990) Nature and properties of soils. MacMillan Publishing Co., p. 437-438. Braga, J.C., Martin, J.M., and Riding, R. (1995) Controls on microbial dome fabric development along a carbonate-siliclastic shelf-basin transect, Miocene, SE Spain. Palaios, v.10, p.347-361. Bramlette, M. N. (1946) The Monterey Formation of California and the origin of its siliceous rocks. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 212. 57 p. Branco, W., and Fraas, E. (1905) Das kryptovulcanische Becken von Steinheim. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin. Physikalische Abhandlungen, Jahrg. 1905, Abh. 1. 64 p. Braunstein, Jules (1961) Calciclastic and siliciclastic. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 45, p. 2017. Bray, Warwick, and Trump, David (1970) The American Heritage guide to archaeology. New York: American Heritage Press. 269 p. Breddin, H. (1956) Die tektonishe Deformatin der Fossilie im Rheinischen Schiefergebirge. Z. dt. geol. Ges., 106, 227-305. Breed, C. S., and Grow, T. (1979) Morphology and distribution of dunes in sand seas observed by remote sensing. In: E. D. McKee, ed. A study of global sand seas. U. S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1052, p. 253-302.

745

Brett

Bryan

Breithaupt, August (1847) Handbuch der mineralogie. Vol. 3. Dresden & Leipzig: Arnoldische Buchhandlung. 496 p. Brett, C.E., Ivany, L.C., and Schopf, K.M. (1996) Coordinated stasis: An overview. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology, v.127, p.1-20. Bretz, J H. (1929) Valley deposits immediately east of the channeled scabland of Washington. Journal of Geology, v. 37, p. 393-427, 505-541. Bretz, J H. (1940) Solution cavities in the Joliet Limestone of northeastern Illinois. Journal of Geology, v. 50, p. 675-811. Bretz, J H. (1942) Vadose and phreatic features of limestone caverns. Journal of Geology, v. 50, p. 675-811. Brewer, R. and Pawluk, S. (1975) Investigations of some soils developed in hummocks of the Canadian sub-Arctic and southern Arctic regions: 1. Morphology and micromorphology. Canadian Journal of Soil Science, Vol.55, No.3, pp.301-319. Brewer, Roy (1964) Fabric and mineral analysis of soils. New York: Wiley. 470 p. Brewer, Roy, and Sleeman, J. R. (1960) Soil structure and fabric: their definition and description. Journal of Soil Science, v. 11, p. 172-185. Briggs, R. P. (1974) Map of overdip slopes that can affect landsliding in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania. U. S. Geological Survey Map MF-543. Brigham, A. P. (1901) A text-book of geology. New York: Appleton. 477 p. Brindley, G. W., and Pedro, G. (1976) Meeting of the nomenclature committee of AIPEA; Mexico City, July 12, 1975. AIPEA Newsletter No. 12, p. 5-6. Brindley, G. W., Zalba, P. E., and Bethke, C. M. (1983) Hydrobiotite, a regular 1:1 interstratification of biotite and vermiculite layers. Amer. Minerl. 68, p. 420-425. Brinker, R.C., and Wolf, P.R. (1977) Elementary surveying, 6th ed. Thomas Y. Cromwell Company, 568p. Brobst, D. A., and Pratt, W. P. (1973) United States mineral resources. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 820. 722 p. Broecker, W., Bond, G., Klas, M., Clark, E., and McManus, J. (1992) Origin of the northern Atlantic's Heinrich events. Climate Dynamics, v.6, p.265-273. Bromley, R. G. (1975) Trace fossils at omission surfaces. In: R. W. Frey, ed. The study of trace fossils, p. 399-428. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Brongniart, Alexandre (1823) Macigno. Dictionaire des sciences naturelles, v. 27, p. 297-504. Brook, G. A., and Ford, D. C. (1978) The origin of labyrinth and tower karst and the climatic conditions necessary for their development. Nature, v. 275, p. 493-496. Brookfield, M. E. (1977) The origin of bounding surfaces in ancient aeolian sandstones. Sedimentology, v. 24, p. 303-332. Brooks, D.R., Caira, J.N., Platt, T.R., and Pritchard, M.R. (1984) Principles and methods of phylogenetic systematics: a cladistics workbook. University of Kansas Museum of Natural History Special Publication 12, 92p. Brooks, H. K. (1954) The rock and stone terms limestone and marble. American Journal of Science, v. 252, p. 755-760. Brown, A.R., Edwards, G.S., and Howard, R.E., (1987) Fault slicing--a new approach to the interpretation of fault detail. Geophysics, 52, 1319-1327. Brown, G., and Weir, A. H. (1963) The identity of rectorite and allevardite. International Clay Conf., Stockholm, Proceedings, New York: Macmillan, p. 27-35. Brown, J. S. (1943) Suggested use of the word microfacies. Economic Geology, v. 38, p. 325. Brown, L. F. and Fisher, W. L. (1977) Seismic-stratigraphic interpretation of depositional systems; examples from Brazilian rift and pull-apart basins. In: C. E. Payton, ed., Seismic stratigraphy applications to hydrocarbon exploration, American Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 26, p. 213-248. Brown, R. J. E., and Kupsch, W. O. (1974) Permafrost terminology. National Research Council of Canada. Technical memorandum no. 111. 62 p. (NRCC 14274.) Brown, R. W. (1946) Salt ribbons and ice ribbons. Washington Academy of Sciences. Journal, v. 36, p. 14-16. Brown, V. J., and Runner, D. G. (1939) Engineering terminology; definitions of technical words and phrases. 2nd ed. Chicago: Gillette. 439 p. Brunton, C.H.C. (1972) The shell structure of chonetacean brachiopods and their ancestors. British Museum (Natural History) Geology Bulletin, v.21, no.1, p.1-26. Bruun, P. (1962) Sea-level rise as a cause of shore erosion. Journal of the Waterways and Harbors Division, American Society of Civil Engineers, 88 (WW1), p.117-130. Bryan, A. B. (1937) Gravimeter design and operation. Geophysics, v. 2, no. 4, p. 301-308.

746

Bryan

Burt

Bryan, Kirk (1920) Origin of rock tanks and charcos. American Journal of Science, 4th ser., v. 50, p. 186-206. Bryan, Kirk (1923a) Erosion and sedimentation in the Papago country, Arizona, with a sketch of the geology. U. S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 730-B, p. 19-90. Bryan, Kirk (1923b) Geology and ground-water resources of Sacramento Valley, California. U. S. Geological Survey. Water-supply Paper 495. 285 p. Bryan, Kirk (1934) Geomorphic processes at high altitude. Geographical Review, v. 24, p. 655-656. Bryan, Kirk (1940) Gully gravure, a method of slope retreat. Journal of Geomorphology, v. 3, p. 89-107. Bryan, Kirk (1946) Cryopedology, the study of frozen ground and intensive frost-action, with suggestions on nomenclature. American Journal of Science, v. 244, p. 622-642. Bryan, Kirk (1951) The erroneous use of tjaele as the equivalent of perennially frozen ground. Journal of Geology, v. 59, p. 69-71. Bryant, D. G. (1968) Intrusive breccias associated with ore, Warren (Bisbee) mining district, Arizona. Economic Geology, v. 63, p. 1-12. BSI: British Standards Institution (1964) Glossary of mining terms; section 5: Geology. London: British Standards Institution. 18 p. (B.S. 3618). Bucher, W. H. (1919) On ripples and related sedimentary surface forms and their paleogeographic interpretation. American Journal of Science, ser. 4, v. 47. p. 149-210, 241-269. Bucher, W. H. (1932) "Strath" as a geomorphic term. Science, v. 75, p. 130-131. Bucher, W. H. (1933) The deformation of the Earth's crust. Princeton: Princeton University Press. 518 p. Bucher, W. H. (1952) Geologic structure and orogenic history of Venezuela; text to accompany the author's geologic tectonic map of Venezuela. Geological Society of America. Memoir 49. 113 p. Bucher, W. H. (1955) Deformation in orogenic belts. Geological Society of America. Special Paper 62, p. 343-368. Bucher, W. H. (1963) Cryptoexplosion structures caused from without or from within the Earth? ("astroblemes" or "geoblemes"?). American Journal of Science, v. 261, p. 597-649. Bucher, W. H. (1965) Role of gravity in orogenesis. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 67, p. 1295-1318. Buckland, William (1817) Description of the Paramoudra, a singular fossil body that is found in the

Chalk of the North of Ireland; with some general observations upon flints in chalk, tending to illustrate the history of their formation. Geological Society of London. Transactions, v. 4, p. 413-423. Buckland, William (1829) On the formation of the Valley of Kingsclere and other valleys by the elevation of the strata that enclose them; and on the evidences of the original continuity of the basins of London and Hampshire. Geological Society of London. Transactions, ser. 2, v. 2, p. 119-130. Buckland, William (1829a) On the discovery of coprolites, or fossil faeces, in the Lias at Lyme Regis, and in other formations. Geological Society of London. Transactions, ser. 2, v. 3, p. 223-236. Buckman, S. S. (1893) The Bajocian of the Sherborne district; its relation to subjacent and superjacent strata. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 49, p. 479-522. Buckman, S. S. (1902) The term "hemera". Geological Magazine, dec. 4, v. 9, p. 554-557. Bujak, J.P., and Davies, E.H. (1983) Modern and fossiil Peridiniianeae. American Association of Styratigraphic Palynologists, Contribution Series no.13, 203p. Bujak, J.P., Downie, C., Eaton, G.L., and Williams, G.L. (1980) Taxonomy of some Eocene dinoflagellate cysts and acritarchs from the Eocene of southern England. Special Papers in Palaeontology, no.24, p.26-36. Bull, W. B. (1975) Allometric change of landforms. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 86, p. 1489-1498. Bullard, E.C., (1947) The time necessary for a borehole to attain temperature equilibrium. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., v.5, p.127-120. Buol, S., Hole, F., McCraken,R., and Southward, R. (1997) Soil genesis and classification. Fourth Edition. Iowa State University Press, Ames. Burollet, Pierre (1975) Tectonique en radeaux en Angola [Raft tectonics in Angola]. Bulletin de la Sociéte Géologique de France, v. 17, p. 503-504. Burst, J. F. (1965) Subaqueously formed shrinkage cracks in clay. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 35, p. 348-353. Burst, J. F. and Hughes, R. E. (1994) Clay-based ceramic raw materials. In: D. D. Carr, editor, 6th edition, Industrial minerals and rocks : New York: American Institute of Mining, Metallurgical, and Petroleum Engineers, p. 317-324. Burt, D. M. (1974) Concepts of acidity and basicity in petrology; the exchange operator approach (abstract). Geological Society of America. Abstracts, v. 6, p. 674-676.

747

Bush

Carter

Burt, F. A. (1928) Melikaria: vein complexes resembling septaria veins in form. Journal of Geology, v. 36, p. 539-544. Bush, D.M., Pilkey, O.H., and Neal, W.J. (1996) Living by the rules of the sea. Durham, N.C., Duke University Press, 179p. Butler, J.C., ed., (1995) Internet resources for the geosciences. Computers & Geosciences, v.21, no. 6, p.727-824. Buwalda, J. P. (1937) Shutterridges, characteristic physiographic features of active faults. Geological Society of America. Proceedings, 1936, p. 307. C Cady, G. H. (1921) Coal resources of District IV. Illinois State Geological Survey. Cooperative Mining Series, Bulletin 26. 247 p. Cairnes, D. D. (1912) Some suggested new physiographic terms. American Journal of Science, v. 34, p. 75-87. Calkins, F. C. (1941) "Band," "layer," and some kindred terms. Economic Geology, v. 36, no. 3, p. 345-349. Callomon, J. H. (1963) Sexual dimorphism in Jurassic ammonoides. Leicester Literary and Philosophical Society. Transactions, v. 57, p. 21-56. Callomon, J. H. (1965) Notes on Jurassic stratigraphical nomenclature. Carpatho-Balkan Geological Association. 7th Congress, Sofia, Sept. 1965. Reports, pt. 2, v. 1, p. 81-85. Cameron, W. S. (1972) Comparative analyses of observations of lunar transient phenomena. Icarus, v. 16, p. 339-387. Campbell, C. V. (1966) Truncated wave-ripple laminae. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 36, p. 825-828. Campbell, C. V. (1967) Lamina, laminaset, bed and bedset. Sedimentology, v. 8, p. 7-26. Campbell, J. F. (1865) Frost and fire; natural engines, tool-mark & chips with sketches taken at home and abroad by a traveller. Vol. 2. Philadelphia: Lippincott. 519 p. Campbell, K. M., et al. (1977) Langmuir circulation as a factor in the formation of depositional beach cusps. In: Tanner, W. F., ed. Coastal sedimentology, p. 245-262. Tallahassee: Department of Geology, Florida State University. Campbell, M. R. (1896) Drainage modifications and their interpretation. Journal of Geology, v. 4, p. 567-581, 657-678. Canada Soil Survey Committee, (1978) The Canadian System of Soil Classification. Agriculture Canada, Ottawa, 164p.

Capot-Rey, R. (1945) Dry and humid morphology in the Western Erg. Geographical Review, v. 35, p. 391-407. Carey, A. E., and Oliver, F. W. (1918) Tidal lands; a study of shore problems. London: Blackie. 284 p. Carey S. (2000) Volcaniclastic sedimentation around island arcs. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.627-642. Carey, S. W. (1958) A tectonic approach to continental drift. In: Carey, S. W., convener. Continental drift: a symposium. Hobart: University of Tasmania, Geology Dept. p. 177-355. Carey, S. W., convener (1963) Syntaphral tectonics and diagenesis; a symposium. Hobart: University of Tasmania, Geology Dept. 190 p. Carmichael, I. S. E., et al. (1974) Igneous petrology. New York: McGraw-Hill. 739 p. Carozzi, A. V. (1957) Micro-mechanisms of sedimentation in epicontinental environment. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 68, p. 1706-1707. Carozzi, A.V. (1960) Microscopic sedimentary petrography. New York, John Wiley and Sons, 458p. Carozzi, A.V. (1996) New historical data on H.B. de Saussure's introduction of the terms moraine (1764), roches moutonnées (1776), and sérac (1788) to geology. Journal of Geoscience Education, v.44, no.2, p.169-174. Carozzi, A. V., and Textoris, D. A. (1967) Paleozoic carbonate microfacies of the eastern stable interior (U.S.A.). Leiden: Brill. 41 p. (International sedimentary petrographical series, v. 11.) Carozzi, Albert Victor (1996) New historical data on H.-B. de Saussure's introduction of the terms moraine (1764), roches moutonnées (1776), and serac (1788) to geology. Journal of Geoscience Education, v. 44, p. 169. Carr, M. H., et al. (1984) The geology of the terrestrial planets. National Aeronautics and Space Administration. NASA SP-469. 317 p. Carriker, M.R., Palmer, R.E., and Prezant, R.S. (1980) Functional ultramorphology of the dissoconch valves of the oyster Crassostrea virginica. National Shellfisheries Association, Proceedings, v.70, no.2, p.139-183. Carroll, Dorothy (1939) Movement of sand by wind. Geological Magazine, v. 76, p. 6-23. Carter, J.G. (1976) The structural evolution of the bivalve shell, with notes on the phylogenetic significance of crossed lamellar structures. New Haven, Conn., Yale University doctoral dissertation, v.1, 255p. Carter, J.G. (1980a) Environmental and biological controls of bivalve shell mineralogy and microstructure.

748

Carter

Chang

In: Rhoads, D.C., and Lutz, R.A., eds., Skeletal growth of aquatic organisms, chap.2. New York, Plenum, p.69-113. Carter, J.G. (1980b) Guide to bivalve shell microstructures. In: Rhoads, D.C., and Lutz, R.A., eds., Skeletal growth of aquatic organisms, Appendix 2, Part B. New York, Plenum, p.645-673. Carter, J.G., and Tevesz, M.J.S. (1978) Shell microstructure of a Middle Devonian (Hamilton Group) bivalve fauna from central New York. Journal of Paleontology, v.52, p.859-880. Carter, J.G., ed. (1990) Skeletal biomineralization: Patterns, processes, and evolutionary trends, v.1. New York, Van Nostrand Reinhold, 832p. Cas, R.A.F., and Wright, J.V. (1987) Volcanic successions, modern and ancient. Winchester, Mass., Allen & Unwin, 528p. Cashman, P.B. (1996) Melanosclerites. In: Jansonius, J., and McGregor, D.C., eds., Palynology. Principles and applications 1. Dallas, Tex., American Association of Stratigraphic Palynologists Foundation, p.365-371. Cassidy, W. A. (1968) Meteorite impact structures at Campo del Cielo, Argentina. In: French, B. M., and Short, N. M., eds. Shock metamorphism of natural materials, p. 117-128. Baltimore: Mono Book Corp. 644 p. Castens-Seidell, B., (1984) The Anatomy of a Modern Marine Siliciclastic Sabkha in a Rift Valley Setting: North-west Gulf of California Tidal Flats. Baja, California, Mexico, unpublished Ph.D. Dissertation, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland, 386p. Caster, K. E. (1934) The stratigraphy and paleontology of northwestern Pennsylvania. Pt. 1. Bulletins of American Paleontology, v. 21, no. 71. 185 p. Castradori, D., Rio, D., Hilgen, F.J., and Lourens, L.J. (1998) The Global Standard Stratotype Section and Point (GSSP) of the Piacenzian Stage (middle Pliocene). Episodes, v.21, no.2, p.88-93. Cayeux, Lucien (1929) Les roches sedimentaires de France; roches siliceuses. Paris: Imprimerie Nationale. 774 p. Cecil, C. B., et al. (1985) Paleoclimate controls on late Paleozoic sedimentation and peat formation in the central Appalachian Basin (U.S.A.). International Journal of Coal Geology, v. 5, p. 195-230. CERC: U. S. Army. Coastal Engineering Research Center (1966) Shore protection, planning and design. 3rd ed. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office. 580 p. (Its Technical report no. 4.) Cermák, V., and Haenel, R. (1988) Geothermal maps. In: Haenel, R., Rybach, L., and Stegena, L., eds. Handbook of terrestrial heat-flow density

determinations. Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, p.261-300. Chadwick, G. H. (1931) Storm rollers. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 42, p. 242. Chadwick, G. H. (1939) Geology of Mount Desert Island, Maine. American Journal of Science, v. 237, p. 355-363. Chadwick, G. H. (1948) Ordovician "dinosaur-leather" markings (exhibit). Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 59, p. 1315. Chafetz, H.S., and Folk, R.L. (1984) Travertine: Depositional morphology and the bacterially constructed constituents. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.54, p.289-316. Chafetz, H.S., and Guidry, S.A. (1999) Bacterial shrubs, crystal shrubs, and ray-crystal shrubs: Bacterial vs. abiotic precipitation. Sedimentary Geology, v.126, p.57-74. Challinor, J., and Williams, K. E. (1926) On some curious marks on a rock surface. Geological Magazine, v. 63, no. 746, p. 341-343. Challinor, John (1962) A dictionary of geology. 1st ed. New York: Oxford University Press. 235 p. Challinor, John (1967) A dictionary of geology. 3rd ed. New York: Oxford University Press. 298p. Challinor, John (1978) A dictionary of geology. 5th ed. New York: Oxford University Press. 365p. Chamberlin, T. C. (1879) Annual report of the Wisconsin Geological Survey for the year 1878. Madison: Wisconsin Geological Survey. 52 p. Chamberlin, T. C. (1883) Terminal moraine of the second glacial epoch. U. S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 3rd, p. 291-402. Chamberlin, T. C. (1888) The rock-scorings of the great ice invasions. U. S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 7th, v. 3, p. 147-248. Chamberlin, T. C. (1893) The horizon of drumlin, osar and kame formation. Journal of Geology, v. 1, p. 255-267. Chamberlin, T. C. (1894a) Pseudo-cols. Journal of Geology, v. 2, p. 205-206. Chamberlin, T. C. (1894b) Proposed genetic classification of Pleistocene glacial formations. Journal of Geology, v. 2, p. 517-538. Chamberlin, T. C. (1897) The method of multiple working hypotheses. Journal of Geology, v. 5, p. 837-848.

749

Chao

Clarke

Chang, K. H. (1975) Unconformity-bounded stratigraphic units. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 86, no. 11, p. 1544-1552. Chao, E. C.-T. (1967) Shock effects in certain rock-forming minerals. Science, v. 156, p. 192-202. Chao, E. C.-T. (1967a) Impact metamorphism. In: Abelson, P. H., ed. Researches in geochemistry, v. 2, p. 204-233. New York: Wiley. 663 p. Chapin, D.A. (1996) The theory of the Boguer gravity anomaly. A tutorial. The Leading Edge, v.15, p.361-363. Chapin, D.A. (1998) Gravity instruments: past, present, future. The Leading Edge, v.17, p.100-112. Charlesworth, J. K. (1957) The Quaternary era, with special reference to its glaciation. London: Arnold. 2 vols., 1700 p. Chayes, F. (1956) Petrographic modal analysis. New York: Wiley. 163 p. Chayes, Felix (1964) A petrographic distinction between Cenozoic volcanics in and around the open oceans. Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 69, p. 1573-1588. Chayes, Felix (1966) Alkaline and subalkaline basalts. American Journal of Science, v. 264, p. 128-145. Chebotarev, I. I. (1955) Metamorphism of natural waters in the crust of weathering. [Pt.] 1-3. Geochimica et cosmochimica acta, v. 8, p. 22-48, 137-170, 198-212. Cheel, R.J. (1984) Heavy mineral shadows, a new sedimentary structure formed under upper flow regime conditions: its directional and hydraulic significance. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.54, p.1173-1180. Cheel, R.J., and Middleton, G.V. (1986) Horizontal lamination formed under upper flow regime plane bed conditions. Journal of Geology, v.94, p.489-504. Cheeney, R.F., (1983) Statistical Methods in Geology. George Allen & Unwin, London, 169p. Chester, F. M., Friedman, M. and Logan, J. (1985) Foliated cataclasites. Tectonophysics, v. 111, p. 139-146. Chilingar, G. V. (1957) Classification of limestones and dolomites on basis of Ca/Mg ratio. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 27, p. 187-189. Chilingar, G. V., et al. (1967) Diagenesis in carbonate rocks. In: Larsen, Gunnar, and Chilingar, G. V., eds. Diagenesis in sediments, p. 179-322. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 551. (Developments in sedimentology 8.) Chilingarian, G. V., and Wolf, K. H., eds. (1975, 1976) Compaction of coarse-grained sediments. Amsterdam: Elsevier. Vol. 1, 548 p.; vol. 2, 808 p. (Developments in sedimentology, vols. 18A and 18B.)

Chinner, G. A. (1966) The significance of the aluminum silicates in metamorphism. Earth Science Reviews, v. 2. Chitwood, Lawrence (1994) Inflated basaltic lava--examples of processes and landforms from central and southeast Oregon. Oregon Geology, v. 56, no. 1, p. 11-21. Chlupáè, I., and Oliver, W.A., Jr. (1989) Decision on the Lochkovian-Pragian boundary stratotype (Lower Devonian). Episodes, v.12, no.2, p.109-113. Choquette, P. W. (1955) A petrographic study of the "State College" siliceous oölite. Journal of Geology, v. 63, p. 337-347. Choquette, P. W., and Pray, L. C. (1970) Geologic nomenclature and classification of porosity in sedimentary carbonates. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 54, p. 207-250. Chow, Van Te, chairman (1957) Report of the Committee on Runoff, 1955-1956. American Geophysical Union. Transactions, v. 38, p. 379-384. Chow, Van Te, ed. (1964) Handbook of applied hydrology; a compendium of water-resources technology. New York: McGraw-Hill. 1418 p. Christner, B.C., Kvitko, B.H.,II, and Reeve, J.N. (2003) Molecular identification of bacteria and eukarya inhabiting an Antarctic cryoconite hole. Extremophiles, v.7, p.177-183. Church, W. R. (1968) Eclogites. In: Hess, H. H., and Poldervaart, Arie, eds. BasaltsCthe Poldervaart treatise on rocks of basaltic composition, v. 2, p. 755-798. New York: Interscience. Cisne, J.L., and Rabe, B.D. (1978) Coenocorrelation: Gradient analysis of fossil communities and its applications in stratigraphy. Lethaia, v.11, no.4, p.341-364. Clapp, C. H. (1913) Contraposed shorelines. Journal of Geology, v. 21, p. 537-540. Clark, K. F. (1972) Stockwork molybdenum deposits in the western Cordillera of North America. Economic Geology, v. 67, p. 731-758. Clarke, D.B. (1992) Granitoid rocks (Topics in Earth Sciences, 7). London, Chapman and Hall, 283p. Clarke, F. W. (1908) The data of geochemistry. U. S. Geological Survey Bulletin 330. 716 p. Clarke, J. I. (1966) Morphometry from maps. In: Dury, G. H., ed. Essays in geomorphology, p. 235-274. New York: American Elsevier. 404 p. Clarke, J. M. (1911) Observations on the Magdalen Islands. New York State Museum. Bulletin 149, p. 134-155. Clarke, J. M. (1918) Strand and undertow markings of Upper Devonian time as indications of the prevailing

750

Clarke

Collins

climate. New York State Museum. Bulletin 196, p. 199-238. Clarke, J. W. (1958) The bedrock geology of the Danbury quadrangle. Connecticut State Geological and Natural History Survey. Quadrangle report no. 7., 47 p. Claus, George, and Nagy, Bartholomew (1961) A microbiological examination of some carbonaceous chondrites. Nature, v. 192, p. 594-596. Cleland, H. F. (1910) North American natural bridges, with a discussion of their origin. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 21, p. 313-338. Cleland, H. F. (1925) Geology, physical and historical. New York: American Book Co. 718 p. Cleland, H. F. (1929) Geology; physical and historical. New York: American Book Co. 718 p. Clifton, H. E. (1985) The sedimentologic relevance of convulsive geologic events. Geological Society of America. Abstracts with Programs, v. 17, p. 549. Cloos, Ernst (1946) Lineation, a critical review and annotated bibliography. Geological Society of America. Memoir 18. 122 p. Cloos, Hans (1939) Hebung, Spaltung, Vulkanismus; Elemente einer geometrischen Analyse indischer Grossformen. Geologische Rundschau, v. 30, no. 4a, p. 405-527. Cloos, Hans (1941) Bau und Tätigkeit von Tuffschloten: Untersuchungen an dem schwäbischen Vulkan. Geologische Rundschau, v. 32, p. 709-800. Close, U., and McCormick, E. (1922) Where the mountains walked. National Geographic Magazine, v. 41, p. 445-464. Cloud, P. E., Jr. (1957) Nature and origin of atolls; a progress report. Pacific Science Congress. 8th, Philippines, 1953. Proceedings, v. 3A, p. 1009-1036. Cloud, P. E., Jr. (1974) Rubey conference on crustal evolution. Science, v. 183, p. 878-881. Cloud, P. E., Jr., and Barnes, V. E. (1957) Early Ordovician sea in central Texas. Geological Society of America. Memoir 67, v. 2, p. 163-214. Cloud, P. E., Jr., et al. (1943) Stratigraphy of the Ellenburger Group in central Texas; a progress report. University of Texas. Publication 4301, p. 133-161. Clough, C. T., et al. (1909) The cauldron-subsidence of Glen Coe, and the associated igneous phenomena. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 65, p. 611-678. Coates, D. R. (1966) Glaciated Appalachian Plateau: till shadows on hills. Science, v. 152, p. 1617-1619.

Coats, R. R. (1968) The Circle Creek Rhyolite, a volcanic complex in northern Elko County, Nevada. Geological Society of America. Memoir 116, p. 69-106. Cobbold, P. R., and Quinquis, H. (1980) Development of sheath folds in shear regions. J. Struct. Geol., v. 2, p. 119-126. Cocks, L.R.M. (1985) The Ordovician-Silurian boundary. Episodes, v.8, no.2, p.98-100. Cody, R.C., (1979) Lenticular gypsum: occurrences in nature and experimental determination of the effects of soluble green plant material on its formation. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.49, p.1015-1028. Coffey, G. N. (1909) Clay dunes. Journal of Geology, v. 17, p. 754-755. Coffin, M.F., and Eldholm, O. (1994) Large igneous provinces: Crustal structure, dimensions, and external consequences. Reviews of Geophysics, v.32, p.1-36. Cohee, G. V. (1962) Stratigraphic nomenclature in reports of the U. S. Geological Survey. Washington: U. S. Geological Survey. 35 p. Cohen, A.S. (2003) Paleolimnology: The history and evolution of lake systems. Oxford, U.K., Oxford University Press, 500p. Cohen, Robert M., and Mercer, James W. (1993) DNAPL site evaluation. Boca Raton, FL: C. K. Smoley. 314 p. Colbath, G.K., and Grenfell, H.R. (1995) Review of biological affinities of Paleozoic acid-resistant, organic-walled eukaryotic algal microfossils (including "acritarchs"). Review of Palaeobotany and Palynology, v.86, p.287-314. Colbeck, S. C. (1986) Classification of seasonal snow cover crystals. Water Resources Research, v. 22, p. 595-705. Cole, J. P., and King, C. A. M. (1968) Quantitative geography. London: Wiley. 692 p. Coleman, R. G. (1971) Plate tectonic emplacement of upper mantle peridotites along continental edges. Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 76, p. 1212-1222. Coleman, R. G. (1977) Ophiolites. New York: Springer-Verlag. 229 p. Coleman, R. G., et al. (1965) Eclogites and eclogites--their differences and similarities. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 76, p. 483-508. Collet, L. W. (1927) The structure of the Alps. London: Edward Arnold. 289 p. Collie, G. L. (1901) Wisconsin shore of Lake Superior. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 12, p. 197-216.

751

Collinson

Cotton

Collins, P. L. F. (1979) Gas hydrates in CO2 -bearing fluid inclusions and the use of freezing data for estimation of salinity. Economic Geology, v. 74, p. 1435-1444. Collinson, J. C. (1970) Bedforms of the Tana River, Norway. Geografiska Annaler, v. 52, p. 31-56. Collinson, J. D. (1986) Deserts. In: H. G. Reading, ed. Sedimentary environments and facies, p. 95-112. Oxford: Blackwell. Colp, J. L. (1967) Terradynamics: a study of projectile penetration of natural earth materials. Geological Society of America. Special Paper 115, p. 38. Colton, R. B. (1978) Geologic map of the Boulder-Fort Collins-Greeley area, Colorado. U. S. Geological Survey Map I-855-G. Compton, R. R. (1962) Manual of field geology. New York: Wiley. 378 p. Comstock, T. B. (1878) An outline of general geology, with copious references. Ithaca: University Press. 82 p. Conant, L. C., et al. (1976) Sediment-filled pots in upland gravel of Maryland and Virginia. U. S. Geological Survey. Journal of Research, v. 4, p. 353-358. Coney, P. J. (1970) The geotectonic cycle and the new global tectonics. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 81, p. 739-747. Coney, P. J. (1980) Cordilleran metamorphic complexes: an overview. In: M. L. Crittenden et al., eds. Cordilleran metamorphic core complexes. Geological Society of America. Memoir 153. Coney, P. J., et al. (1980) Cordilleran suspect terranes. Nature, v. 288, p. 329-333. Conkin, J. E., and Conkin, B. M. (1973) The paracontinuity and the determination of the Devonian-Mississippian boundary in the type Lower Mississippian area of North America. University of Louisville Studies in Paleontology and Stratigraphy, no. 1, 36 p. Conkin, J. E., and Conkin, B. M. (1975) The Devonian-Mississippian and Kinderhookian-Osagean boundaries in the east-central United States are paracontinuities. University of Louisville. Studies in Paleontology and Stratigraphy, no. 4. 52 p. Conybeare, C. E. B., and Crook, K. A. W. (1968) Manual of sedimentary structures. Australia. Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics. Bulletin 102. 327 p. Conybeare, W. D., and Phillips, William (1822) Outlines of the geology of England and Wales, with an introductory compendium of the general principles of that science, and comparative views of the structure of foreign countries. Part 1. London: William Phillips. 470 p.

Cook, J. H. (1946) Kame complexes and perforation deposits. American Journal of Science, v. 244, p. 573-583. Cook, P. L. (1965) Notes on Cupuladriidae (Polyzoa, Anasca). British Museum (Natural History). Bulletin, Zoology, v. 13, p. 159-160. Cooke, R. U., and Warren, Andrew (1973) Geomorphology in deserts. London: Batsford. 374 p. Coombs, D. S. (1960) Lower grade mineral facies in New Zealand. International Geological Congress. 21st, Copenhagen, 1960. Report, part 13, p. 339-351. Coombs, D. S. (1961) Some recent work on the lower grades of metamorphism. The Australian Journal of Science, v. 24, no. 5, p. 203-215. Coombs, D. S., et al. (1959) The zeolite facies. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, v. 17, p. 53-107. Cooper, B. N. (1945) Industrial limestones and dolomites in Virginia; Clinch Valley district. Virginia Geological Survey. Bulletin 66. 259 p. Cooper, B. N., and Cooper, G. A. (1946) Lower Middle Ordovician stratigraphy of the Shenandoah Valley, Virginia. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 57, p. 35-113. Cooper, J. R. (1943) Flow structure in the Berea Sandstone and Bedford Shale of central Ohio. Journal of Geology, v. 51, p. 190-203. Cooper, R.A., Nowlan, G.S., and Williams, S.H. (2001) Global Stratotype Section and Point for base of the Ordovician System. Episodes, v.24, no.1, p.19-28. Cooper, W. S. (1958) Terminology of post-Valders time. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 69, p. 941-945. Corey, A.T. (1949) Influence of shape on the fall velocity of sand grains. Fort Collins, Colo., Colorado A&M College master's thesis, 102 p. Cornish, Vaughan (1898) On sea-beaches and sandbanks. Geographical Journal, v. 11, p. 628-651. Cornish, Vaughan (1899) On kumatology. Geographical Journal, v. 13, p. 624-628. Correns, C. W. (1950) Zur Geochemie der Diagenese; I: Das Verhalten von CaCO3 und SiO2. Geochimica et Cosmochimia Acta, v. 1, p. 49-54. Cottingham, Kenneth (1951) The geologist's vocabulary. Scientific Monthly, v. 72, p. 154-163. Cotton, C. A. (1916) Fault coasts in New Zealand. Geographical Review, v. 1, p. 20-47. Cotton, C. A. (1922) Geomorphology of New Zealand. Pt. 1. Wellington: Dominion Museum. 462 p. (New Zealand Board of Science and Art. Manual no. 3).

752

Cotton

Cumings

Cotton, C. A. (1940) Classification and correlation of river terraces. Journal of Geomorphology, v. 3, p. 27-37. Cotton, C. A. (1942) Climatic accidents in landscape-making. Christchurch N.Z.: Whitcombe & Tombs. 354 p. Cotton, C. A. (1948) Landscape as developed by the processes of normal erosion. 2nd ed. New York: Wiley. 509 p. Cotton, C. A. (1950) Tectonic scarps and fault valleys. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 61, p. 717-757. Cotton, C.A. (1958) Geomorphology. Christchurch, New Zealand, Whitcombe and Tombs, 503p. Covington, M. (1985) New morphologic information on Cretaceous nannofossils from the Niobrara Formation (Upper Cretaceous) of Kansas. Geology, v. 13, p. 683-686. Covington, M.A., (1992) Dictionary of Computer Terms. 3rd. ed., Barron's, Hauppauge, NY, 364p. Cowan, S. T. (1968) A dictionary of microbial taxonomic usage. Edinburgh, Oliver & Boyd. 118 p. Cowie, J. W. (1986) Guidelines for boundary stratotypes. Episodes, v. 9, no. 2, p. 78-82. Cowie, J. W. and Bassett, M. G. (1989) IUGS 1989 global stratigraphic chart. Supplement to Episodes, v. 12, n. 2. Cowie, J. W., et al. (1986) Guidelines and statutes of the International Commission on Stratigraphy (ICS) Cour. Forsch. CInst. Senckenberg, no. 83. p. 1-14. Cox, L.R., et al. (1969) Bivalvia. In: Moore, R.C., ed., Treatise on invertebrate paleontology, Part N, Mollusca 6, vols.1 and 2, p.1-952. Lawrence, Kan., University of Kansas Press and Geological Society of America. Cram, D. J., and Hammond, G. S. (1959) Organic chemistry. New York: McGraw-Hill. 712 p. Cramer, F.H., and Diez Rodriguez, M.V. (1979) Términos morfográficos de acritarcos--definición y equivalencias en español e inglés. Palinología, v.1, p.227-291. Crampin, S., (1961) A review of wave motion in anisotropic and cracked elastic media. Wave Motion, 3, 363-390. Cresta, S., Goy, A., Ureta, S., Arias, C., Barrón, E., Bernad, J., Canales, M.L., García-Joral, F., García-Romero, E., Gialanella, P.R., Gómez, J.J., Gonzáles, J.A., Herrero, C., Martínez, G., Osete, M.L., Perilli, N., and Villalaín, J.J. (2001) The Global Boundary Stratotype Section and Point (GSSP) of the

Toarcian-Aalenian boundary (Lower-Middle Jurassic). Episodes, v.24, no.3, p.166-175. Crickmay, C. H. (1933) The later stages of the cycle of erosion; some weaknesses in the theory of the cycle of erosion. Geological Magazine, v. 70, p. 337-347. Crickmay, C. H. (1967) A note on the term bocanne. American Journal of Science, v. 265, p. 626-627. Criswell, D. R., et al. (1975) Seismic and acoustic emissions of a booming dune. Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 80, p. 4963-4974. Cronquist, Arthur (1961) Introductory botany. New York: Harper & Row. 892 p. Crosby, W. O. (1912) Dynamic relations and terminology of stratigraphic conformity and unconformity. Journal of Geology, v. 20, p. 289-299. Cross, Whitman, and Howe, Ernest (1905) Description of the Silverton quadrangle. U. S. Geological Survey. Geologic Atlas, folio no. 120. 34 p. Cross, Whitman, et al. (1902) A quantitative chemico-mineralogical classification and nomenclature of igneous rocks. Journal of Geology, v. 10, p. 555-690. Cross, Whitman, et al. (1906) The texture of igneous rocks. Journal of Geology, v. 14, p. 692-707. Crowell, J. C. (1955) Directional-current structures from the Prealpine Flysch, Switzerland. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 66, p. 1351-1384. Crowell, J. C. (1957) Origin of pebbly mudstones. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 68, p. 993-1009. Crowell, J. C. (1964) Climatic significance of sedimentary deposits containing dispersed megaclasts. In: Nairn, A. E. M., ed. Problems in palaeoclimatology, p. 86-99. New York: Interscience. 705 p. Crumbler, L.S., and Aubele, J.C. (2000) Volcanism on Venus. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.727-769. Cuffey, R. J. (1985) Expanded reef-rock textural classification and the geologic history of bryozoan reefs. Geology, v. 13, p. 307-310. Cuif, J.-P., Dauphin, Y., Denis, A., Gaspard, D., and Keller, J.-P. (1980) Continuité et périodicité du réseau organique intraprismatique dans le test de Pinna muricata Linné (Lamellibranches). Comptes Rendus des Séances de l'Académie de Sciences, ser.D, v.290, p.759-762. Cullison, J. S. (1938) Origin of composite and incomplete internal moulds and their possible use as criteria of structure. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 49, p. 981-988.

753

Cumings

Darby

Cumings, E. R. (1930) List of species from the New Corydon, Kokomo, and Kenneth formations of Indiana, and from reefs in the Mississinewa and Liston Creek formations. Indiana Academy of Science. Proceedings, v. 39, p. 204-211. Cumings, E. R. (1932) Reefs or bioherms? Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 43, p. 331-352. Cumings, E. R., and Shrock, R. R. (1928) Niagaran coral reefs of Indiana and adjacent states and their stratigraphic relations. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 39, p. 579-619. Curl, R. L. (1964) On the definition of a cave. National Speleological Society. Bulletin, v. 26, p. 1-6. Curl, R.L. (1966) Caves as a measure of karst. Journal of Geology, v.74, p.798-830. Curl, R.L. (1986) Fractal dimensions and geometries of caves. Mathematical Geology, v.18, p.765-783. Curray, J. R. (1966) Continental terrace. In: Oceanography, p. 207-214. New York: Reinhold. 1021 p. Currie, Robert G. (1995) Variance contribution of Mn and Sc signals to Nile River data over a 30-8 year bandwidth. In: Holocene cycles: climate, sea levels, and sedimentation. Journal of Coastal Research, Special Issue 17, p. 29-38. Currier, L. W. (1941) Disappearance of the last ice sheet in Massachusetts by stagnation zone retreat (abstract). Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 52, p. 1895. Curry, H. D. (1938) "Turtleback" fault surfaces in Death Valley, California. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 49, p. 1875. Curry, H. D. (1954) Turtlebacks in the central Black Mountains, Death Valley, California. California Division of Mines. Bulletin 170, ch. 4, [Pt.] 7, p. 53-59. Cuvillier, Jean (1951) Corrélations stratigraphiques par microfaciès en Aquitaine occidentale. Avec la collaboration de V. Sacal. Leiden: E. J. Brill. 23 p. 90 plates. Cvijic, Jovan (1924) The evolution of lapiés, a study in karst topography. Geographical Review, v. 14, p. 26-49. Cys, J. M. (1963) A new definition of the penesaline environment. Compass, v. 40, p. 161-163. D Dahl, Eilif (1955) Biogeographic and geologic indications of unglaciated areas in Scandinavia during the glacial ages. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 66, p. 1499-1519. Dahlstrom, C. D. A. (1970) Structural geology in the eastern margin of the Canadian Rocky Mountains.

754

Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology, v. 18, p. 332-406. Reprinted, 1977, in Joint Wyoming-Montana-Utah Geological Associations Guidebook, p. 407-439. Dale, T. N. (1894) Mount Greylock, its areal and structural geology. U. S. Geological Survey. Monograph 23, p. 119-203. Dale, T. N. (1923) The commercial granites of New England. U. S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 738. 488 p. Dalrymple, G. B., et al. (1974) Origin of the Hawaiian Islands. In: Greeley, Ronald, ed., Guidebook to the Hawaiian Planetology Conference, ch. 3, p. 23-36. Moffett Field, Calif.: NASA/Ames Research Center. Dalrymple, G. B. (2004) Ancient earth, ancient skies: the age of the Earth and its cosmic surroundings. Stanford, Calif., Stanford University Press, 474p. Daly, R. A. (1902) The geology of the northeast coast of Labrador. Harvard College. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin 38, Geological Series 5, p. 205-270. Daly, R. A. (1917) Metamorphism and its phases. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 28, p. 375-418. Damon, P. E. (1968) Potassium-argon dating of igneous and metamorphic rocks with applications to the Basin Ranges of Arizona and Sonora. In: Hamilton, E. I., and Farquhar, R. M., eds. Radiometric dating for geologists, p. 1-71. New York: Interscience. 506 p. Dana, E. S. (1892) The system of mineralogy of J. D. Dana, 1837-1868; descriptive mineralogy. 6th ed. New York: Wiley. 1134 p. Dana, J. D. (1873) On some results of the Earth's contraction from cooling including a discussion of the origin of mountains and the nature of the Earth `s interior. American Journal of Science, v. 5, p. 423-443. Dana, J. D. (1874) A text-book of geology. 2nd ed. New York: Ivison, Blakeman, Taylor. 358 p. Dana, J. D. (1890) Characteristics of volcanoes. New York: Dodd, Mead. 399 p. Dana, J. D. (1895) Manual of geology; treating of the principles of the science with special reference to American geological history. 4th ed. New York: American Book Co. 1088 p. Dapples, E. C. (1962) Stages of diagenesis in the development of sandstones. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 73, p. 913-933. Dapples, E. C., et al. (1953) Petrographic and lithologic attributes of sandstones. Journal of Geology, v. 61, p. 291-317. Darby, D. G., and Ojakangas, R. W. (1980) Gastroliths from an Upper Cretaceous plesiosaur. Journal of Paleontology, v. 54, p. 548-556.

Darrah

De la Beche

Darrah, W. C. (1939) Principles of paleobotany. Leiden, Holland: Chronica Botanica Co. 239 p. Daubrée, G. A. (1879) Études synthétiques de géologie expérimentale. Paris: Dunod, 828 p. Davidson, J., and De Silva, S. (2000) Composite volcanoes. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.627-642. Davies, H. G. (1965) Convolute lamination and other structures from the Lower Coal Measures of Yorkshire. Sedimentology, v. 5, p. 305-325. Davies, J. L. (1963) A morphogenic approach to world shorelines. Zeit fur Geomorph. Bd. 8, p. 27-42. Davis, C. A. (1907) Peat, essays on its origin, uses, and distribution in Michigan. Michigan Geological Survey. Annual Report 1906, p. 93-395. Davis, G. H. (1980) Structural characteristics of metamorphic core complexes, southern Arizona. In: M. L. Crittenden et al., eds. Cordilleran metamorphic core complexes. Geological Society of America. Memoir 153. Davis, G. H. (1984) Structural geology of rocks and regions. New York: Wiley. 492 p. Davis, J. C. (1973) Statistics and data analysis in geology. New York: Wiley. 550 p. Davis, J.C., (1986) Statistics and Data Analysis in Geology. 2nd. ed.: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 646p. Davis, R. A., Jr. (1983) Depositional systems: a genetic approach to sedimentary geology. New York: Prentice-Hall. 669 p. Davis, R.A.,Jr., and FitzGerald, D.M. (2004) Beaches and coasts. Oxford, Blackwell, 419p. Davis, W. M. (1885) Geographic classification, illustrated by a study of plains, plateaus, and their derivatives. American Association for the Advancement of Science. Proceedings, v. 33, p. 428-432. Davis, W. M. (1889a) Topographic development of the Triassic formation of the Connecticut Valley. American Journal of Science, 3rd ser., v. 37, p. 423-434. Davis, W. M. (1889b) The rivers and valleys of Pennsylvania. National Geographic Magazine, v. 1, p. 183-253. Davis, W. M. (1890) The rivers of northern New Jersey, with notes on the classification of rivers in general. National Geographic Magazine, v. 2, p. 81-110. Davis, W. M. (1894) Physical geography in the university. Journal of Geology, v. 2, p. 66-100.

Davis, W. M. (1895) The development of certain English rivers. Geographical Journal, v. 5, p. 127-146. Davis, W. M. (1897) Current notes on physiography. Science, n.s., v. 6, p. 22-24. Davis, W. M. (1899) The geographical cycle. Geographical Journal, v. 14, p. 481-504. Davis, W. M. (1902) Base level, grade, and peneplain. Journal of Geology, v. 10, p. 77-111. Davis, W. M. (1909) Geographical essays. Boston: Ginn. 777 p. Davis, W. M. (1911) The Colorado Front Range; a study of physiographic presentation. Association of American Geographers. Annals, v. 1, p. 21-83. Davis, W. M. (1912) Relation of geography to geology. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 23, p. 93-124. Davis, W. M. (1918) A handbook of northern France. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press. 174 p. Davis, W. M. (1922) Peneplains and the geogeographical cycle. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 33, p. 587-598. Davis, W. M. (1925a) The undertow myth. Science, v. 61, p. 206-208. Davis, W. M. (1925b) A Roxen lake in Canada. Scottish Geographical Magazine, v. 41, p. 65-74. Davis, W. M. (1927) The rifts of southern California. American Journal of Science, 5th ser., v. 13, p. 57-72. Davis, W. M. (1930) Rock floors in arid and in humid climates. Journal of Geology, v. 38, p. 1-27, 136-158. Davis, W. M. (1932) Piedmont benchlands and Primärrümpfe. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 43, p. 399-440. Davis, W. M. (1933) Granite domes of the Mojave Desert, California. San Diego Society of Natural History. Transactions, v. 7, no. 20, p. 211-258. Davis, W. M. (1938) Sheetfloods and streamfloods. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 49, p. 1337-1416. Davydov, V.I., Glenister, B.F., Spinosa, C., Ritter, S.M., Chernykh, V.V., Wardlaw, B.R., and Snyder, W.S. (1998) Proposal of Aidaralash as Global Stratotype Section and Point (GSSP) for base of the Permian System. Episodes, v.21, no.1, p.11-18. De Geer, G. (1912) A geochronology of the last 12,000 years. International Geological Congress. 11th, Stockholm, 1910. Report, v. 1, p. 241-253. De la Beche, H. T. (1832) Geological manual. Philadelphia: Carey & Lea. 535 p.

755

De Paolo

Dickinson

De Paolo, D.J. (1981) Trace-element and isotopic effects of combined wallrock assimilation and fractional crystallization. Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v.53, p.189-202. Deal, D.E., (1964) Scintillites: A variety of quartz speleothem. National Speleological Society Bulletin, v.26, p.75. Dean, D.R. (1992) James Hutton and the history of geology. Ithaca, N.Y., Cornell University Press, 303p. Dean, D.R. (1998) Plutonists, Neptunists, Vulcanists. In: Good, G., ed., Sciences of the Earth: An encyclopedia of events, people, and phenomena, v.2. New York, Garland Publishing, p.691-695. Dean, W. E., et al. (1975) Sedimentological significance of nodular and laminated anhydrite. Geology, v. 3, p. 367-372. Deane, R. E. (1950) Pleistocene geology of the Lake Simcoe district, Ontario. Canada. Geological Survey. Memoir 256. 108 p. Deere, D.U., and Deere, D.W. (1988) The rock quality designation (RQD) index in practice. In: Kirkaldie, L., ed., Rock classification systems for engineering purposes. Philadelphia, Pa., American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Special Publication 984, p.91-101. Deevey, E.S., Jr. (1942) Studies on Connecticut lake sediments. 3, The biostratonomy of Linsley Pond. American Journal of Science, v.240, no.4, p.233-264. Deevey, E. S., Jr., and Flint, R. F. (1957) Postglaical hypsithermal interval. Science, v. 125, p. 182-184. Defant, M.J., and Drummond, M.S. (1990) Derivation of some modern arc magmas by melting of young subducted lithosphere. Nature (London), v.347 (no.6294), p.662-665. DeFord, R. K. (1946) Grain size in carbonate rock. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 30, p. 1921-1928. Dellinger, J., and Noble, B. (1997) Crossed dipole reciprocity paradox. Leading Edge, v.16, p.1465-1471. Dellwig, L. F. (1955) Origin of the Salina salt of Michigan. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 25, p. 83-110. Delmelle, P., and Bernard, A. (2000) Volcanic lakes. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.877-895. Deming, D., (1989) Application of bottom-hole temperature corrections in geothermal studies. Geothermic, v.18, no.5/6, p.775-786. Dence, M. R. (1968) Shock zoning at Canadian craters: petrography and structural implications. In: French, B. M., and Short, N. M., eds. Shock metamorphism of

natural materials, p. 169-184. Baltimore: Mono Book Corp. 644 p. Dennis, J. G., and Atwater, T. M. (1974) Terminology of geodynamics. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 58, p. 1030-1036. Dennis, J. G., ed. (1967) International tectonic dictionary; English terminology. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Memoir 7. 196 p. Derby, O. A. (1910) The iron ores of Brazil. In: The iron ore resources of the world, v. 2, p. 813-822. International Geological Congress. 11th, Stockholm, 1910. Stockholm Generalstabens Litografiska Anstalt. 2 v. 1068 p. Derr, J. S. (1977) Earthquake lights. U. S. Geological Survey. Earthquake Information Bulletin, v. 9, no. 3, p. 18-21. DeSitter, L. U. (1954) Gravitational sliding tectonicsCan essay on comparative structural geology. American Journal of Science, v. 252, p. 321-344. DeVoe, J. R., and Spijkerman, J. J. (1966) Mössbauer spectrometry. Analytical Chemistry, v. 38, no. 5, p. 382R-393R. Dewey, J. F. (1969) Continental marginsCa model for conversion of Atlantic type to Andean type. Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 6, p. 189-197. DeWiest, R. J. M. (1965) Geohydrology. New York: Wiley. 366 p. Dewolf, Y. (1970) Les argiles à siles: paléosols ou pédolithes. Association francaise pour l'étude du Quaternaire. Bulletin, no. 2-3, p. 117-119. Dick, H.J.B. (1989) Abyssal peridotites, very slow spreading ridges, and ocean-ridge magmatism. In: Saunders, A.D., ed., Magmatism in the ocean basins. Geological Society of America Special Publication 42, p.71-105. Dickin, A.P. (1995) Radiogenic isotope geology. Cambridge, UK, Cambridge University Press, 452p Dickinson, W. R. (1965) Geology of the Suplee-Izee area, Crook, Grant, and Harney counties, Oregon. Oregon Department of Geology and Mineral Industries. Bulletin 58. 109 p. Dickinson, W. R. (1966) Structural relationships of San Andreas fault system, Cholame Valley and Castle Mountain Range, California. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 66, p. 707-725. Dickinson, W. R. (1970) Interpreting detrital modes of graywacke and arkose. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 40, p. 695-707. Dickinson, W. R., and Vigrass, L. W. (1965) Geology of the Suplee-Izee area, Crook, Grant, and Harney

756

Diebold

Downie

counties, Oregon. Oregon Department of Geology and Mineral Resources. Bulletin, no. 58, 110 p. Diebold, J.B. and Stoffa, P.L., (1981) The traveltime equation, tau-p mapping, and inversion of complex midpoint data. Geophysics, 46, 238-254. Diegel, F. A. (1986) Topological constraints on imbricate thrust networks, examples from the Mountain City window, Tennessee, U.S.A. Journal of Structural Geology, v. 8, p. 269-280. Diessel, C.F.K. (1986) On the correlation of coal facies and depositional environments. In: Symposium on Advances in the Study of Sydney Basin, 12th, Proceedings, p.19-22. Dietrich, R. V. (1959) Development of ptygmatic features with a passive host during partial anatexis. Beiträge zur Mineralogie und Petrologie, v. 6, no. 6, p. 357-365. Dietrich, R. V. (1960) Nomenclature of migmatitic and associated rocks. Geotimes, v. 4, no. 5, p. 36-37, 50-51. Dietrich, R. V. (1960a) Genesis of ptygmatic features. International Geological Congress, 21st, Copenhagen, 1960. Report, Norden. Proceedings, sec. 14, p. 138-148. Dietrich, R. V. (1963) Banded gneisses of eight localities. Norsk Geologisk Tidsskrift, v. 43, no. 1, p. 89-119. Dietrich, R. V. (1969) Hybrid rocks. Science, v. 163, p. 557. Dietrich, R. V., and Mehnert, K. R. (1961) Proposal for the nomenclature of migmatites and associated rocks. International Geological Congress, 21st, Copenhagen, 1960. Report, pt. 26, sec. 14, p. 56-67. Dietz, R. S. (1959) Shatter cones in cryptoexplosion structures (meteorite impact?). Journal of Geology, v. 67, p. 496-505. Dietz, R. S. (1960) Meteorite impact suggested by shatter cones in rock. Science, v. 131, p. 1781-1784. Dietz, R. S. (1961) Astroblemes. Scientific American, v. 205, p. 50-58. Dietz, R. S. (1963) Wave-base, marine profile of equilibrium, and wave-built terraces: a critical appraisal. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 74, p. 971-990. Dietz, R. S., and Holden, J. C. (1966) Miogeoclines (miogeosynclines) in space and time. Journal of Geology, v. 74, no. 5, pt. 1, p. 566-583. Dionne, J.-C. (1973) Monroes: a type of so-called mud volcanoes in tidal flats. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 43, p. 848-856.

Diver, W.L., and Peat, C.J. (1979) On the interpretation and classification of Precambrian organic-walled microfossils. Geology, v.7, p.401-404. Dixon, E. E. L., and Vaughan, Arthur (1911) The Carboniferous succession in Gower (Glamorganshire), with notes on its fauna and conditions of deposition. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 67, p. 477-571. Dixon, J. M., and Farrar, E. (1980) Ridge subduction, eduction, and the Neogene tectonics of southwestern North America. Tectonophysics, v. 67, p. 81-99. Dobkins, J. E., Jr., and Folk, R. L. (1970) Shape development on Tahiti-Nui. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 40, p. 1167-1203. Dobrin, M. B. (1952) Introduction to geophysical prospecting. New York: McGraw-Hill. 435 p. DOD: U.S. Department of Defense. Army Topographic Command (1969) Glossary of mapping, charting, and geodetic terms. 2nd ed. Washington, D.C.: U. S. Department of Defense. 281 p. DOD: U.S. Department of Defense. Army Topographic Command (1973) Glossary of mapping, charting and geodetic terms. 3rd ed. Washington: U. S. Department of Defense. 272 p. Dodge, J.D. (1982) Marine dinoflagellates of the British Isles. London, Her Majesty's Stationery Office, 303p. Doe, B. R. (1970) Lead isotopes. New York: Springer-Verlag. 137 p. Domenico, Patrick A., Schwartz, Franklin W. (1990) Physical and chemical hydrogeology. John Wiley & Sons. New York, NY, 824 p. Donaldson, Douglas, and Simpson, Scott (1962) Chomatichnus, a new ichnogenus, and other trace-fossils of Wegber Quarry. Liverpool and Manchester Geological Journal, v. 3, p. 73-81. Donnay, Gabrielle, and Donnay, J. D. H. (1953) The crystallography of bastnaesite, parisite, roentgenite, and synchisite. American Mineralogist, v. 38, nos. 11 & 12, p. 932-963. Dorr, J. V. N., II, and Barbosa, A. L. de Miranda (1963) Geology and ore deposits of the Itabira district, Minas Gerais, Brazil. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 341-C. 110 p. Dott, R. H., Jr. (1964) Wacke, graywacke and matrix--what approach to immature sandstone classification? Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 34, p. 625-632. Douglas, R. J. W. (1950) Callum Creek, Langford Creek, and Gap map areas, Alberta. Geological Survey of Canada. Memoir 255. 124 p. Downie, C., Evitt, W.R., and Sarjeant, W.A.S. (1963) Dinoflagellates,hystrichospheres, and the classification of

757

Downie

Eastler

the acritarchs. Stanford University Publications, Geological Sciences, no.7, 16p. Downie, C., and Sarjeant, W.A.S. (1966) The morphology, terminology, and classification of fossil dinoflagellate cysts. In: Davey, R.J., Downie, C., Sarjeant, W.A.S., and Williams, G.L., Studies on Mesozoic and Cainozoic dinoflagellate cysts. British Museum (Natural History) Geology, Bulletin, Supplement 3, p.10-17. Doyle, P. S., et al. (1974) Stratigraphy. Deep Sea Drilling Project. Initial Reports, v. 26, p. 825-905. Drake, A. A. (1985) Tectonic implications of the Indian Run Formation--a newly recognized sedimentary melange in the northern Virginia Piedmont. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 1324, 12 p. Draper, J. W. (1847) On the production of light by heat. Philosophical Magazine, ser. 3, v. 30, p. 345-360. Drew, G. H. (1911) The action of some denitrifying bacteria in tropical and temperate seas, and the bacterial precipitation of calcium carbonate in the sea. Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom. Journal, v. 9, p. 142-155. Drewes, Harold (1959) Turtleback faults of Death Valley, California; a reinterpretation. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 70, p. 1497-1508. Dryer, C. R. (1901) Certain peculiar eskers and esker lakes of northeastern Indiana. Journal of Geology, v. 9, p. 123-129. Dryer, C. R. (1910) Some features of delta formation. Indiana Academy of Science. Proceedings, 1909, p. 255-261. Duff, P. M. D., and Walton, E. K. (1962) Statistical basis for cyclothems: a quantitative study of the sedimentary succession in the East Pennine Coalfield. Sedimentology, v. 1, p. 235-255. Dulhunty, J. A. (1939) The torbanites of New South Wales, Pt. 1. Royal Society of New South Wales. Journal and Proceedings, 1938, v. 72, p. 179-198. Dunbar, C. O., and Rodgers, John (1957) Principles of stratigraphy. New York: Wiley. 356 p. Dunham, R. J. (1962) Classification of carbonate rocks according to depositional texture. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Memoir 1, p. 108-121. Dunham, R. J. (1970) Stratigraphic reefs versus ecologic reefs. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 54, p. 1931-1932. Dunn, J. A. (1942) Granite and magmation and metamorphism. Economic Geology, v. 37, p. 231-238. Dunnet, D. (1969) A technique of finite strain analysis using elliptical markers. Tectonophysics, v. 7, p. 117-136.

758

Dunoyer de Segonzac, G. (1968) The birth and development of the concepts of diagenesis (1866-1966). Earth-Science Reviews, v. 4, p. 153-201. DuToit, A. (1920) The Karroo dolerites of South Africa. Geological Society of South Africa. Transactions, v. 23, p. 1-42. DuToit, A. (1937) Our wandering continents. New York: Hafner. 379 p. Duval, Bernard, Cramez, Carlos, and Jackson, M. P. A. (1990) Raft tectonics in the Kwanza basin, Angola (abs.). Geological Society of America, Abstracts with Programs, v. 22, no. 7, p. A48. Dziewonski, A. M. and Anderson, D. L. (1981) Preliminary reference Earth model. Physics of the Earth and Planetary Interiors, 25; 4, p. 297-356. Dzulynski, Stanislaw, and Kotlarczyk, J. (1962) On load-casted ripples. Société Géologique Pologne. Annales, v. 32, p. 148-159. Dzulynski, Stanislaw, and Radomski, Andrzej (1955) Pochodzenie sladów wleczenia na tle teorii pradów zawiesinowych. Acta geologica Polonica, v. 5, p. 47-66. Dzulynski, Stanislaw, and Sanders, J. E. (1962) Current marks on firm mud bottoms. Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences. Transactions, v. 42, p. 57-96. Dzulynski, Stanislaw, and Slaczka, Andrzej (1958) Directional structures and sedimentation of the Krosno beds (Carpathian flysch). Polskie Towarzystwo Geologiczne. Rocznik, t. 28, p. 205-260. Dzulynski, Stanislaw, and Walton, E. K. (1963) Experimental production of sole markings. Edinburgh Geological Society. Transactions, v. 19, p. 279-305. Dzulynski, Stanislaw, and Walton, E. K. (1965) Sedimentary features of flysch and greywackes. New York: Elsevier. 274 p. Dzulynski, Stanislaw, et al. (1957) Sandstone whirl-balls in the silts of the Carpathian flysch. Société Géologique Pologne. Annales, v. 26, p. 107-126. Dzulynski, Stanislaw, et al. (1959) Turbidites in flysch of the Polish Carpathian Mountains. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 70, p. 1089-1118. E Eakin, H. M. (1916) The Yukon-Koyukuk region, Alaska. U. S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 631. 88 p. Eardley, A. J. (1962) Structural geology of North America. 2nd ed. New York: Harper & Row. 743 p. Eastler, T. E. (1994) Geologic assessment of military underground facilities as effective barriers to conventional weapons attack (abst.). Geological Society of America,

Eaton

Emery

Abstracts with Programs (Seattle, WA), v. 26, no. 7, p. 346. Eaton, G.L. (1980) Nomenclature and homology in peridinialean dinoflagellate plate patterns. Palaeontology, v.23, Pt.3, p.667-688. Eaton, J. E. (1929) The by-passing and discontinuous deposition of sedimentary materials. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 13, p. 713-761. Eaton, J. E. (1951) Inadvisability of restricting terms that designate the relative. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 62, p. 77-80. Echelmeyer, K., and Wang, Z. (1987) Direct observation of basal sliding and deformation of basal drift at subfreezing temperatures. Journal of Glaciology, v.33, no. 113, p.83-98. Eckis, Rollin (1928) Alluvial fans of the Cucamonga district, southern California. Journal of Geology, v. 36, p. 225-247. Eckstrand, O.R., Sinclair, W.D., and Thorpe, R.I. (1995) Introduction. In: Eckstrand, O.R., Sinclair, W.D., and Thorpe, R.I., eds., Geology of Canadian mineral-deposit types. Ottawa, Canada, Geological Survey of Canada, Geology of Canada, no.8, p.1-17. Edwards, L.E. (1990) Peridinialean dinoflagellate plate patterns, labels and homologies. International Palynological Congress, 7th, Proceedings, Part II, Review of Palaeobotany and Palynology, v.65 (1-4), p.293-303. Edwards, L.E. (1993) Dinoflagellates. In: Lipps, J.H., ed., Fossil Prokaryotes and Protists. New York, Blackwell Scientific Publications, p.105-127. Edwards, M. (1986) Glacial environments. Chap. 13 in: Reading, H.G., ed., Sedimentary environments and facies, 2nd. ed. Oxford, U.K., Blackwell Scientific Publications, 615p. Eggleton, R.A., ed. (2001) The regolith glossary CRC for landscape evolution and mineral exploration. Floreat Park, Western Australia, 144p. Ehrenberg, C. G. (1854) Mikrogeologie; das Erde und Felsen schaffende wirken des unsichtbar kleinen selbstständigen Lebens auf der Erde. Leipzig: L. Voss. 347 p. Ehrlich, H.L. (1990) Geomicrobiology, 2nd ed. New York, Marcel Dekker, 646p. Einsele, G., and Seilacher, A., eds. (1982) Cyclic and event stratification. New York: Springer-Verlag. 536 p. Einstein, H. A. (1950) The bed-load function for sediment transportation in open channel flows. U. S. Department of Agriculture. Technical Bulletin 1026. 70 p.

Eisenack, A. (1962) Neue problematische Mikrofossilien. Neues Jahrbuch für Geologie und Paläontologie, Abhandlungen, v.11, no.2, p.135-141. Eisenack, A., Cramer, F.H., and Diez, M. del C.R. (1973) Katalog der fossilen Dinoflagellaten, Hystrichosphären, und verwandten Mikrofossilien, III, Acritarchs 1, E. Stuttgart, Germany, Schweizerbartsche Verlagsbuchhandlung, 1104 p. Eisenack, Alfred (1931) Neue Mikrofossilien des baltischen Silurs. Pt. 1. Palaeontologische Zeitschrift, Bd. 13, p. 74-118. Ekdale, A.A., and Bromley, R.G. (1983) Trace fossils and ichnofabric in the Kjølby Gaard Marl, uppermost Cretaceous, Denmark. Meddelelser fra Dansk Geologisk Forening (Bulletin of the Geological Society of Denmark), v.31, no.3-4, p.107-119. El-Etr, H. A. (1976) Proposed terminology for natural linear features. Utah Geological Association. Publication no. 5, p. 480-489. Elias, M. K. (1965) CycleologyCa discipline concomitant to paleoecology (abstract). American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 49, p. 339. Elliot, T. (1986) Siliclastic shorelines. In: Reading, H.G., ed., Sedimentary environments and facies, 2nd ed. Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publications, 615p. Elliott, D. W. (1976) The energy balance and deformation mechanisms of thrust sheets. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, v. A283, p. 289-312. Elliott, R. E. (1965) A classification of subaqueous sedimentary structures based on rheological and kinematical parameters. Sedimentology, v. 5, p. 193-209. Elton, C. S. (1927) The nature and origin of soil-polygons in Spitsbergen. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 83, p. 163-194. Embry, A.F., and Johannessen, E.P. (1992) T-R sequence stratigraphy, facies analysis, and reservoir distribution in the uppermost Triassic-Lower Jurassic succession, western Sverdrup Basin, Arctic Canada. In: Vorren, T.O., et al., eds. Arctic geology and petroleum potential. Norwegian Petroleum Society (NPF) Special Publication 2, p.121-146. Embry, A. F., and Klovan, J. E. (1971) A Late Devonian reef tract on northeastern Banks Island, N.W.T. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology, v. 19, p. 730-781. Emery, K. O. (1948) Submarine geology of Bikini atoll. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 59, p. 855-859. Emery, K.O. (1961) A simple method of measuring beach profiles. Limnology and Oceanography, v.6, p.90-93.

759

Emiliani

Evitt

Emiliani, Cesare (1955) Pleistocene temperatures. Journal of Geology, v. 63, p. 538-578. Emiliani, Cesare (1987) Dictionary of the Physical Sciences. Oxford University Press, p. 86. Emiliani, Cesare (1992) Planet Earth. Cambridge University Press. Emmons, W.H. (1936) Hydrothermal zoning in metalliferous lodes. International Geological Congress, 16th, Report Part 1, p.417-432. Engel, A. E. J., et al. (1965) Chemical characteristics of oceanic basalts and the upper mantle. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 76, p. 719-734. Engelder, T. (1985) Loading paths to joint propagation during a tectonic cycle: An example from the Appalachian Plateau, U.S.A. Journal of Structural Geology, v. 7, p. 459-476. Engelder, T. (1993) Stress regimes in the lithosphere. Princeton Press, Princeton, NJ, 451 p. Engelder, T., and Fischer, M. P. (1996) Loading configurations and driving mechanisms for joints based on the Griffith energy-balance concept. Tectonophysics. 256; 1-4, p. 253-277. Engelder, T., and Lacazette, A. (1990) Natural hydraulic fracturing. In Barton, N., and Stephansson, O., eds., Rock Joints : A.A. Balkema, Rotterdam, p. 35-44. Engelhardt, Wolf von, and Stoffler, D. (1968) Stages of shock metamorphism in crystalline rocks of the Ries basin, Germany. In: French, B. M., and Short, N. M., eds. Shock metamorphism of natural materials, p. 159-168. Baltimore: Mono Book Corp. 644 p. Engelund, Frank (1966) On the possibility of formulating a universal spectrum function for dunes. Technical University of Denmark. Hydraulics Laboratory. Basic Research Progress Rept. 18, p. 1-4. Enos, Paul (1974) Reefs, platforms, and basins of Middle Cretaceous in northeast Mexico. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 58, p. 800-809. Erben, H.K. (1971) Anorganische und organische Schalenkomponenten bei Cittarium pica L. (Archaeogastropoda). Biomineralization Research Reports, v.3, p.51-64. Erben, H.K. (1972) On the formation and growth of nacre. Biomineralization Research Reports, v.4, p.15-46. Erben, H.K., and Krampitz, G. (1972) Ultrastruktur und Aminosäuren-Verhältnisse in den Schalen der rezenten Pleurotomariidae (Gastropoda). Biomineralization Research Reports, v.6, p.12-31. Erhart, Henri (1955) "Biostasie" et "rhexistasie," esquisse d'une théorie sur le rôle de la pédogenèse en tant

760

que phénomène géologique. Académie des Sciences, Paris. Comptes rendus hebdomadaires des séances, t. 241, no. 18, p. 1218-1220. Erhart, Henri (1956) La genèse des sols; esquisse d'une théorie géologique et géochimique: biostasie et rhexistasis. Paris: Masson. 90 p. Esau, Katherine (1965) Plant anatomy. 2nd ed. New York: Wiley. Eskola, Pentti (1915) Om sambandet mellan kemisk och mineralogisk sammansättning hos Orijävitraktens metamorfa bergarter. With an English summary of the contents. Finland, Commission Géologique. Bulletin, v. 8, no. 44, 145 p. Eskola, Pentti (1938) On the esboitic crystallization of orbicular rocks. Journal of Geology, v. 46, p. 448-485. Eskola, Pentti (1939) Die metamorphen Gesteine. In: Barth, T. F. W., Correns, Carl W., and Eskola, Pentti. Die Entstehung der Gesteine, ein Lehrbuch der Petrogenese. Berlin: Julius Springer. 422 p. Eskola, Pentti (1948) The problem of mantled gneiss domes. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 104, p. 461. Eskola, Pentti (1961) Granitentschung bei Orogenese und Epeirogenese. Geologische Rundschau, v. 50, p. 105-113. ESSA: U. S. Environmental Science Services Administration (1968) ESSA. Washington: U. S. Government Printing Office. [8] p. Eugster, H.P. (1967) Hydrous sodium silicates from Lake Magadi, Kenya: Presursors of bedded chert. Science, v.157, p.1177-1180. Evans, B. W. (1977) Metamorphism of alpine peridotite and serpentinite. Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Science, v. 5, p. 397-447. Evans, J. W. (1911) Dreikanter. Geological Magazine, v. 8, p. 334-335. Evans, O. F. (1938) The classification and origin of beach cusps. Journal of Geology, v. 46, p. 615-627. Evitt, W. R. (1963) A discussion and proposals concerning fossil dinoflagellates, hystrichospheres, and acritarchs. Pt. 2. National Academy of Sciences, U.S.A. Proceedings, v. 49, p. 298-302. Evitt, W.R. (1985) Sporopollenin dinoflagellate cysts: their morphology and interpretation. American Association of Stratigraphic Palynologists, Monograph Series, no.1, 333p. Evitt, W.R., Lentin, J.K., Millioud, M.E., Stover, L.E., and Williams, G.L. (1977) Dinoflagellate cyst terminology. Geological Society of Canada Special Paper 76-24, 11p.

Eythórsson

Fersman

Eythórsson, Jón (1951) Jökla-mys. Journal of Glaciology, v. 1, p. 503. F Faegri, K., and Iversen, J. (1975) Textbook of pollen analysis, 3rd rev. ed. New York, Hafner Press, 295p. Fairbairn, H. W. (1943) Packing in ionic minerals. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 54, p. 1305-1374. Fairbanks, H. W. (1906) Practical physiography. Boston: Allyn & Bacon. 542 p. Fairbridge, R. W. (1946) Submarine slumping and location of oil bodies. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 30, p. 84-92. Fairbridge, R. W. (1951) The Aroe Islands and the continental shelf north of Australia. Scope, v. 1, no. 6, p. 24-29. Fairbridge, R. W. (1954) Stratigraphic correlation by microfacies. American Journal of Science, v. 252, p. 683-694. Fairbridge, R. W. (1958) What is a consanguineous association? Journal of Geology, v. 66, p. 319-324. Fairbridge, R. W. (1961) Eustatic changes in sea level. In: L. H. Ahrens et al., eds. Physics and chemistry of the earth, v. 4, p. 99-185. New York: Pergamon Press. Fairbridge, R. W. (1967) Phases of diagenesis and authigenesis. In: Larsen, Gunnar, and Chilingar, G. V., eds. Diagenesis in sediments. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 551 p. (Developments in sedimentology 8, p. 19-89). Fairbridge, R. W. (1972) Climatology of a glacial cycle. Quaternary Research (Washington University), v. 2, p. 283-302. Fairbridge, R. W. (1995) Eolianites and eustasy: early concepts on Darwin's voyage of HMS Beagle. Carbonates and Evaporites, v. 10(1), p. 92-101. Fairbridge, R. W., ed. (1966) The encyclopedia of oceanography. New York: Reinhold. 1021 p. (Encyclopedia of earth sciences series, v. 1). Fairbridge, R. W., ed. (1968) The encyclopedia of geomorphology. New York: Reinhold. 1295 p. (Encyclopedia of earth sciences series, v. 3). Fairchild, H. L. (1904) Geology under the planetesimal hypothesis of Earth origin. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 15, p. 243-266. Fairchild, H. L. (1913) Pleistocene geology of New York State. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 24, p. 133-162. Fairchild, H. L. (1932) New York moraines. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 43, p. 627-662.

Fairhead, J.D., and Odegard, M.E. (2002) Advances in gravity survey resolution. The Leading Edge, v.21, p.26-27. Fannin, N. G. T. (1981) Pockmarks in the North Sea. Open Earth, no. 13, p. 28-29. FAO (1988) Soil Map of the World- Revised Legend. World Soil Resources Report 60. ISBN 92-5-102622-X. Farmin, Rollin (1934) "Pebble dikes" and associated mineralization at Tintic, Utah. Economic Geology, v. 29, p. 356-370. Fay, A. H. (1918) A glossary of the mining and mineral industry. Washington: Government Printing Office. 754 p. (U. S. Bureau of Mines. Bulletin 95.) Fay, A.H. (1920) A glossary of the mining and mineral industry. U.S. Bureau of Mines Bulletin 95, 754p. Fedorowski, J., and Jull, R. K. (1976) Review of blastogeny in Paleozoic corals and description of lateral increase in some Upper Ordovician rugose corals. Acta Palaeontologica Polonica, v. 21, no. 1, p. 37-78. Fenneman, N. M. (1909) Physiography of the St. Louis area. Illinois State Geological Survey. Bulletin, v. 12, 83 p. Fenneman, N. M. (1914) Physiographic boundaries within the United States. Association of American Geographers. Annals, v. 4, p. 84-134. Fenner, C. N. (1948) Incandescent tuff flows in southern Peru. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 59, p. 879-893. Fensome, R.A., Taylor, F.J.R., Norris, G., Sarjeant, W.A.S., Wharton, D.I., and Williams, G.L. (1993) A classification of fossil and living dinoflagellates. American Museum of Natural History, Micropaleontology, Special Paper 7, 351p. Fenton, C. L., and Fenton, M. A. (1928) Faunule and zonule. American Midland Naturalist, v. 11, p. 1-23. (Ecologic interpretations of some biostratigraphic terms, 1). Fenton, C. L., and Fenton, M. A. (1930) Zone, subzone, facies, phase. American Midland Naturalist, v. 12, p. 145-153. (Ecologic interpretations of some biostratigraphic terms, 2). Ferguson, L. (1970) "Armored snowballs" and the introduction of coarse terrigenous material into sea-ice. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 40, p. 1057-1060. Fernald, F. A. (1929) Roundstone, a new geologic term. Science, n.s., v. 70, p. 240. Fernald, M. L. (1950) Gray's manual of botany. 8th ed. New York: American Book Company.

761

Fetter

Flinn

Fersman, A. E. (1922) Geokhimiia Rossii. St. Petersburg: Nauchnoe Khimichesko-Tekhnicheskoe izdatel'stvo. Approx. 210 p. Fetter, Charles Willard (1994) Applied hydrogeology. MacMillan College Publishing Co., 691 p. FGDC: Federal Geographic Data Committee (1998a) Content standard for digital geospatial metadata (version 2.0). Report FGDC-STD-001-1998, 78p. http://www.fgdc.gov/standards/documents/standard s/metadata/v2 0698.pdf FGDC: Federal Geographic Data Committee (1998b) Geospatial positioning accuracy standards, Part 3: National standard for spatial data accuracy. Report FGDC-STD-007.3-1998, p.3-1. http://www.fgdc.gov/standards/documents/standard s/accuracy/chaper3.pdf Field, M.S. (2002) A lexicon of cave and karst terminology with special reference to environmental karst hydrology. Washington, D.C., National Center for Environmental Assessment­Washington Office, Report EPA/600/R-02-003, 214p. Fielder, Gilbert (1965) Lunar geology. Chester Springs, Penna.: Dufour. 184 p. Finch, R. H. (1933) Slump scarps. Journal of Geology, v. 41, p. 647-649. Fink, J.H., and Anderson, S.W. (2000) Lava domes and coulees. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.307-319. Finsterwalder, Richard (1950) Some comments on glacier flow. Journal of Glaciology, v. 1, no. 7, p. 383-388. Fischer, A. G. (1964) The Lofer cyclothem of the Alpine Triassic. Kansas State Geological Survey. Bulletin 169, v. 1, p. 107-149. Fischer, A. G. (1969) Geological time-distance rates: the Bubnoff unit. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 80, p. 549-551. Fischer, A. G., and Teichert, Curt (1969) Cameral deposits in cephalopod shells. University of Kansas. Paleontological Contributions, Paper 37. 30 p. Fischer, A. G., et al. (1954) Arbitrary cut-off in stratigraphy. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 38, p. 926-931. Fischer, Georg (1934) Die Petrographie der Grauwacken. Preussische Geologische Landesanstalt. Jahrbuch, 1933, Bd. 54, p. 320-343. Fisher, O. (1866) On the warp (of Mr. Trimmer)CIts age and probable connexion with the last geological events. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 22. p. 553-565.

Fisher, R. V. (1958) Definition of volcanic breccia. Geologic Society of America Bulletin, vol. 69, p. 1071-1073. Fisher, R. V. (1961) Proposed classification of volcaniclastic sediments and rocks. Geologic Society of America Bulletin, vol. 72, p. 1409-1414. Fisher, R.V., and Schmincke, H.-U. (1984) Pyroclastic rocks. New York, Springer Verlag, 472p. Fisher, W. B. (1950) The Middle East; a physical, social, and regional geography. London: Methuen. 514 p. Fisher, W. L. and McGowan, J. H. (1967) Depositional systems in the Wilcox Group of Texas and their relationship to occurrence of oil and gas. Gulf Coast Association Geological Societies Transactions, v. 17, p. 105-125. Fisk, H. N. (1959) Padre Island and the Laguna Madre Flats, coastal south Texas. Coastal Geography Conference, 2nd, Baton Rouge, La., 1959. [Proceedings], p. 103-151. FitzGerald, D.M., Kraus, N.C., and Hands, E.B. (2001) Natural mechanisms of sediment bypassing at tidal inlets. Vicksburg, Miss., U.S. Army Engineer Research and Development Center, ERDC/CHL CHETN-IV-30 (http:chl.wes.army.mil/library/publications/chetn). Flajs, G. (1972) On the ultrastructure of the hinge of the Bivalvia, 1. Biomineralization Research Reports, v.6, p.49-65. Flanders, P. L., and Sauer, F. M. (1960) A glossary of geoplosics: the systematic study of explosion effects in the Earth. Kirtland Air Force Base, N.Mex.: U.S. Air Force Special Weapons Center. 34 p. (Technical note 60-20). Flawn, P. T. (1953) Petrographic classification of argillaceous sedimentary and low-grade metamorphic rocks in subsurface. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 37, p. 560-565. Fleischer, Michael (1966) Index of new mineral names, discredited minerals, and changes of mineralogical nomenclature in volumes 1-50 The American Mineralogist. American Mineralogist, v. 51, p. 1248-1357. Fleischer, Michael (1975) 1975 Glossary of mineral species. Bowie, Md.: Mineralogical Record. 145 p. Additions and corrections: Mineralogical Record, v. 7, no. 2, March-April 1976; v. 8, no. 5, Sept.-Oct. 1977. Fleuty, M. J. (1964) Tectonic slides. Geological Magazine, v. 101, p. 452-456. Fleuty, M. J. (1964a) The description of folds. Geologists' Association. Proceedings, v. 75, p. 461-492.

762

Flint

Foster

Flinn, D. (1962) On folding during three-dimensional progressive deformation. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 118, p. 385-433. Flint, D. E., et al. (1953) Limestone walls of Okinawa. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 64, p. 1247-1260. Flint, R. F. (1928) Eskers and crevasse fillings. American Journal of Science, v. 15, p. 410-416. Flint, R. F. (1955) Pleistocene geology of eastern South Dakota. U.S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 262. 173 p. Flint, R. F. (1957) Glacial and Pleistocene geology. New York: Wiley. 553 p. Flint, R. F. (1971) Glacial and Quaternary geology. New York: Wiley. 892 p. Flint, R. F., and Deevey, E. S., Jr. (1951) Radiocarbon dating of late-Pleistocene events. American Journal of Science, v. 249, p. 257-300. Flint, R. F., et al. (1960a) Symmictite: a name for nonsorted terrigenous sedimentary rocks that contain a wide range of particle sizes. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 71, p. 507-509. Flint, R. F., et al. (1960b) Diamictite, a substitute term for symmictite. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 71, p. 1809. Fogg, G. E., et al. (1973) The blue-green algae. New York: Academic Press. 459 p. Foley, S. F., Venturelli, G., Green, D. H., and Toscani, L. (1987) The ultrapotassic rocks: characteristics, classification, and constraints for petrogenetic models. Earth-Science Reviews, v. 24, p. 81-134. Folk, R. L. (1951) Stages of textural maturity in sedimentary rocks. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 21, p. 127-130. Folk, R. L. (1954) The distinction between grain size and mineral composition in sedimentary-rock nomenclature. Journal of Geology, v. 62, p. 344-359. Folk, R. L. (1959) Practical petrographic classification of limestones. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 43, p. 1-38. Folk, R. L. (1962) Spectral subdivision of limestone types. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Memoir 1, p. 62-84. Folk, R. L. (1965) Some aspects of recrystallization in ancient limestones. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. Special Publication no. 13, p. 14-48. Folk, R. L. (1968) Petrology of sedimentary rocks. Austin, Tex.: Hemphill's Book Store. 170 p.

Folk, R. L. (1973) Evidence for peritidal deposition of Devonian Caballos Novaculite, Marathon Basin, Texas. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 57, p. 702-725. Folk, R. L. (1974) The natural history of crystalline calcium carbonate: effects of magnesium content and salinity. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 44, p. 40-53. Folk, R. L., and Assereto, Riccardo (1974) Giant aragonite rays and baroque white dolomite in tepee-fillings, Triassic of Lombardy, Italy (abstract). American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Annual meeting. Abstracts, v. 1, p. 34-35. Folk, R. L., and Assereto, Riccardo (1976) Comparative fabrics of length-slow and length-fast calcite and calcite-aragonite in a Holocene speleothem, Carlsbad Caverns, New Mexico. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 46, p. 486-496. Folk, R. L., and Siedlecka, Anna (1974) The schizohaline environment: its sedimentary and diagenetic fabric as exemplified by late Paleozoic rocks of Bear Island, Svalbard. Sedimentary Geology, v. 11, p. 1-15. Folk, R. L., et al. (1973) Black phytokarst from Hell, Cayman Islands, British West Indies. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 84, p. 2351-2360. Folk, Robert L. (1993) SEM imaging of bacteria and nannobacteria in carbonate sediments and rocks. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, 63;5, p. 990-999. Ford, D.C., and Williams, P.W., (1989) Karst geomorphology and karst hydrology. London, England, Unwin Hyman, 601p. Forgotson, J. M., Jr. (1954) Regional stratigraphic analysis of the Cotton Valley Group of Upper Gulf Coastal Plain. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 38, p. 2476-2499. Forgotson, J. M., Jr. (1957) Nature, usage, and definition of marker-defined vertically segregated rock units. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 41, p. 2108-2113. Forgotson, J. M., Jr. (1960) Review and classification of quantitative mapping techniques. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 44, p. 83-100. Forgotson, J. M., Jr., and Forgotson, J. M. (1975) "Porosity pod": concept for successful stratigraphic exploration of fine-grained sandstones. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 59, p. 1113-1125. Fortescue, J. (1965) Exploration architecture. Geological Survey of Canada. Paper 65-6, p. 4-14. Foster, A. S., and Gifford, E. M., Jr. (1974) Comparative morphology of vascular plants. San Francisco: Freeman. 751 p.

763

Foster

Frye

Foster, N. H. (1966) Stratigraphic leak. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 50, p. 2604-2611. Fournet, J. (1844) Sur l'état de surfusion du quartz dans les roches éruptives et dans les filons métallifères. Académie des Sciences, Paris. Comptes rendus, v. 18, p. 1050-1057. Fournet, J. (1847) Résultats d'une exploration des Vosges. Société Géologique de France. Bulletin, series 2, v. 4, p. 220-254. Fowkes, W. W., and Frost, C. M. (1960) Leonardite, a lignite by-product. U. S. Bureau of Mines. Report of Investigations 5611. 12 p. Fowler, G. M., and Lyden, J. P. (1932) The ore deposits of the Tri-State district (Missouri-Kansas-Oklahoma). American Institute of Mining and Metallurgical Engineers. Transactions, v. 102, p. 206-251. Fowler, H. W. (1937) A dictionary of modern English usage. 1st ed, reprinted with corrections. London: Oxford University Press. 742 p. Fox, C.A. (1983) Micromorphology of an orthic turbic cryosol--a permafrost soil. In: Soil Micromorphology (P. Bullock and G.P. Murphy, Editors), A.B. Academic Publishers, Oxford, pp.699-705. Fox, D. L. (1957) Particulate organic detritus. Geological Society of America. Memoir 67, v. 1, p. 383-389. Francis, P. (1993) Volcanoes: A planetary perspective. New York, Oxford, 443p. Frank, R., Sigogneau-Russell, D., and Vogel, J.C. (1984) Tooth ultrastructure of Late Triassic Haramiyidae. Journal of Dental Research, v.63, no.5, p.661-664. Frank-Kamenetskii, V. A., Logvinenko, N. V., and Drits, V. A. (1965) Tosudite--a new mineral, forming the mixed-layer phase in alushite. Proceedings of the International Clay Conference, Stockholm 2, p. 181-186. Freas, D. H., and Riggs, S. R. (1968) Environments of phosphorite deposition in the central Florida phosphate district. Texas Bureau of Economic Geology. Fourth Forum on Geology of Industrial Minerals. Proceedings, p. 117-128. Freeburg, J. H. (1966) Terrestrial impact structures--a bibliography. U. S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1220. 91 p. Freeman, O. W. (1925) The origin of Swimming Woman Canyon, Big Snowy Mountains, Montana, an example of a pseudo-cirque formed by landslide sapping. Journal of Geology, v. 33, p. 75-79. Freeze, R. A. and Cherry, J. A. (1979) Groundwater. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 604 p.

Freiberger, W.F., ed., (1960) The International Dictionary of Applied Mathematics. D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., Princeton, NJ, 1173p. French, B.M. (1998) Traces of catastrophe: A handbook of shock-metamorphic effects in terrestrial meteorite impact structures. Lunar and Planetary Institute, Houston, Tex., 120p. Freund, J. E. (1960) Modern elementary statistics, 2nd ed. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. Freund, J.E., and Williams, F.J., (1991) Dictionary/Outline of Basic Statistics. New York, Dover Publ., 195p. Frey, M. (1987) The reaction-isograd kaolinite + quartz = pyrophyllite + H2 O, Helvetic Alps, Switzerland. Schweizerische Mineralogische und Petrographische Mitteilungen / Bulletin Suisse de Mineralogie et Petrographie, 67, 1-2, p. 1-11. Friedman, G. M. (1965) Terminology of crystallization textures and fabrics in sedimentary rocks. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 35, p. 643-655. Friedman, G. M., and Sanders, J. E. (1974) Positive-relief bedforms on modern tidal flat that resemble molds of flutes and grooves; implications for geopetal criteria for origin and classification of bedforms. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 44, p. 181-189. Friedman, G. M., and Sanders, J. E. (1978) Principles of sedimentology. New York: Wiley. 792 p. Friedman, G. M., Sanders, J. E., and Kopaska-Merkee, D. C., (1992) Principles of sedimentary deposits: stratigraphy and sedimentology: glossary. New York: MacMillan Publishing Co., 43 p. Friedman, J. D. (1970) The airborne infrared scanner as a geophysical research tool. Optical Spectra, June, p. 35-44. Friedman, M., et al. (1976) Experimental folding of rocks under confining pressure: Part III. Faulted drape folds in multilithologic layered specimens. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 87, p. 1049-1066. Fritsch, F. E. (1961) The structure and reproduction of the algae. v. 1. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press. 791 p. Frizzell, D. L. (1933) Terminology of types. American Midland Naturalist, v. 14, p. 637-668. Frondel, J. W., et al. (1967) Glossary of uranium-and thorium-bearing minerals. 4th ed. U. S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1250. 69 p. Fry, N. (1979) Random point distributions and strain measurement in rocks. Tectonophysics, 60, 69-105. Frye, J. C., and Willman, H. B. (1960) Classification of the Wisconsinian Stage in the Lake Michigan glacial lobe. Illinois State Geological Survey. Circular 285. 16 p.

764

Fuchs

Glibert

Fuchs, Theodor (1895) Studien über Fucoiden und Hieroglyphen. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Vienna. Mathematisch-Naturwissen-schaftliche Classe. Denkschriften, v. 62, p. 369-448. Fuller, H.-J., and Tippo, Oswald (1954) College botany. Revised edition. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Fuller, M. L. (1914) The geology of Long Island, N.Y. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 82. 231 p. Fyfe, W. S., and Turner, F. J. (1966) Reappraisal of the metamorphic facies concept. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, v. 12, p. 354-364. Fyfe, W. S., et al. (1958) Metamorphic reactions and metamorphic facies. Geological Society of America. Memoir 73. 259 p. G Gajadhar, A.A., Marquardt, W.C., Hall, R., Gunderson, J., Carmona, E.V.A., and Sogin, M.L., (1991) Ribosomal RNA sequences of Sarcocystis muris, Theileria annulata, and Crypthecodinium cohnii reveal evolutionary relationships among apicomplexans, dinoflagellates, and ciliates. Molecular and Biochemical Parasitology, v.45, p.147-154. Galkiewicz, T. (1968) Geocosmology. International Geological Congress. 23rd, Prague, 1968. Report, sec. 13, p. 145-149. Galliher, E. W. (1931) Collophane from Miocene brown shales of California. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 15, p. 257-269. Galloway, J. J. (1922) Value of the physical characters of sand grains in the interpretation of the origin of sandstones. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 33, p. 104-105. Galton, Francis (1889) On the principle and methods of assigning marks for bodily efficiency. Nature, v. 40, p. 649-653. Gammon, J. B. (1966) Fahlbands in the Precambrian of southern Norway. Economic Geology, v. 61, p. 174-188. Gardiner, J. S. (1906) The fauna and geography of the Maldive and Laccadive Islands. Cambridge: University Press, 2 vols., 1079 p. Gardner, Rita, and Scoging, Helen (1983) Megageomorphology. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Garland, G. D. (1971) Introduction to geophysics: mantle, core, and crust. Philadelphia: W. B. Saunders. 420 p. Gasche, H., and Tunca, Ö (1983) Guide to Archaeostratigraphic classification and terminology:

definitions and principles. Journal of Field Archaeology, v. 12, p. 325-335. Gault, D. E., et al. (1968) Impact cratering mechanics and structures. In: French, B. M., and Short, N. M., eds. Shock metamorphism of natural materials, p. 87-100. Baltimore: Mono Book Corp. 644 p. Geddes, M.C., DeDeckker, P., Williams, W.D., Morton, D.W., and Toppings, M., (1981) On the chemistry and biota of some saline lakes in Western Australia. Hydrobiologia, v.81, p.201-222. Geikie, J. (1885) The ice age in Europe and North America. Edinburgh, U.K., Transactions of the Edinburgh Geological Society, p.144-168. Geikie, James (1898) Earth sculpture, or the origin of land-forms. New York: Putnam. 397 p. Geiser, P. A. (1988) The role of kinematics in the construction and analysis of geological cross sections in deformed terranes. In: Geometries and mechanisms of thrusting, with special reference to the Appalachians , edited by Mitra, G. and Wojtal, S. Spec. Pap. Geol. Soc. Am., v. 222, p. 47-77. Geissler, P. (2000) Cryovolcanism in the outer solar system. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.785-800. Geo-One-Stop: E-Government Geospatial One-Stop (May 9, 2003) Data content standards for digital elevation. Draft, 33p. http://www.geo-one-stop.gov/Standards/Elevation/in dex.html Geological Society of London (1967) Report of the Stratigraphical Code Sub-Committee. Geological Society of London. Proceedings, no. 1638, p. 75-87. George, T. N., et al. (1969) Recommendations on stratigraphical usage. Geological Society of London. Proceedings no. 1656, p. 139-166. Gignoux, M. (1950) Géologie Stratigraphique. Masson: Paris, 735 p. Gilbert, G. K. (1875) Report on the geology of portions of Nevada, Utah, California, and Arizona, examined in the years 1871 and 1872. U. S. Geographical Surveys West of the One Hundredth Meridian. Report, v. 3, pt. 1, p. 17-187. Gilbert, G. K. (1876) The Colorado Plateau province as a field for geological study. American Journal of Science, ser. 3, v. 12, p. 16-24, 85-103. Gilbert, G. K. (1877) Report on the geology of the Henry Mountains. Washington: U. S. Geographical and Geological Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region. 160 p. Gilbert, G. K. (1885) The topographic features of lake shores. U. S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 5th, p. 69-123.

765

Gilbert

Goodspeed

Gilbert, G. K. (1890) Lake Bonneville. U. S. Geological Survey. Monograph 1. 438 p. Gilbert, G. K. (1898) A proposed addition to physiographic nomenclature. Science, n.s., v. 7, p. 94-95. Gilbert, G. K. (1899) Ripple-marks and cross-bedding. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 10, p. 135-140. Gilbert, G. K. (1904) Systematic asymmetry of crest lines in the high Sierra of California. Journal of Geology, v. 12, p. 579-588. Gilbert, G. K. (1914) The transportation of debris by running water. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 86. 263 p. Gilbert, G. K. (1928) Studies of Basin Range structure. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 153. 92 p. Gilbert, G. K., and Brigham, A. P. (1902) An introduction to physical geography. New York: Appleton. 380 p. Giles, A. W. (1918) Eskers in the vicinity of Rochester, N.Y. Rochester Academy of Science. Proceedings, v. 5, p. 161-240. Gill, J.B. (1981) Orogenic andesites and plate tectonics. Berlin, Springer Verlag, 401p. Glaessner, M. F. (1945) Principles of micropaleontology. Melbourne: Melbourne Univ. Press. 296 p. Glaessner, M. F., and Teichert, C. (1947) Geosynclines: a fundamental concept in geology. American Journal of Science, v. 245, p. 465-482, 571-591. Gleeson, S.A., Butt, C.R.M., and Elias, M. (2003) Nickel laterites, a review. SEG Newsletter, no.54, p.1&12-18. Glen, J. W. (1955) The creep of polycrystalline ice. Royal Society of London. Proceedings, ser. A, v. 228, p. 519-538. Glenn, M. (1979) Glossary. In: A study of global sand seas, U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1052. p. 399-407. Glock, W. S. (1928) An analysis of erosional forms. American Journal of Science, ser. 5, v. 15, p. 471-483. Glock, W. S. (1932) Available relief as a factor of control in the profile of a landform. Journal of Geology, v. 40, p. 74-83. Glynn, P. W. (1974) Rolling stones among the Scleractinia: mobile coralliths in the Gulf of Panama. Second International Coral Reef Symposium. Proceedings, v. 2, p. 183-198. Brisbane: The Great Barrier Reef Committee. 753 p.

Godwin, Harry (1962) Radiocarbon dating; fifth international conference. Nature, v. 195, p. 943-945. Goggin, D.J. (1993) Probe permeametry: Is it worth the effort? Marine and Petroleum Geology, v.10, p.299-308. Goguel, J. (1962) Tectonics. San Francisco, Freeman, 384p. (Translation by H.E. Thalman of French original, Traité de tectonique, Paris, Masson, 1952). Goldich, S. S. (1938) A study in rock weathering. Journal of Geology, v. 46, p. 17-58. Goldman, M. I. (1921) Lithologic subsurface correlation in the "Bend" series of north-central Texas. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 129. p. 1-22. Goldman, M. I. (1933) Origin of the anhydrite cap rock of American salt domes. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 175-D, p. 83-114. Goldman, M. I. (1952) Deformation, metamorphism, and mineralization in gypsum-anhydrite cap rock, Sulphur salt dome, Louisiana. Geological Society of America. Memoir 50. 169 p. Goldman, M. I. (1961) Regenerated anhydrite redefined. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 31, p. 611. Goldring, Winifred (1943) Geology of the Coxsackie quadrangle, New York. New York State Museum. Bulletin, no. 332. 374 p. Goldschmidt, V. M. (1937) The principles of distribution of chemical elements in minerals and rocks. Chemical Society (of London). Journal, v. 1937, p. 655-673. Goldschmidt, V. M. (1954) Geochemistry. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Goldsmith, Richard (1959) Granofels: a new metamorphic rock name. Journal of Geology, v. 67, p. 109-110. Goldsmith, V. (1985) Coastal dunes. In: R. A. Davis, Jr., ed. Coastal sedimentary environments, p. 303-378. New York: Springer-Verlag. Goldthwait, J. W. (1908) Intercision, a peculiar kind of modification of drainage. School Science and Mathematics, v. 8, p. 129-139. Goode, H. D. (1969) Geoevolutionism: a step beyond catastrophism and uniformitarianism. Geological Society of America. Abstracts with programs for 1969, pt. 5, p. 29. Goodspeed, G. E. (1947) Xenoiths and skialiths. American Journal of Science, v. 246, p. 515-525. Goodspeed, G. E. (1948) Origin of granites. In: Gilluly, J. Origin of granite. Geological Society of America. Memoir 28. p. 55-78.

766

Gore

Greuter

Gore, A. J. P. (1983) Introduction. in A. J. P. Gore (editor), Ecosystems of the world 4A General Studies; mires, swamp, bog, fen, and moor. Elsevier, chap. 1, p. 1-34. Gornitz, V.M., and Schreiber, B.C., (1981) Displacive halite hoppers from the Dead Sea: Some implications for ancient evaporite deposits. Journal Sedimentary Petrology, v.51, p.787-794. Govett, G. J. S. (1978) Lithogeochemistry. Journal of Geochemical Exploration, v. 9, p. 109-110. Grabau, A. W. (1903) Paleozoic coral reefs. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 14, p. 337-352. Grabau, A. W. (1904) On the classification of sedimentary rocks. American Geologist, v. 33, p. 228-247. Grabau, A. W. (1905) Physical characters and history of some New York formations. Science, v. 22, p. 528-535. Grabau, A. W. (1906) Types of sedimentary overlap. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 17, p. 567-636. Grabau, A. W. (1911) On the classification of sand grains. Science, n.s., v. 33, p. 1005-1007. Grabau, A. W. (1913) Principles of stratigraphy. Reprinted, 1960, by Dover Publishing Co., New York. Grabau, A. W. (1920) Principles of salt deposition. 1st ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 435 p. (Geology of the non-metallic mineral deposits other than silicates, v. 1.) Grabau, A. W. (1920a) General geology. Boston: Heath. 864 p. (A textbook of geology. Pt. 1.) Grabau, A. W. (1924) Principles of stratigraphy. 2nd ed. New York: A. G. Seiler. 1185 p. Grabau, A. W. (1932) Principles of stratigraphy. 3d ed. New York: A. G. Seiler. 1185 p. Grabau, A. W. (1936) The Great Huangho Plain of China. Association of Chinese and American Engineers. Journal, v. 17, p. 247-266. Grabau, A. W. (1936a) Oscillation or pulsation. International Geological Congress. 16th, Washington, 1933. Report, v. 1, p. 539-553. Grabau, A. W. (1940) The rhythm of the ages; Earth history in the light of the pulsation and polar control theory. Peking: Henri Vetch. 561 p. Graham, A., Wood, G.D., Elsik, W.C., and Speed, R.C. (2000) Petrofilaments in palynological preparations. American Journal of Botany, v.87, no.5, p.752-753.

Graton, L. C., and Fraser, H. J. (1935) Systematic packing of spheres, with particular relation to porosity and permeability. Journal of Geology, v. 43, p. 785-909. Gravenor, C. P. (1956) Air photographs of the plains region of Alberta. Research Council of Alberta. Preliminary Report 56-5. 35 p. Gravenor, C. P., and Kupsch, W. O. (1959) Ice-disintegration features in western Canada. Journal of Geology, v. 67, p. 48-64. Gray, H. H. (1955) Stratigraphic nomenclature in coal-bearing rocks. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 66, p. 1567-1568. Green, D. H., and Ringwood, A. E. (1963) Mineral assemblages in a model mantle composition. Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 68, p. 937-945. Greene-Kelly, R. (1953) Irreversible dehydration in montmorillonite; Part II. Clay Mineral Bull. 2, p. 52-56. Greenly, E. (1919) The geology of Anglesey. Geological Survey of Great Britain. Memoir, v. 1. Grégoire C. (1972) Structure of the molluscan shell. In: Florkin, M., and Scheer, B.T., eds., Chemical zoology, v.7, Mollusca. New York, Academic Press, chap.2, p.45-102. Grégoire C. (1974) On the organic and mineral components of the shells of Aetheriidae(Mollusca, Bivalvia, Unionacea). Revue de Zoologie Africaine, v.88, pt.4, p.847-896. Gregory, H. E. (1917) Geology of the Navajo country; a reconnaissance of parts of Arizona, New Mexico, and Utah. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 93. 161 p. Gregory, J. W. (1912) The relations of kames and eskers. Geographical Journal, v. 40, p. 169-175. Grenfell, H.R. (1995) Probable fossil zygnematacean algal spore genera. Review of Palaeobotany and Palynology, v.84, p.201-220 Gressly, Amanz (1838) Observations géologiques sur le Jura Soleurois. [Pt. 1]. Allgemeine Schweizerische Gesellschaft für die gesammten Naturwissenschaften. Neue Denkschriften, v. 2, [pt. 6]. 112 p. Greuter, W., et al. (2000) International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Saint Louis Code). Regnum Vegetabile v.138. Königstein, Germany, Koeltz Scientific Books, 474p. Greuter, Werner, ed. (1994) International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (Tokyo Code). Regnum Vegetabile, vol. 131, 389 pp.; Adopted by the Fifteenth International Botanical Congress, Yokohama, Aug.-Sept. 1993.

767

Griffith

Gulliver

Griffith, A. A. (1920) The phenomena of rupture and flow in solids. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, Series A, v. 221, p. 163-198. Griffith, A. A. (1924) Theory of rupture. Proceedings of the First International Congress on Applied Mechanics, Delft, the Netherlands, p. 55-63. Griffiths, J. C., and Rosenfeld, M. A. (1954) Operator variation in experimental research. Journal of Geology, v. 62, p. 74-91. Griggs, D. T. (1936) Deformation of rocks under high confining pressures. Journal of Geology, v. 44, p. 541-577. Grim, R.E. (1953) Clay mineralogy. New York, McGraw-Hill, 596p. Grim, R. E. (1953) Clay mineralogy. New York: McGraw-Hill. 384 p. Grim, R.E. (1962) Applied clay mineralogy. New York, McGraw-Hill, 422p. Grim, R. E. (1968) Clay mineralogy. 2nd ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 596 p. Grim, R. E., and Güven, Necip (1978) Bentonites. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 256 p. Grim, R. E., et al. (1937) The mica in argillaceous sediments. American Mineralogist, v. 22, p. 813-829. Grimshaw, R.W. (1971) The chemistry and physics of clays and allied ceramic materials, 4th ed. New York, Wiley-Interscience, 1,024p. Grohskopf, J. G., and McCracken, Earl (1949) Insoluble residues of some Paleozoic formations of Missouri, their preparation, characteristics and application. Missouri Division of Geological Survey and Water Resources. Report of Investigations, no. 10. 39 p. Gross, G. A. (1980) A classification of iron formations based on depositional environments. Canadian Mineralogist, v. 18, p. 215-222. Gross, G.A. (1990) Geochemistry of iron formation in Canada. In: Chauvel, J.J., and others, eds., Ancient banded iron formations. Athens, Greece, Theophrastus Publications, p.3-26. Gross, M. R. (1993) The origin and spacing of cross joints: examples from the Monterey Formation, Santa Barbara Coastline, California. Journal of Structural Geology, v. 15, p. 737-751. Grossman, W. L. (1944) Stratigraphy of the Genesee Group of New York. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 55, p. 41-75. Grove, J.M. (1988) The Little Ice Age. London, Methuen, 498p.

Grove, J.M. (2001) The onset of the Little Ice Age. In: Jones, P.D., Ogilvie, A.E.J., Davies, T.D., and Brilla, K.R., eds., History and climate: Memories of the future? New York, Kluwer Academic, p.153-186. Grubenmann, Ulrich (1904) Die Kristallinen Schiefer. Berlin: Gebrüder Borntraeger. 2 vol. Grubenmann, Ulrich, and Niggli, P. (1924) Die Gesteinsmetamorphose: I. Allgemeiner Teil. Berlin: Gebrüder Borntraeger. 539 p. Gruner, J. W. (1950) An attempt to arrange silicates in the order of reaction energies at relatively low temperatures. American Mineralogist, v. 35, p. 137-148. Gruner, J. W., et al. (1941) Structural geology of the Knife Lake area of northeastern Minnesota. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 52, p. 1577-1642. Gümbel, C. W. von (1868) Geognostische Beschreibung des ostbayerischen Grenzgebirges oder des bayerischen und oberpfèlzer Waldgebirges. Gotha: Justus Perthes. 968 p. (Bavaria. Bayerisches Oberbergamt Geognostische Abteilung. Geognostische Beschreibung des Koenigreichs Bayern, v. 2.) Gümbel, C. W. von (1874) Die palèolithischen Eruptivgesteine des Fichtelgebirges (als vorlèufige Mittheilung). Munich. 50 p. Günthert, A., et al. (1976) Isochemische granitgneisbildung im Maggia-Lappen (Lepontin der zentralalpen). Schweizerische Mineralogische-petrographische Mitteilungen, v. 56, p. 105-143. Güven, N. (1971) Structural factors controlling stacking sequences in dioctahedral micas. Clays and Clay Minerals 19, p. 159-165. Guggenheim, S., and Martin, R.T. (1995) Definition of clay and clay mineral. Joint report of AIPEA and CMS nomenclature committees. Clays and Minerals, v.43, p.255-256. Guilbert, J. M., and Park, C. F., Jr. (1986) The geology of ore deposits. New York: W. H. Freeman. 985 p. Guilcher, A. (1988) Coral reef geomorphology. Chichester, New York: J. Wiley & Sons, 228 p. Guilcher, André (1950) Définition d'un type de volcan "écossais". Association de Géographes Francais. Bulletin, no. 206-207, p. 2-11. Guinier, A., et al. (1984) Nomenclature of polytype structures; report of the International Union of Crystallography Ad-Hoc Committee on the nomenclature of disordered, modulated and polytype structures. Acta Cryst. A40, p. 399-404. Gulliver, F. P. (1896) Cuspate forelands. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 7, p. 399-422.

768

Gulliver

Hanock

Gulliver, F. P. (1899) Shoreline topography. American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Proceedings, v. 34, p. 149-258. Guptill, S.C., Boyko, K.J., Domaratz, M.A., Feagas, R.G., Rossmeissl, H.J., and Usery, E.L. (1990) An enhanced digital line graph design. U.S. Geological Survey Circular 1048, 134p. Gussow, W. C. (1954) Differential entrapment of oil and gas: a fundamental principle. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 38, p. 816-853. Gussow, W. C. (1958) Metastasy or crustal shift. Alberta Society of Petroleum Geologists. Journal, v. 6, p. 253-257. Gussow, W. C. (1962) Energy source of intrusive masses. Royal Society of Canada. Transactions, v. 56, series 3, sec. 3, p. 1-19. Gussow, William Carruthers (1972) The rate of mountain building. In: Tectonics--Tectonique, Section 3. Report of the ... Session - International Geological Congress, 24, 3, p. 355-362. H Haarmann, E. (1926) Tektogenese oder Gefugebildung statt Orogenese oder Gebirgsbildung. Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft. Zeitschrift, v. 78, p. 105-107. Haarmann, E. (1930) Die Oszillationstheorie; eine erklarung der krustenbewegungen von erder und mond. Stuttgart: F. Enke, 260 p. Haas, W. H. (1962) Conodonts. In: Moore, R. C., ed. Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Part W, p. 3-69. Hack, J. T. (1960) Interpretation of erosional topography in humid temperate regions. American Journal of Science, v. 258a, p. 80-97. Hadding, Assar (1931) On subaqueous slides. Geologiska Föreningen, Stockholm. Förhandlingar, Bd. 53, p. 377-393. Hadding, Assar (1933) On the organic remains of the limestones; a short review of the limestone forming organisms. Acta universitatis Lundensis, n.s., Bd. 29, pt. 2, no. 4. 93 p. (The pre-Quaternary sedimentary rocks of Sweden, 5) . Haeckel, Ernst (1862) Die Radiolarien (Rhizopoda radiaria); eine Monographie. Berlin: Georg Reimer. 572 p. Haefeli, R. (1962) The ablation gradient and the retreat of a glacier tongue. International Association of Scientific Hydrology Publication 58 (Symposium of Obergurgl), p.49-59.

Haenel, R., Rybach, L., and Stegena, L, eds., (1988) Handbook of terrestrial heat-flow density determination. Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, 486p. Hageman, B. P. (1969) Development of western part of the Netherlands during the Holocene. Geologie en Mijnbouw, v. 48, p. 373-388. Hall, James (1843) Geology of New York; part IV, comprising the survey of the fourth geological district. Albany: Carroll and Cook. 683 p. Hall, James (1859) Description and figures of the organic remains of the lower Helderberg Group and the Oriskany Sandstone. New York Geological Survey. Paleontology, v. 3. 532 p. Hallet, B. (1990) Spatial self-organization in geomorphology: from periodic bedforms and patterned ground to scale-invariant topography. Earth Science Reviews, v.29, p.57-75. Halliday, W.R. (2003) Volcanic caves. In: Gunn, J., ed., Encyclopedia of caves and karst science. New York, Routledge, 960p. Halls, H.C., and Fahrig, W.F., eds. (1987) Mafic dyke swarms: A collection of papers based on the proceedings of an international conference. Geological Association of Canada Special Paper 34, 503p. Hamblin, W. K. (1958) The Cambrian sandstones of northern Michigan. Michigan Geological Survey. Publication 51. 149 p. Hamelin, Louis-Edmond (1961) Périglaciaire du Canada: idées nouvelles et perspectives globales. Cahiers de géographie de Québec, v. 5, no. 10, p. 141-203. Hamelin, Louis-Edmond, and Clibbon, Peter (1962) Vocabulaire périglaciaire bilingue (francais et anglais). Cahiers de géographie de Québec, v. 6, no. 12, p. 201-226. Hamelin, Louis-Edmond, and Cook F. A. (1967) Le périglaciaire par l'image; illustrated glossary of periglacial phenomena. Quebec: Presses de l'Université Laval. 237 p. (Centre d'Etudes Nordiques. Travaux et documents 4.) Hamilton, E. J. (1965) Applied geochronology. New York: Academic Press. 267 p. Hammer, W. (1914) Das Gebiet der Bündnerschiefer im tirolischen Oberinntal. Kaiserliche Köningliche Geologische Reichsanstalt (Austria). Jahrbuch, v. 64, p. 443-567. Hammond, A. L. (1974) Bright spot: better seismological indicators of oil and gas. Science, v. 185, p. 515-517. Hancock, P. L. (1972) The analysis of en-echelon veins. Geological Magazine, v. 109, p. 269-276.

769

Hanock

Harte

Hancock, P. L. (1985) Brittle microtectonics: principles and practice. Journal of Structural Geology, v. 7, p. 437-457. Hancock, P. L., and Engelder, T. (1989) Neotectonic joints. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 101, p. 1197-1208. Hansen, A. M. (1894) The glacial succession in Norway. Journal of Geology, v. 2, p. 123-143. Hansen, E. (1967) A method of deducing slip-line orientations from the geometry of folds. Carnegie Inst. Yearbook, v. 65, p. 387-405. Hansen, Wallace R. (1991) Suggestions to authors of the reports of the United States Geological Survey. 7th ed. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office, 289 p. Hapke, B. W. (1966) Optical properties of the Moon's surface. In: Hess, W. N., and others, eds. The nature of the lunar surface, p. 141-154. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press. 320 p. Haranczyk, C. (1969) Noncolloidal origin of colloform textures. Economic Geology, v.64, p.466-468. Harbaugh, J. W., and Bonham-Carter, G. F. (1970) Computer simulation in geology. New York: Wiley. 575 p. Harbaugh, J. W., and Merriam, D. F. (1968) Computer applications in stratigraphic analysis. New York: Wiley. 282 p. Hardie, L.A., Smoot, J.P., and Eugster, H.P., (1978) Saline lakes and their deposits: a sedimentological approach. In: Matter, A., and Tucker, M.E., eds., Modern and Ancient Lake Sediments , International Association of Sedimentologist Special Paper 2, p.7-41. Harding, R. R., and Jobbins, E. A. (1984) Verdite and ruby-verdite from Zimbabwe. Journal of Gemmology, v. 19, p. 150-159. Hardy, C. T., and Williams, J. S. (1959) Columnar contemporaneous deformation. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 29, p. 281-283. Hare, J.L., Ferguson, J.F., Aiken, C.L.V., and Brady, J.L. (1997) 4-D microgravity modeling and inversion for waterflood surveillance. A model study for the Prudhoe Bay Reservoir, Alaska. Society of Exploration Geophysicists, 67th Annual International Meeting, Expanded Abstracts, p.513-516. Harker, Alfred (1904) Tertiary igneous rocks of Skye. Geological Survey of the United Kingdom. Memoir. Glasgow: H. M. Stationery Office. 481 p. Harker, Alfred (1909) The natural history of igneous rocks. New York: Macmillan. 377 p.

Harker, Alfred (1918) The anniversary address of the President. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 74, p. i-lxxx. Harker, Alfred (1939) Metamorphism. 2nd ed. London: Methuen. 362 p. Harland, W. B. (1971) Tectonic transpression in Caledonian Spitzbergen. Geological Magazine, v. 108, p. 27-42. Harland, W. B., et al. (1966) The definition and identification of tills and tillites. Earth Science Reviews, v. 2, p. 255-256. Harland, W. B., et al. (1982) A geologic time scale. Cambridge University Press. 131 p. Harland, W. B., et al. (1990) A geologic time scale 1989. Cambridge University Press, 163 p. Harland, W. B., et al., eds. (1964) The Phanerozoic time-scale: a symposium. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 120, Supplement. 458 p. Harms, J. C., et al. (1975) Depositional environments as interpreted from primary sedimentary structures and stratification sequences. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. Short course, lecture notes 2. 161 p. Harper, W. G. (1957) Morphology and genesis of calcisols. Soil Science Society of America. Proceedings, v. 21, p. 420-424. Harrassowitz, H. (1927) Anchimetamorphose, das Gebiet zwischen Oberflächen- und Tiefenumwandlung der Erdrinde. Oberhessischen Gesellschaft für Natur- und Heilkunde zu Giessen. Naturwissenschaftliche Abteilung. Bericht, 12, p. 9-15. Harris, D.P. (1984) Mineral resources appraisal: Mineral endowment, resources, and potential supply; concepts, methods, and cases. Oxford, UK, Clarendon Press, 455p. Harris, J.G., Mylroie, J.E., and Carew, J.L., (1995) Banana holes: Unique karst features of the Bahamas. Carbonates and Evaporites, v.10, no.2, p.215-224. Harris, S. E., Jr. (1943) Friction cracks and the direction of glacial movement. Journal of Geology, v. 51, p. 244-258. Harrison, T. S. (1927) Colorado-Utah salt domes. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, v. 11, p. 111-133. Hart, S.R. (1988) Heterogeneous mantle domains: Signatures, genesis, and mixing chronologies. Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v.90, p.273-296. Harte, Ben (1977) Rock nomenclature with particular relation to deformation and recrystallization textures in olivine-bearing xenoliths. Journal of Geology, v. 85, p. 279-288.

770

Hartman

Heiken

Hartman, R.R., Teskey, D.J. and Friedberg, J.J., (1971) A system for rapid digital aeromagnetic interpretation. Geophysics, 36, 891-918. Hartshorn, J. H. (1958) Flowtill in southeastern Massachusetts. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 69, p. 477-482. Harvey, R. D. (1931) Glacial chutes from the Peruvian Cordillera. American Journal of Science, 5th ser., v. 31, p. 220-231. Harvie-Brown, J. A. (1910) "Caledonia rediviva" Scottish Geographical Magazine, v. 26, p. 93-94. Hass, W. H. (1962) Conodonts. In: Moore, R. C., ed. Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology. Part W, p. 3-69. Hatch, F. H., and Rastall, R. H. (1913) The petrology of the sedimentary rocks; a description of the sediments and their metamorphic derivatives. London: George Allen. 425 p. Hatch, F. H., and Rastall, R. H. (1965) Petrology of the sedimentary rocks. 4th ed. revised by J. Trevor Greensmith. London: Thomas Murby. 408 p. (Textbook of petrology, v. 2.) Hatch, F. H., Wells, A. K., and Wells, M. K. (1961) Petrology of the igneous rocks, 12th ed. London: Thomas Murby. 515 p. Haüy, R. J. (1801) Traité de minéralogie. T. 2. Paris: Chez Louis. 444 p. Haug, Emile (1900) Les géosynclinaux et les aires continentales; contribution à l'étude des transgressions et des regressions marines. Société Géologique de France. Bulletin, ser. 3, v. 28, p. 617-711. Haug, Emile (1907) Les phénomènes géologiques. Paris: Librairie Armand Colin. 538 p. (His Traité de géologie, 1). Haupt, A. W. (1953) Plant morphology. New York: McGraw-Hill. Haupt, L. M. (1883) The topographer, his instruments and his methods. Philadelphia: H. C. Baird. 247 p. Haupt, L. M. (1906) Changes along the New Jersey coast. New Jersey Geological Survey. Annual report of the State Geologist, 1905, p. 27-95. Hawkes, H. E. (1958) Principles of geochemical prospecting. U. S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1000, p. 225-353. Hawkes, H. E., and Webb, J. S. (1962) Geochemistry in mineral exploration. New York: Harper & Row. 415 p. Hay, R. L. (1978) Geologic occurrence of zeolites. In: Sand, L. B., and Mumpton, F. A., eds. Natural zeolites, p. 135-143. New York: Pergamon. 546 p.

Hayek, L.C., and Buzas, M.A. (1997) Surveying natural populations. New York, Columbia University Press Hayes, C. W. (1899) Physiography of the Chattanooga district, in Tennessee, Georgia, and Alabama. U. S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 19th, pt. 2, p. 1-58. Hayes, M.O. (1975) Morphology of sand accumulations in estuaries. In: Cronin, L.E., ed., Estuarine Research, 2. New York, Academic Press, p.3-22. Hayes, M. O. (1979) Barrier island morphology as a function of tidal and wave regime. In: S. P. Leatherman, ed. Barrier islands, p. 1-27. New York: Academic Press. Hayes, M. O. (1980) General morphology and sediment patterns in tidal inlets. Sedimentary Geology, v. 26, p. 139-156. Haynes, Vance (1973) The Calico site: artifacts or geofacts? Science, v. 181, p. 305. Head, M.J. (1998) New goniodomacean dinoflagellates with a compound hypotractal archeopyle from the late Cenozoic: Capisocysta Warny and Wrenn, emend. Paleontology, v.72, p.795-807. Heald, M. T. (1956) Cementation of Simpson and St. Peter sandstones in parts of Oklahoma, Arkansas, and Missouri. Journal of Geology, v. 64, p. 16-30. Heath, R. C. (1983) Basic ground-water hydrology. U. S. Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper 2220, 84 p. Heath, Ralph E. (1989) The Piedmont ground-water system. In: Proceedings of a conference on ground water in the Piedmont of the Eastern United States. Clemson University, p. 1-13. Hedberg, H. D. (1958) Stratigraphic classification and terminology. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 42, p. 1881-1896. Hedberg, H. D. (1961) The stratigraphic panorama (an inquiry into the bases for age determination and age classification of the Earth's rock strata). Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 72, p. 499-517. Heezen, B. C., and Menard, H. W. (1963) Topography of the deep-sea floor. In: The Sea, v. 3, ch. 12, p. 233-280. New York: Interscience. Heezen, B. C., Tharpm, M., and Ewing, M. (1959) The floors of the oceans, I: the North Atlantic. Geological Society of America Special Paper 62, 122 p. Heiken, G., Krier, D., McCormick, T., and Snow, M.G. (2000) Intracaldera volcanism and sedimentation: Creede Caldera, Colorado. Geological Society of America Special Paper 346, p.127-157. Heiken, G., and Wohletz, K. (1985) Volcanic ash. Berkeley, University of California Press, 246p.

771

Heiken

Hill

Heiken, G. H. (1971) Tuff rings: examples from the Fort Rock--Christmas Lake valley basin, south-central Oregon. Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 76, p. 5615-5626. Heim, Arnold (1908) Über rezente und fossile subaquatische Rutschungen und deren lithologische Bedeutung. Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie, Geologie und Palèontologie, 1908, Bd. 2, p. 136-157. Heim, Arnold (1934) Stratigraphische Kondensation. Eclogae Geologicae Helvetiae, v. 27, p. 372-383. Heim, Arnold, and Potonié, Robert (1932) Beobachtungen über die Entstehung der tertièren Kohlen (Humolithe und Saprohumolith) in Zentralsumatra. Geologische Rundschau, v. 23, no. 3, 4, p. 145-172. Heinrich, E. W. (1956) Microscopic petrography. New York: McGraw-Hill. 296 p. Heinrich, E. W. (1966) The geology of carbonatites. Chicago: Rand McNally. 555 p. Heinrich, Hartmut (1988) Origin and consequences of cyclic ice rafting in the northeast Atlantic Ocean during the past 130,000 years. Quaternary Research, v.29, p.142-152. Hemley, J. J., and Jones, W. R. (1964) Chemical aspects of hydrothermal alteration with emphasis on hydrogen metasomatism. Economic Geology, v. 59, p. 538-569. Henbest, L. G. (1952) Significance of evolutionary explosions for diastrophic division of Earth history. Journal of Paleontology, v. 26, p. 299-318. Henbest, L. G. (1968) Diagenesis in oolitic limestones of Morrow (Early Pennsylvanian) age in northwestern Arkansas and adjacent Oklahoma. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 594-H. 22 p. Henderson, E.P. (1949) Some unusual formations in Skyline Caverns, Va. National Speleological Society Bulletin, no.11, p.31-34. Hendricks, C. L. (1952) Correlations between surface and subsurface sections of the Ellenburger group of Texas. Texas Bureau of Economic Geology. Report of Investigations, no. 11. 44 p. Henkes, L. and Johannes, W. (1981) The petrology of a migmatite (Arvika, Vaermland, western Sweden). Neues Jarhbuch fur Mineralogie. Abhandlungen, 141, 2, p. 113-133. Henningsmoen, Gunnar (1961) Remarks on stratigraphical classification. Norges Geologiske Undersokelse, no. 213, p. 62-92. Hensen, B.J. (1971) Theoretical phase relations involving cordierite and garnet in the system MgO­FeO­Al2O3­SiO2. Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, v.33, p.191-214.

Henson, F. R. S. (1950) Cretaceous and Tertiary reef formations and associated sediments in Middle East. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 34, p. 215-238. Hergarten, S. (2002) Self-organized criticality in Earth systems. Berlin, Springer, 272p. Herrick, C. L. (1904) The clinoplains of the Rio Grande. American Geologist, v. 33, p. 376-381. Herrin, Eugene, and Taggart, James (1968) Source bias in epicenter determinations. Seismological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 58, p. 1791-1796. Hess, H. H. (1938) Gravity anomalies and island arc structures, with particular reference to the West Indies. American Philosophical Society. Proceedings, v. 79, p. 71-96. Hess, H. H. (1960) Stillwater igneous complex, Montana. Geological Society of America. Memoir 80. 230 p. Hess, W. N., et al., eds. (1966) The nature of the lunar surface. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press. 320 p. Hesse, Richard (1924) Tiergeographie auf ökologischer Grundlage. Jena: G. Fischer. 613 p. Hesse, Richard, et al. (1937) Ecological animal geography. New York: Wiley. 597 p. Hey, M. H. (1962) An index of mineral species & varieties arranged chemically, with an alphabetical index of accepted mineral names and synonyms. 2nd rev. ed., reprinted with corrections. London: British Museum (Natural History). 728 p. Hey, M. H. (1963) Appendix to the second edition of An index of mineral species and varieties arranged chemically. London: British Museum (Natural History). 135 p. Hietanen, Anna (1967) On the facies series in various types of metamorphism. Journal of Geology, v. 75, p. 187-214. Higashi, Akira (1958) Experimental study of frost heaving. U. S. Army. Snow, Ice & Permafrost Research Establishment. Research Report 45. 20 p. Higashi, S. (1982) Tobelite, a new ammonium dioctahedral mica. Mineralogical Journal [Japan], v.11, no.3, p.138-146. Hilgen, F.J., Iaccarino, S.M., Krijgsman, W., Villa, G., Langereis, C.G., and Zachariasse, W.J. (2000) The Global Boundary Stratotype Section and Point (GSSP) of the Messinian Stage (uppermost Miocene). Episodes, v.23, no.3, p.172-178. Hill, C., and Forti, P., eds. (1997) Cave minerals of the world, 2nd ed.. Huntsville, Ala., National Speleological Society, 463p.

772

Hill

Holland

Hill, C.A., (1992) Cave Pearls and Pisoliths: a Sedimentological Comparison. West Texas Geological Society Bulletin, v.31, no.8. p.4-10. Hill, C.A., (1995) H2S-Related Porosity and Sulfuric Acid Oil-Field Karst. in Budd, D.A., and Harris, P.M., Unconformities in Carbonate Strata-Their Recognition and the Significance of Associated Porosity: American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Memoir 61, p.301-306. Hill, C.A., and Fort, P., (1986) Cave minerals of the world. Huntsville, Alabama. National Speleological Society, 238p. Hill, Carol A. (1987) Geology of Carlsbad Cavern and other caves in the Guadalupe Mountains, New Mexico and Texas. Bulletin - New Mexico Bureau of Mines and Mineral Resources, 117, 150 p. Hill, R. T. (1891) The Comanche series of the Texas-Arkansas region. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 2, p. 503-528. Hill, R. T. (1900) Physical geography of the Texas region. U. S. Geological Survey. Topographic Atlas, folio 3. 12 p. Hills, E. S. (1940) The lunette, a new land form of aeolian origin. Australian Geographer, v. 3, no. 7, p. 15-21. Hills, E. S. (1963) Elements of structural geology. New York: Wiley. 483 p. Himus, G. W. (1954) A dictionary of geology. Baltimore: Penguin Books. 153 p. Hind, Wheelton, and Howe, J. A. (1901) The geological succession and palaeontology of the beds between the Millstone Grit and the limestone-massif at Pendle Hill and their equivalents in certain other parts of Britain. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 57, p. 347-404. Hinds, N. E. A. (1943) Geomorphology, the evolution of landscape. New York: Prentice-Hall. 894 p. Hitchcock, Edward (1841) Elementary geology. 2nd ed. New York: Dayton & Saxton. 346 p. Hitchcock, Edward (1843) The phenomena of drift, or glacioaqueous action in North America between the Tertiary and alluvial periods. Association of American Geologists and Naturalists. Reports, 1st-3rd mtngs, p. 164-221. Hitchcock, Edward (1844) Report on ichnolithology or fossil footmarks, with description of several new species and the coprolites of birds, and of a supposed footmark from the valley of Hudson River. American Journal of Science, v. 47, p. 292-322. Hitchcock, Edward (1858) Ichnology of New England; a report on the sandstone of the Connecticut Valley, especially its footmarks. Boston: William White. 220 p.

Hitzman, M.W., Reynolds, N.A., Sangster, D.F., Allen, C.R., and Carman, C.E. (2003) Classification, genesis, and exploration guides for nonsulfide zinc deposits. Economic Geology, v.98, p.685-714. Hobbs, B. E., et al. (1976) An outline of structural geology. New York: Wiley. 571 p. Hobbs, W. H. (1901) The Newark system of the Pomperaug Valley, Connecticut. U. S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 21st, pt. 3, p. 7-160. Hobbs, W. H. (1906) Guadix formation of Granada, Spain. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 17, p. 285-294. Hobbs, W. H. (1907) On some principles of seismic geology. Beiträge zur Geophysik, v. 7, p. 219-292. Hobbs, W. H. (1911a) Characteristics of existing glaciers. New York: Macmillan. 301 p. Hobbs, W. H. (1911b) Repeating patterns in the relief and in the structure of the land. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 22, p. 123-176. Hobbs, W. H. (1912) Earth features and their meaning; an introduction to geology for the student and the general reader. New York: Macmillan. 506 p. Hobbs, W. H. (1917) The erosional and degradational processes of deserts, with especial reference to the origin of desert depressions. Association of American Geographers. Annals, v. 7, p. 25-60. Hobbs, W. H. (1921) Studies of the cycle of glaciation. Journal of Geology, v. 29, p. 370-386. Hodgson, R. A. (1961) Classification of structures on joint surfaces. American Journal of Science, v. 259, p. 493-502. Hoffmeister, J. E., and Ladd. H. S. (1944) The antecedent-platform theory. Journal of Geology, v. 52, p. 388-402. Hofmann, H. J. (1972) Precambrian remains in Canada: fossils, dubiofossils, and pseudofossils. International Geological Congress, 24th, Montreal. Section 1, p. 20-30. Hofmann, Walter, chairman (1965) Parametric hydrology and stochastic hydrology; report of the Committee on Surface Water Hydrology. American Society of Civil Engineers. Proceedings, Hydraulics Division. Journal, v. 91, no. HY6, p. 119-122. Holland, C.H. (1982) The state of Silurian stratigraphy. Episodes, [v.5], no.3, p.21-23. Holland, C.H. (1985) Series and stages of the Silurian system. Episodes, v.8, no.2, p.101-103. Holland, C. H., et al. (1978) A guide to stratigraphical procedure. Special Report - Geological Society, v. 11, 18 p.

773

Hollingsworth

Howell

Holliday, V. (2005) Soils in archaeological research. Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK. Hollingsworth, S.E., Taylor, J.H., and Kellaway, G.A. (1945) Large-scale superficial structures in the Northampton ironstone field. Geological Society (London) Quarterly Journal, v.100, p.1-44. Hollingsworth, S.E., Allison, J., and Godwin, H. (1950) Interglacial deposits from the Histon road, Cambridge. Geological Society (London) Quarterly Journal, v.105, p.495-509. Hollister, C. D., and Heezen, B. C. (1972) Geologic effects of ocean bottom currents: western North Atlantic. In: Gordon, A. L., ed. Studies in physical oceanography , v. 2, p. 37-66. New York: Gordon and Breach. Holm, D. A. (1957) Sigmoidal dunes; a transitional form. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 68, p. 1746. Holm, E. A. (1957) Sand pavements in the Rub'al Khali. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 68, p. 1746. Holmes, Arthur (1920) The nomenclature of petrology. 1st ed. London: Thomas Murby. 284 p. Holmes, Arthur (1928) The nomenclature of petrology. 2nd ed. London: Thomas Murby. 284 p. Holmes, Arthur (1959) A revised geological timescale. Edinburgh Geological Society. Transactions, v. 17, p. 183-216. Holmes, Arthur (1965) Principles of physical geology. 2nd ed. New York: Ronald Press. 1288 p. Holthuis, L. B. (1974) The lobsters of the superfamily Nephropidea of the Atlantic Ocean. Bulletin of Marine Science, v. 24, no. 4. Hon, K., Kauahikaua, J., Deninger, R., and McKay, K. (1994) Emplacement and inflation of pahoehoe sheet flow: Observations and measurements of active lava flows on Kilauea Volcano, Hawaii. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v.106, p.351-370. Honnorez, J., and Kirst, P. (1975) Submarine basaltic volcanism: Morphometric parameters for discriminating hyaloclastites from hyalotuffs. Bulletin Volcanologique, v.32, p.441-465. Hooke, R. L. (1967) Processes on arid-region alluvial fans. Journal of Geology, v. 75, p. 438-460. Hooke, R.L. (2005) Principles of glacier mechanics, 2nd ed. Cambridge University Press, 429p. Hoover, G.M., (1972) Acoustical holography using digital processing. Geophysics, 37, 1-19.

Hooykaas, Reijer (1963) Natural law and divine miracle: the principle of uniformity in geology, biology, and theology. E. J. Brill. Leiden. 237 p. Hopkins, D. M. (1949) Thaw lakes and thaw sinks in the Imuruk Lake Area, Seward Peninsula, Alaska. Journal of Geology, v. 57, p. 119-131. Hopkins, D. M., and Sigafoos, R. S. (1951) Frost action and vegetation patterns on Seward Peninsula, Alaska. U. S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 974-C, p. 51-100. Hopkins, D. M., et al. (1955) Permafrost and ground water in Alaska. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 264-F, p. 113-146. Hoppe, Gunnar (1952) Hummocky moraine regions, with special reference to the interior of Norbotton. Geografiska Annaler, v. 34, p. 1-71. Horberg, Leland (1954) Rocky Mountain and continental Pleistocene deposits in the Waterton region, Alberta, Canada. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 65, p. 1093-1150. Horner, D. R. (1951) Pressure build-up in wells. Proceedings of the Third World Petroleum Congress, The Hague, 2, p. 503-521. Hornibrook, N. de B. (1965) A viewpoint on stages and zones. New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics, v. 8, p. 1195-1212. Horton, R. E. (1932) Drainage basin characteristics. American Geophysical Union. Transactions, v. 13, p. 350-361. Horton, R. E. (1945) Erosional development of streams and their drainage basins; hydrophysical approach to quantitative morphology. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 56, p. 275-370. Hossack, J. (1968) Pebble deformation and thrusting in the Bygdin area (S. Norway). Tectonophysics, 5, 315-329. Howard, A. D. (1942) Pediment passes and pediment problem. Journal of Geomorphology, v. 5, p. 1-31, 95-136. Howard, A. D. (1959) Numerical systems of terrace nomenclature; a critique. Journal of Geology, v. 67, p. 239-243. Howard, A.D. (1967) Drainage analysis in geologic interpretation: A summation. AAPG Bulletin, v.51, p.2246-2259. Howard, W. V., and David, M. W. (1936) Development of porosity in limestones. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 20, p. 1389-1412.

774

Hower

Hunt

Howell, D.G. (1995) Principles of terrance analysis: New applications for global tectonics. London: Chapman & Hall. 245p. Howell, J. V. (1922) Notes on the pre-Permian Paleozoics of the Wichita Mountain area. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 6, p. 413-425. Hower, John, Eslinger, E. V., Hower, M. E., and Perry, E. A. (1976) Mechanism of burial metamorphism of argillaceous sediments. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 87, p. 725-737. Höy, Trygve (1995) Blackbird sediment-hosted Cu-Co. In: Lefebure, D.V., and Ray, G.E., eds, Selected British Columbia mineral deposit profiles. Volume 1, metallics and coal. British Columbia Geological Survey Open-File Report 1995-20, p.41-43. Hsü, K. J. (1955) Monometamorphism, polymetamorphism and retrograde metamorphism. American Journal of Science, v. 253, p. 237-239. Hsü, K. J. (1968) Principles of mélanges and their bearing on the Franciscan-Knoxville paradox. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 79, p. 1063-1074. Hsü, K. J. (1975) Catastrophic debris streams (Sturzstroms) generated by rockfalls. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 86, p. 129-140. Hsü, K.J., (1972) Origin of saline giants: A critical review after the discovery of the Mediterranean evaporite. Earth Science Reviews, v.8, p.371-396. Hsü, K.J., and Siegenthaler, C., (1969) Preliminary experiments on hydrodynamic movement induced by evaporation and their bearing on the dolomite problem. Sedimentology, v.12, p.11-25. Hsu, T. C. (1966) The characteristics of coaxial and non-coaxial strain paths. Journal of Strain Analysis, v. 1, p. 216-222. Huang, W. H., and Walker, R. M. (1967) Fossil alpha-particle recoil tracks: a new method of age determination. Science, v. 155, p. 1103-1106. Huang, W. T. (1962) Petrology. New York: McGraw-Hill. 480 p. Hubbard, N. J. (1973) Chemistry of lunar basalts with very high alumina contents. Science, v. 181, p. 339-342. Hubbell, S.P. (2001) The unified neutral theory of biodiversity and biogeography. Princeton, N.J., Princeton University Press, 375p. Hubbert, M.K. (1937) Theory of scale models as applied to the study of geologic structures. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v.48, p.1459-1519. Hubbert, M. K., and Willis, D. G. (1957) Mechanics of hydraulic fracturing. Journal of Petroleum Technology, v. 9, p. 153-168.

Hubert, J. F. (1960) Petrology of the Fountain and Lyons formations, Front Range, Colorado. Colorado School of Mines. Quarterly, v. 55, no. 1, p. 1-242. Hubral, O. and Krey, T., (1980) Interval velocity from seismic reflection time measurements. Soc. Expt. Geoph. Hudleston, P. J. (1973) Fold morphology and some geometrical implications of theories of fold development. Tectonophysics, v. 16, p. 1-46. Hudson, G. H. (1909) Some items concerning a new and an old coast line of Lake Champlain. New York State Museum. Bulletin 133, p. 159-163. Hudson, G. H. (1910) Joint caves of Valcour IslandCtheir age and their origin. New York State Museum. Bulletin 140, p. 161-196. Hudson, R. G. (1924) On the rhythmic succession of the Yoredale Series in Wensleydale. Yorkshire Geological Society. Proceedings, n.s., v. 20, p. 125-135. Hughes, N.F. (1994) The enigma of angiosperm origins. Cambridge, UK, Cambridge University Press, 303p. Hughes, R.E., Berres, T.E., Moore, D.M., and Fransworth, K.B. (1998) Revision of Hopewellian trading patterns in Midwestern North America based on mineralogical sourcing. Geoarchaeology, v.13, p.709-729. Hughes, R.E., DeMaris, P.J., White, W.A., and Cowin, D.K. (1987) Origin of clay minerals in Pennsylvanian strata of the Illinois Basin. In: Schultz, L.G., van Olphen, H., and Mumpton, F.A., eds., Proceedings of the International Clay Conference, 1985. Association Internationale pour l'Étude des Argiles, p.97-104. Hughes, R. E., Moore, D. M., and Reynolds, R. C., Jr. (1993) The nature, detection, and occurrence, and origin of kaolinite/smectite. In: Murray, H. H., Bundy, W. M., and Harvey, C. C., editors, Kaolin genesis and utilization , Spec. Publication No. 1, Clay Minerals Society, Boulder, CO, p. 291-323. Hulings, N. C., and Gray, J. S. (1971) A manual for the study of meiofauna. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, no. 78. Washington: Smithsonian Institution. 84 p. Humble, William (1843) Dictionary of geology and mineralogy, comprising such terms in botany, chemistry, comparative anatomy, conchology, entomology, palaeontology, zoology, and other branches of natural history, as are connected with the study of geology. 2nd ed., with additions. London: Henry Washbourne. 294 p. Humphries, D. W. (1966) The booming sand of Korizo, Sahara, and the squeaking sand of Gower, S. Wales: a comparison of the fundamental characteristics of two musical sands. Sedimentology, v. 6, p. 135-152.

775

Hunter

Ireland

Hunt, C. B. (1982) Overthrust BeltCundefined. Geotimes, v. 27, no. 1, p. 13. Hunt, C. B., et al. (1953) Geology and geography of the Henry Mountains region, Utah. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 228. 234 p. Hunter, R.E. (1977) Terminology of cross-stratified sedimentary layers and climbing ripple structures. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.47, p.697-706. Huschke, R. E., ed. (1959) Glossary of meteorology. Boston: American Meteorological Society. 638 p. Hutchinson, G. E. (1957) A treatise on limnology. Vol. 1. New York: Wiley. 1015 p. Hutchinson, G.E. (1967) A treatise on limnology, v. II. Introduction to lake biology and the limnoplankton. New York, John wiley and Sons, 1,115p. Hutchinson, J. N. & Bhandari, R. K. (1971) Undrained loading, a fundamental mechanism of mudflows and other mass movements. Géotechnique, v. 21, no. 4, p. 353-358. Hutchinson, J. N. (1967) The free degradation of London Clay cliffs. Geotechnical conference on shear strength properties of natural soils and rocks, Oslo. Proceedings, 1, p. 113-118. Hutchinson, J. N. (1968) Mass movement. In: Fairbridge, R. W., ed. Encyclopedia of geomorphology, p. 688-696. New York: Reinhold. 1295 p. Hutton, James (1788) Theory of the Earth; or an investigation of the laws observable in the composition, dissolution, and restoration of land upon the globe. Royal Society of Edinburgh. Transactions, v. 1, p. 209-304. Huxley, T. H. (1862) The anniversary address. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 18, p. xl-liv. Huxley, T. H. (1877) Physiography: an introduction to the study of nature. London: Macmillan. 384 p. Hyde, H. A., and Williams, D. A. (1944) The right word. Pollen Analysis Circular, no. 8, p. 6. I IAEA: International Atomic Energy Agency (2003) Guidelines for radioelement mapping using gamma ray spectrometry data. Vienna, IAEA-TECDOC-1363, 173p. ICBN: Greuter, W., ed. (1994) International code of botanical nomenclature (Toyko code) International Botanical congress, 15th, Yokohama, 1993. Regnum Vegetabile, vol. 131, 389 p. ICBN: International Code of Botanical Nomenclature (2000) See: Greuter et al., 2000.

ICBN: Stafleu, F. A., ed. (1972) International code of botanical nomenclature. International Botanical Congress. 11th, Seattle, 1969. Utrecht, The Netherlands: Oosthoek. 426 p. ICCP: International Committee for Coal Petrology (1963) Handbook of coal petrology. 2nd ed. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique. ICCP: International Committee for Coal Petrology (1971) Handbook of coal petrology. 2nd ed., supplement. Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique. ICCP: International Committee for Coal and Organic Petrology (1998) The new vitrinite classification (ICCP System 1994). Fuel, v.80, p.349-358. ICCP: International Committee for Coal and Organic Petrology (2001) The new inertinite classification (ICCP System 1994). Fuel, v.77, p.459-471. ICZN: International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature (1964) International code of zoological nomenclature, adopted by the XV International Congress of Zoology. N. R. Stoll, Editorial Committee, chairman. 2nd ed. London: International Trust for Zoological Nomenclature. 176 p. Illing, L. V. (1954) Bahaman calcareous sands. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 38, p. 1-95. Imbrie, J., and Imbrie, K.P. (1979) Ice ages: Solving the mystery. London, Macmillan. Imbrie, John, and Buchanan, Hugh (1965) Sedimentary structures in modern carbonate sands of the Bahamas. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. Special Publication, no. 12, p. 149-172. Imbt, W. C., and Ellison, S. P., Jr. (1947) Porosity in limestone and dolomite petroleum reservoirs. Drilling and Production Practice, 1946, p. 364-372. Immirzi, C. P., Maltby, E., and Clymo, R. S. (1992) The global status of peatlands and their role in carbon cycling. Friends of the Earth Trust Limited, London, 145 p. Ingle, J. C. (1966) The movement of beach sand; an analysis using fluorescent grains. New York: Elsevier. 221 p. (Developments in sedimentology, 5) . Ingram, H. A. P. (1978) Soil layers in mires; function and terminology. Journal of Soil Science, v. 29, p. 224-227. Inoue, A., Kohyama, N., Kitagawa, R., and Watanabe, T. (1987) Chemical and morphological evidence for the conversion of smectite to illite. Clays and Clay Minerals 35, p. 111-120. Insalaco, E. (1998) The descriptive nomenclature and classification of growth fabrics in fossil scleractinian reefs. Sedimentary Geology, v.118, p.159-186.

776

Ireland

Jackson

Ireland, H. A., et al. (1947) Terminology for insoluble residues. American Association of Petroleum Geologist. Bulletin, v. 31, p. 1479-1490. Ireland, H. O. (1969) Foundations for heavy structures. Reviews in Engineering Geology, v. 2, p. 1-15. Irvine, T. R., and Baragar, W. R. A. (1971) A guide to the chemical classification of the common volcanic rocks. Canadian Journal of Earth Science, v. 8, p. 523-548. Irwin, G. W. (1957) Analysis of stresses and strains near the end of a crack traversing a plate. Journal of Applied Mechanics, v. 24, p. 361-364. Irwin, J. S. (1926) Faulting in the Rocky Mountain region. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 10, p. 105-129. Irwin, W.P. (1972) Terranes of the western Paleozoic and Triassic belt in the southern Klamath Mountains, California. U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 800-C, p.C103-C111. Isacks, Bryan, et al. (1968) Seismology and the new global tectonics. Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 73, p. 5855-5899. ISG: Hedberg, H. D., ed. (1976) International stratigraphic guide. A guide to stratigraphic classification, terminology, and procedure. International Union of Geological Sciences, Commission on Stratigraphy, International Subcommission on Stratigraphic Classification. New York: Wiley. 200 p. ISSC: International Subcommission on Stratigraphic Classification (1970) Preliminary report on lithostratigraphic units. H. D. Hedberg, ed. International Union of Geological Sciences, ISSC, Rept. 3. 30 p. ISSC: International Subcommission on Stratigraphic Classification (1971) Preliminary report on biostratigraphic units. H. D. Hedberg, ed. International Geological Congress. 24th, Montreal, 1972. Report 5. 50 p. ISSC: International Subcommission on Stratigraphic Classification (1971) Preliminary report on chronostratigraphic units. H. D. Hedberg, ed. International Geological Congress. 24th, Montreal, 1972. Report 6. 39 p. ISSC: International Subcommission on Stratigraphic Classification (1971a) Preliminary report on chronostratigraphic units. H. D. Hedberg, ed. International Geological Congress. 24th, Montreal, 1972. Report 6. 39 p. ISSC: International Subcommission on Stratigraphic Classification (1987) Unconformity-bounded stratigraphic units. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 98, no. 2, p. 232-237. ISSC: International Subcommission on Stratigraphic Classification of IUGS International

Commission on Stratigraphy (1994) International stratigraphic guide; a guide to stratigraphic classification, terminology, and procedure. Amos Salvador, ed. 2nd ed; The International Union of Geological Sciences and the Geological Society of America, 214 p. ISST: International Subcommission on Stratigraphic Terminology (1961) Stratigraphic classification and terminology. Edited by H. D. Hedberg. International Geological Congress. 21st, Copenhagen, 1960. Report, pt. 25. 38 p. ISST: International Subcommission on Stratigraphic Terminology (1965) Definition of geologic systems. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 49, p. 1694-1703. (American Commission on Stratigraphic Nomenclature. Note 32) Ivansson, S., (1986) Seismic borehole tomographyCTheory and computational methods. Proceedings of the IEEE, 74, 328-338. Iversen, Johs (1954) The late-glacial flora of Denmark and its relation to climate and soil. Denmark. Geologiske Undersogelse. Danmarks geologiske undersogelse, ser. 2, no. 80, p. 87-119. Ives, R. L. (1941) Tundra ponds. Journal of Geomorphology, v. 4, p. 285-296. Iwata, K. (1981) Ultrastructure and mineralization of the shell of Lingula unguis Linné (inarticulate brachiopod). Journal of the Faculty of Science, Hokkaido University, Ser.4, v.20, no.1, p.35-65. J Jaanusson, Valdar (1960) The Viruan (Middle Ordovician) of Öland. Uppsala. University. Geological Institutions. Bulletin, v. 38, p. 207-288. Jablonski, D. (1986) Causes and consequences of mass extinction: a comparative approach. In: D.K. Elliot, ed. Dynamics of extinction. New York: John Wiley & Sons, p. 183-229. Jacks, G. V., et al., eds. (1960) Multilingual vocabulary of soil science. 2nd ed., revised. New York: United Nations, Food and Agriculture Organization, Land & Water Development Division. 430 p. Jackson, B. D. (1928) A glossary of botanic terms with their derivation and accent. 4th ed. Reprinted 1949, 1953. New York: Hafner. 481 p. Jackson, J. R. (1834) Hints on the subject of geographical arrangement and nomenclature. Royal Geographical Society. Journal, v. 4, p. 72-88. Jackson, M. P. A., and Cramez, Carlos (1989) Seismic recognition of salt welds in salt tectonics regimes (extended abs.). Houston, Gulf Coast Section of the Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists Foundation, Tenth Annual Research

777

Jackson

Johnson

Conference Program and Extended Abstracts, p. 66-71. Jackson, M. P. A., Talbot, C. J., and Cornelius, R. R. (1988) Centrifuge modeling of the effects of aggradation and progradation on syndepositional salt structures. The University of Texas at Austin, Bureau of Economic Geology Report of Investigations No. 173, 93 p. Jackson, M.P.A. and Talbot, C.J. (1991) A glossary of salt tectonics. Texas Bureau of Economic Geology, Austin: Geological Circulary 91-4, 44p. Jacobsen, B.H. (1987) A case for upward continuation as a standard separation filter for potential-field maps. Geophysics, v.52, p. 1138-1148. Jaeger, J. C. (1965) Application of the theory of heat conduction to geothermal measurements. In: Terrestrial heat flow, ch. 2. American Geophysical Union. Geophysical Monograph No. 8. Jagodzinski, H. (1949) Eindimensionale Fehlordnung in Kristallen und ihr Einuss auf die Rontgeninterferenzen. I. Berechnung des Fehlordnungsgrades aus der Röntgenintensitaten. Acta Crystallographica, v. 2, p. 201-207. Jahns, R. H. (1941) Outwash chronology in northeastern Massachusetts (abstract). Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 52, n. 12, pt. 2, p. 1910. Jahns, R. H. (1953) Surficial geology of the Ayer quadrangle, Massachusetts. U. S. Geological Survey. Map GQ-21. Jahns, R. H. (1967) Serpentinites of the Roxbury district, Vermont. In: Wyllie, P. J., ed. Ultramafic and related rocks, p. 137-160. New York: Wiley. 464 p. James, H. L. (1954) Sedimentary facies of iron-formation. Economic Geology, v. 49, p. 235-293. James, N. P. (1977) The deep and the past. Third International Coral Reef Symposium. Proceedings, v. 2, p. xxv-xxvii. Miami: University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science. 628 p. James, W. R., and Krumbein, W. C. (1969) Frequency distributions of stream link lengths. Journal of Geology, v. 77, p. 544-565. Jameson, Robert (1808) Elements of geognosy. Edinburgh: William Blackwood. 368 p. (His System of mineralogy, v. 3.) Jamieson, J. A., et al. (1963) Infrared physics and engineering. New York: McGraw-Hill. Jarvis, R. S. (1972) New measure of the topologic structure of dendritic drainage networks. Water Resources Research, v. 8, p. 1265-1271. Jeffrey, Charles (1973) Biological nomenclature. New York: Crane, Russak. 69 p.

Jeletzky, J. A. (1956) Paleontology, basis of practical geochronology. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 40, p. 679-706. Jeletzky, J. A. (1966) Comparative morphology, phylogeny, and classification of fossil Coleoidea. University of Kansas. Paleontological Contributions, art. 7. 162 p. Jennings, J. D. (1968) Prehistory of North America. New York: McGraw-Hill. 391 p. Jervey, M. T. (1988) Quantitative geological modeling of siliciclastic rock sequences and their seismic expressions. In: C. K. Wilgus et al., eds, Sea level changes: an integrated approach. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists Special Publication 42, p. 47-69. Jessop, A.M., (1990) Thermal geophysics. Developments-in-Solid-Earth-Geophysics, v. 17, Calgary, 306p. Johannsen, Albert (1917) Suggestions for a quantitative mineralogical classification of igneous rocks. Journal of Geology, v. 25, p. 63-97. Johannsen, Albert (1920) A quantitative mineralogical classification of igneous rocksCrevised. Journal of Geology, v. 28, p. 38-60, 158-177, 210-232. Johannsen, Albert (1931) Introduction, textures, classifications and glossary. 1st ed. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 267 p. (A descriptive petrography of the igneous rocks, v. 1.) Johannsen, Albert (1931a) The quartz-bearing rocks. 1st ed. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. (A descriptive petrography of the igneous rocks, v. 2.) Johannsen, Albert (1932) A descriptive petrography of the igneous rocks, v. 2. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 428 p. Johannsen, Albert (1937) A descriptive petrography of the igneous rocks, v. 3. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 360 p. Johannsen, Albert (1938) The feldspathoid rocks; the peridotites and perknites. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 523 p. (A descriptive petrography of the igneous rocks, v. 4.) Johannsen, Albert (1939) Introduction, textures, classifications and glossary. 2nd ed. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 318 p. (A descriptive petrography of the igneous rocks, v. 1.) Johnson, D.L. (1993) Dynamic denudation evolution of tropical, subtropical, and temperate landscapes with three tiered soils: Toward a general theory of landscape evolution. Quaternary International, v.17, p.67-78. Johnson, D. W. (1916) Plains, planes, and peneplanes. Geographic Review, v. 1, p. 443-447.

778

Johnson

Kalkowsky

Johnson, D. W. (1919) Shore processes and shoreline development. New York: Wiley. 584 p. Johnson, D. W. (1925) The New England-Acadian shore line. New York: Wiley. 608 p. Johnson, D. W. (1932) Rock fans of arid regions. American Journal of Science, 5th ser., v. 23, p. 389-416. Johnson, D. W. (1939) The origin of submarine canyons; a critical review of hypotheses. New York: Columbia University Press. 126 p. Johnson, P. H., and Bhappu, R. B. (1969) Chemical miningCa study of leaching agents. New Mexico Bureau of Mineral and Mineral Resources. Circular 99. 10 p. Jones, C. R. (1973) Lower Paleozoic. In: D. J. Gobbett and C. S. Hutchison, eds. Geology of the Malay Peninsula, p. 25-60. New York: Wiley. Jones, D. L., et al. (1983) Recognition, character, and analysis of tectonostratigraphic terranes in western North America. In: M. Hashimoto and S. Uyeda, eds. Accretion tectonics in the Circum-Pacific regions. Tokyo: Terra Scientific Publishing Co. Jones, J.G. (1969) Intraglacial volcanoes of the Laugarvatn region, southwest Iceland­I. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London, v.124, p.197-211. Jones, J.G., and Nelson, P.H.H. (1970) The flow of basalt lava from air into water--its structural expression and stratigraphic significance. Geological Magazine, v.107, p.13-19. Jones, O. T. (1937) On the sliding or slumping of submarine sediments in Denbighshire, North Wales, during the Ludlow period. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 93, p. 241-283. Jones, P. B. (1971) Folded faults and sequence of thrusting in Alberta foothills. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 55, p. 292-306. Jones, P. H. (1969) Hydrology of Neogene deposits in the northern Gulf of Mexico basin. Louisiana Water Resources Research Institute. Bulletin GT-2, 105 p. Jongman, R.H.G., Ter Braak, C.J.F., and Van Tongeren, O.F.R., eds. (1995) Data analysis in community and landscape ecology. Cambridge, UK, Cambridge University Press, 299p. Joplin, G. A. (1968) A petrography of Australian metamorphic rocks. New York: American Elsevier. 262 p. Jopling, A. V. (1961) Origin of regressive ripples explained in terms of fluid-mechanic processes. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 424-D, art. 299, p. 15-17. Jopling, A.V., and Walker, R.G. (1968) Morphology and origin of ripple-drift cross-laminations, with examples

from the Pleistocene of Massachusetts. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.38, p.971-984. JORC: Joint Ore Reserves Committee of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy, the Australian Institute of Geoscientists, and the Minerals Council of Australia (1999) Australasian code for reporting of mineral resources and ore reserves (The JORC Code), 16p. Jordan, T. H. (1975a) The present-day motions of the Caribbean Plate. Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 80, 32, p. 4433-4439. Jordan, T. H. (1975b) The continental tectosphere. Review of Geophysics and Space Physics, v. 13, no. 3, Special Issue, National Report to IUGS, p. 1-12. Joreskog, K. G., et al. (1976) Geological factor analysis. New York: Elsevier. 178 p. ( Methods in geomathematics, 1.) Journel, A.G. and Huijbregts, C.J., (1978) Mining geostatistcs. Academic Press. Judson, S. S., Jr. (1953) Geology of the San Jon site, eastern New Mexico. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, v. 121, no. 1. 70 p. Juengst, H. (1934) Zur geologischen Bedeutung der Synaerese. Ein Beitrag zur Entwaesserung der Kolloide im werdenden Gestein. Geologische Rundschau, v.25, no.5, p.312-325. Jukes, J. B. (1862) On the mode of formation of some of the river-valleys in the south of Ireland. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 18, p. 378-403. Jukes-Browne, A. J. (1903) The term "hemera." Geological Magazine, Dec. 4, v. 10, p. 36-38. Jull, R. K. (1967) The hystero-ontogeny of Lonsdaleia McCoy and Thysanophyllum orientale Thomson. Paleontology, v. 10, p. 617-628. Jung, J., and Roques, M. (1936) Les zones d'isometamorphisme dans le terrain cristallophyllien du Massif Central francais. Rev. Sci. Nat. Auvergne, 1 (47). Jung, J., and Roques, M. (1952) Introduction a l'etude zoneographique des formations cristallogphylliennes. Bull. Serv. Carte Geol. France, 235, p. 1-62. Jurine, Louis (1806) Réflexions sur la nécessité d'une nouvelle nomenclature en géologie, et l'exposé de celle qu'il propose. Journal des Mines, v. 19, p. 367-378. K Kahn, J. S. (1956) The analysis and distribution of the properties of packing in sand-size sediments. Journal of Geology, v. 64, p. 385-395, 578-606.

779

Kalkowsky

Kelling

Kalff, J. (2002) Limnology. Upper Saddle River, N.J., Prentice Hall, 592p. Kalkowsky, Ernst (1880) Über die Erforschung der archèischen Formationen. Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie, Geologie und Palaeontologie, Jahrg. 1880, Bd. 1, p. 1-28. Kalkowsky, Ernst (1908) Oolith und Stromatolith im norddeutschen Buntsandstein. Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft. Zeitschrift, Bd. 60, p. 68-125. Karcz, Iaakov (1967) Harrow marks, current-aligned sedimentary structures. Journal of Geology, v. 75, p. 113-121. Karlstrom, T. N. V. (1956) The problem of the Cochrane in late Pleistocene chronology. U. S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1021-J, p. 303-331. Karlstrom, T. N. V. (1961) The glacial history of Alaska: its bearing on paleoclimatic theory. New York Academy of Sciences. Annals, v. 95, art. 1, p. 290-340. Karlstrom, T. N. V. (1966) Quaternary glacial record of the North Pacific region and worldwide climatic changes. In: Blumenstock, D. I., ed. Pleistocene and post-Pleistocene climatic variations in the Pacific area, p. 153-182. Honolulu: Bishop Museum Press. 182 p. Kauffman, E. G. (1969) Cretaceous marine cycles of the Western Interior. Rocky Mountain Association of Geologists. Mountain Geologist, v. 6, p. 227-245. Kaufmann, F. J. (1886) Emmen- und Schlierengegenden nebst Umgebungen bis zur Brünigstrasse und Linie Lungern-Grafenort geologisch aufgenommen und dargestellt. Beitrège zur geologischen Karte der Schweiz, v. 24, pt. 1. 608 p. with atlas of 30 plates. Kay, G. F. (1916) Gumbotil, a new term in Pleistocene geology. Science, v. 44, p. 637-638. Kay, G. M. (1937) Stratigraphy of the Trenton Group. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 48, p. 233-302. Kay, G. M. (1945) North American geosynclines: their classification [abstract]. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 56, p. 1172. Kay, G. M. (1945a) Paleogeographic and palinspastic maps. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 29, p. 426-450. Kay, G. M. (1947) Geosynclinal nomenclature and the craton. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 31, no. 7, p. 1287-1293. Kay, G. M. (1951) North American geosynclines. Geological Society of America. Memoir 48. 143 p. Kay, R. W. (1978) Aleutian mangesian andesites: melts from the subducted Pacific ocean crust. Jour. Volcan. Geotherm. Res., 4, p. 117-132.

780

Kay, R.W., and Kay, S.M.(2002) Andean adakites: Three ways to make them. Acta Petrologica Sinica, v.18, p.303-311. Keeton, W. T. (1967) Biological science. New York: Norton. Keith, Arthur (1895) Description of the Knoxville sheet. U. S. Geological Survey. Geologic Atlas, folio 16. 6 p. Keith, M. L., and Degens, E. T. (1959) Geochemical indicators of marine and freshwater sediments. In: Abelson, P. H., ed. Researches in geochemistry, p. 38-61. New York: Wiley. 511 p. Keller, B. M., et al. (1968) The main features of the Late Proterozoic paleogeography of the USSR. International Geological Congress. 23rd, Prague. Proceedings, sec. 4, p. 189-202. Keller, E.A. (2002) Introduction to environmental geology, 2nd. ed. Saddle River, N.J., Prentice Hall. Keller, G.V., and Frischknecht, F.C. (1966) Electrical methods in geophysical prospecting. Pergamon Press, 517p. Keller, J.P., and Dauphin, Y. (1983) Methodological aspects of the ultrastructural analysis of the organic and mineral components in mollusc shells. In: Westbroek, P., and deJong, E.W., eds., Biomineralization and biological metal accumulation. Boston, D. Reidel Co. (533p.), p.255-260. Keller, W. D. (1958) Argillation and direct bauxitization in terms of concentrations of hydrolyzing aluminum silicates. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 42, p. 233-245. Keller, W. D. (1963) Diagenesis in clay minerals; a review. National Conference on Clays and Clay Minerals. 11th, Ottawa, 1962. Proceedings, p. 136-157. (International series of monographs on earth sciences, v. 13.) Keller, W. D. (1977) Scan electron micrographs of kaolins collected from diverse environments of origin--IV, Georgia kaolin and kaolinizing source rocks. Clays and Clay Minerals, v. 25, p. 311-345. Keller, W. D., et al. (1954) The origin of Missouri fireclays. National Academy of SciencesCNational Research Council. Publication 327, p. 7-46. Keller, W. D., et al. (1977) Texture of Arkansas novaculite indicates thermally induced metamorphism. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 47, p. 834-843. Kelley, J.T., Dickson, S.M., Belknap, D.F., Barnhardt, W.A., and Barber, D.C. (2003) Distribution and volume of sand bodies on the rocky, glaciated inner continental shelf of the northwestern Gulf of Maine. Journal of Coastal Research, v.19, p.41-56.

Kelling

Kindle

Kelley, V. C. (1956) Thickness of strata. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 26, p. 289-300. Kelling, Gilbert (1958) Ripple-mark in the Rhinns of Galloway. Edinburgh Geological Society. Transactions, v. 17, p. 117-132. Kelling, Gilbert, and Stanley, D. J. (1976) Sedimentation in canyon, slope, and base of slope environments. In: Stanley, D. J., and Swift, D. J. P., eds. Marine sediment transport and environmental management. Ch. 17. Kellogg, C. E. (1950) Tropical soils. 4th International Congress on Soil Science. Transactions, v. 1, p. 266-276. Kemp, J. F. (1896) A handbook of rocks, for use without the microscope. New York: J. F. Kemp. 176 p. Kemp, J. F. (1900) Handbook of rocks for use without the microscope. New York: Van Nostrand. 185 p. Kemp, J. F. (1934) A handbook of rocks for use without the microscope, with a glossary of the names of rocks and other lithological terms. 5th ed. New York: Van Nostrand. 300 p. Kemp, J. F. (1940) A handbook of rocks (for use without the petrographic microscope). 6th ed., completely revised & edited by F. F. Grout. New York: Van Nostrand. Kendall, P. F. (1902) A system of glacier-lakes in the Cleveland Hills. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 58, p. 471-571. Kendall, P. F., and Wroot, H. E. (1924) Geology of Yorkshire; an illustration of the evolution of northern England. Vol. 1. Vienna: Hollinek Brothers. 660 p. Kennedy, J. F. (1963) The mechanics of dunes and antidunes in erodible-bed channels. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, v. 16, p. 521-544. Kennedy, K.H., et al. (2001) Dictionary of GIS terminology. ESRI Press, 116p. Kennedy, W. Q. (1933) Trends of differentiation in basaltic magmas. American Journal of Science, 5th series, v. 25, p. 239-256. Keroher, G. C., et al. (1966) Lexicon of geologic names of the United States for 1936-1960. Parts 1-3. U. S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1200. 4341 p. Kerr, P. F., and Hamilton, P. K. (1949) Glossary of clay mineral names. New York: Columbia University. 66 p. (American Petroleum Institute. Project 49: Clay Mineral Standards. Preliminary Report no. 1.) Kerr, P. F., and Kopp, O. C. (1958) Salt-dome breccia. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 42, p. 548-560.

Kerr, R. C., and Nigra, J. O. (1952) Eolian sand control. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 36, p. 1541-1573. Kerr, W. C. (1881) On the action of frost in the arrangement of superficial earthy material. American Journal of Science, v. 21, p. 345-358. Kesling, R. V. (1951) Terminology of ostracod carapaces. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan. Contributions from the Museum of Paleontology, v. 9, no. 4, p. 93-171. Kesseli, J. E. (1941) The concept of the graded river. Journal of Geology, v. 49, p. 561-588. Kessler, Paul (1922) Über Lochverwitterung und ihre Beziehungen zur Metharmose (Umbildung) der Gesteine. Geologische Rundschau, v. 12, p. 237-270. Keyes, C. R. (1910) Deflation and the relative efficiencies of erosional processes under conditions of aridity. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 21, p. 565-598. Keyes, C. R. (1913) Antigravitational gradation. Science, n.s., v. 38, p. 206. Kidwell, S.M. (1991) The stratigraphy of shell concentrations. In: Allison, P.A., and Briggs, D.E.G., eds., Taphonomy: Releasing the data locked in the fossil record. (Topics in Geobiology 9). New York, Plenum Press, p.211-290. Kidwell, S.M., Fürsich, F.T., and Aigner, T. (1986) Conceptual framework for the analysis and classification of fossil concentrations. Palaios, v.1, no.3, p.228-238. Kieffer, S. W. (1971) Shock metamorphism of the Coconino sandstone at Meteor Crater, Arizona. Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 76, p. 5449-5473. Kilburn, C.R.J. (2000) Lava flows and flow fields. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.291-305. Kim, S. J. (1975) Rhodochrostone--a new sedimentary rock from the Janggun mine, Korea. Journal of the Korean Institute of Mining Geology, v. 8, p. 63-71. Kinahan, G. H. (1878) Manual of the geology of Ireland. London: C. K. Paul. 444 p. Kindle, E. M. (1916) Small pit and mound structures developed during sedimentation. Geological Magazine, Dec. 6, v. 3, p. 542-547. Kindle, E. M. (1917) Recent and fossil ripple-mark. Geological Survey of Canada. Museum Bulletin, no. 25. 121 p. (Canada Department of Mines. Geological Series, no. 34.) Kindle, E. M. (1923) Range and distribution of certain types of Canadian Pleistocene concretions. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 34, p. 609-648.

781

King

Knutson

Kindle, E. M. (1923a) Nomenclature and genetic relations of certain calcareous rocks. Pan-American Geologist, v. 39, p. 365-372. Kindle, E. M. (1926) Contrasted types of mud cracks. Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings and Transactions, ser. 3, v. 20, sec. 4, p. 71-75. King, C. A. M., and Williams, W. W. (1949) The formation and movement of sand bars by wave action. Geographical Journal, v. 113, p. 70-85. King, Clarence (1878) Systematic geology. Washington: U. S. Government Printing Office. 803 p. (U. S. Geological Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel. Report, v. 1.) King, F.H. (1899) Principles and conditions of the movements of ground water. U.S. Geological Survey Annual Report 19, Part 2, p.59-294. King, L. C. (1948) A theory of bornhardts. Geographical Journal, v. 112, p. 83-87. King, L. C. (1959) Denudational and tectonic relief in south-eastern Australia. Geological Society of South Africa. Transactions, v. 62, p. 113-138. King, L. C. (1962) The morphology of the Earth; a study and synthesis of world scenery. New York: Hafner. 699 p. King, L. H., and MacLean, B. (1970) Pockmarks on the Scotian Shelf. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 81, p. 3141-3148. King, Philip (1959) The evolution of North America. Princeton: Princeton University Press. 190 p. Kinsman, D. J. J. (1969) Modes of formation, sedimentary associations, and diagnostic features of shallow-water and supratidal evaporites. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 53, p. 830-840. Kirkham, R. V. (1971) Intermineral intrusions and their bearing on the origin of porphyry copper and molybdenum deposits. Economic Geology, v. 66, p. 1244-1249. Kirkland, D.W., and Anderson, R.Y. (1970) Microfolding in the Castile and Todilto evaporites, Texas and New Mexico. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v.81, p.3259-3282. Kirkland, D.W., and Evans, R., (1980) Origin of castiles on the Gypsum Plain of Texas and New Mexico. New Mexico Geological Society Guidebook, v.31, p.173-178. Kirwan, Richard (1794) Elements of mineralogy. Vol. 1. 2nd ed. London: J. Nichols. 510 p. Kjellström, G. (1971) Ordovician microplankton (baltisphaerids) from the Grötlingbo Borehole Nr.1 in Gotland, Sweden, Sveriges Geologiska Undersökning, Series C, 65 (publication no.655), 75p.

782

Klapper, G., Feist, R., and House, M.R. (1987) Decision on the boundary stratotype for the Middle/Upper Devonian Series boundary. Episodes, v.10, no.2, p.97-101. Klapper, G., Feist, R., Becker, R.T., and House, M.R. (1993) Definition of the Frasnian/Famennian Stage boundary. Episodes, v.16, no.4, p.433-441. Klein, E.M., and Langmuir, C.H. (1987) Global correlations of ocean ridge basalt chemistry with axial depth and crustal thickness. Journal of Geophysical Research, B, Solid Earth and Planets, v.92 (B8), p.8089-8115. Klein, G. de V. (1963) Analysis and review of sandstone classifications in the North American geological literature, 1940-1960. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 74, p. 555-575. Klein, G. de V. (1985) Intertidal flats and intertidal sand bodies. In: R. A. Davis, Jr., ed. Coastal sedimentary environments , p. 187-224. New York: Springer-Verlag. Klöden, K. F. von (1828) Beitrège zur mineralogischen und geognostischen Kenntniss der Mark Brandenburg. [Pt. 1]. Berlin: W. Dieterici. 108 p. Klotz, I. M. (1972) Chemical thermodynamics, 3rd ed. Menlo Park, Calif.: W. A. Benjamin. 444 p. Klug, H.D., and Alexander, L.E. (1974) X-ray diffraction procedures, 2nd. ed. New York, John Wiley & Sons, 966p. Klugh, A. B. (1923) A common system of classification in plant and animal ecology. Ecology, v. 4, p. 366-377. Knight, C. L. (1957) Ore genesisCthe source bed concept. Economic Geology, v. 53, p. 808-817. Knight, J. B. (1941) Paleozoic gastropod genotypes. Geological Society of America. Special Paper 32. 510 p. Knight, S. H. (1929) The Fountain and the Casper formations of the Laramie Basin. University of Wyoming. Publications in Science. Geology, v. 1, p. 1-82. Knight, W. C. (1897) "Mineral soap" Engineering and Mining Journal, v. 63, p. 600-601. Knight, W. C. (1898) Bentonite. Engineering and Mining Journal, v. 66, p. 491. Knopf, E. B., and Ingerson, Earl (1938) Structural petrology. Geological Society of America. Memoir 6. 270 p. Knox, Alexander (1904) Glossary of geographical and topographical terms. London: Edward Stanford. 432 p. (Stanford's compendium of geography and travel; suppl. vol.)

Kobayashi

Krumbein

Knutson, R. M. (1958) Structural sections and the third dimension. Economic Geology, v. 53, p. 270-286. Kobayashi, I. (1964) Introduction to the shell structure of bivalvian molluscs. Earth Science, v.73, p.1-12 (in Japanese with English summary). Kobayashi, I. (1969) Internal microstructure of the shell of bivalve molluscs. American Zoologist, v.9, p.663-672. Kobayashi, I. (1971) Internal shell microstructure of Recent bivalvian molluscs. Science Reports of Niigata University, ser.E, Geology and Mineralogy, no.2, p.27-50. Kobayashi, Teiichi (1944) An instant in the Phanerozoic Eon and its bearings on geology and biology. Imperial Academy. Tokyo. Proceedings, v. 20, p. 742-750. (Concept of time in geology, 3.) Kobayashi, Teiichi (1944a) On the major classification of the geological age. Imperial Academy, Tokyo. Proceedings, v. 20, p. 475-478. (Concept of time in geology, 1.) Koch, Lauge (1926) Ice cap and sea ice in north Greenland. Geographical Review, v. 16, p. 98-107. Kofoid, C.A. (1907) The plates of Ceratium with a note on the unity of the genus.Zoologischer Anzeiger, v.32, no.7, p.177-183. Kofoid, C.A. (1910) A revision of the genus Ceratocorys, based on skeletal morphology. University of California Publications in Zoology, v.6, no.8, p.177-187. Kofoid, C.A. (1911) Dinoflagellata of the San Diego region, IV. The genus Gonyaulax, with notes on its skeletal morphology and a discussion of its generic and specific characters. University of California Publications in Zoology, v.8, no.4, p.187-286. Kopf, R. W. (1982) Hydrotectonics: principles and relevance. U. S. Geological Survey. Open-File Report 82-307. Koppejan, A. W., et al. (1948) Coastal flow slides in the Dutch province of Zeeland. International Conference on Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. 2nd, Rotterdam, 1948? Proceedings, 5, p. 89-96. Kornicker, L. S., and Boyd, D. W. (1962) Shallow-water geology and environments of Alacran reef complex, Campeche Bank, Mexico. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 46, p. 640-673. Kostov, Ivan (1961) Genesis of kyanite in quartz veins. International Geology Review, v. 3, p. 645-651. Koteff, Carl (1974) The morphologic sequence concept and deglaciation of southern New England. In: D. R. Coates, ed. Glacial geomorphology, p. 121-144. London: George Allen & Unwin.

Koteff, Carl, and Pessl, Fred, Jr. (1981) Systematic ice retreat in New England. U. S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1179. 20 p. Koto, B. (1916) On the volcanoes of Japan, Part V. Journal of the Geological Society of Japan, v.23, p.98-127. Kotz, S., Johnson, N.L., and Read, C.B., eds., (1982-89) Encyclopedia of Statistical Sciences. V. 1-10: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 6672p. Kovalenko, V. I., et al. (1971) Topaz-bearing quartz keratophyre (ongonite), a new variety of subvolcanic igneous vein rock. Doklady Akad. Nauk SSSR, v. 199, p. 132-135. Kramm, U. (1976) The coti cule rocks (spessartine quartzites) of the Venn-Stavelot Massif, Ardennes, a volcaniclastic metasediment? Contributions to Mineralogy and Petrology, v. 56, p. 135-155. Kranz, R. L. (1983) Microcracks in rocks: a review. Tectonophysics, v. 100, p. 449-480. Krasheninnikov, G. F. (1964) Facies, genetic types, and formations. International Geology Review, v. 6, p. 1242-1248. Krassilov, V. A. (1974) Causal Biostratigraphy. Lethaia, v. 7, no. 3, p. 173-179. Kraus, Ivan (1979) Deposits of clays, zeolites, limnoquartzites and perlites in Slovakia. 10th International Kaolin Symposium, Bratislava. Excursion Guide, p. 40. Krauskopf, K. B. (1967) Introduction to geochemistry. New York: McGraw-Hill. 721 p. Kremp, G. O. W. (1965) Morphologic encyclopedia of palynology. University of Arizona, Program in Geochronology. Contribution 100. Tucson: University of Arizona Press. 185 p. Krenkel, Erich (1922) Die Bruchzonen Ostafrikas. Berlin: Gebrüder Borntraeger. Krishtofovich, A. N. (1945) The mode of preservation of plant fossils and their bearing upon the problem of coal formation. Akademiya Nauk SSSP. Izvestiya, Seriya Geologicheskaya, no. 2, p. 136-150. Krivenko, V., and Lapchik, T. (1934) On the petrography of the crystalline rocks of the rapids of the Dnipro. Ukrainskii Naukovo-Doslidchnii Geologichnii Institute. Trudy, v. 5, no. 2, p. 67-77. Kruger, F. C. (1946) Structure and metamorphism of the Bellows Falls quadrangle of New Hampshire and Vermont. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 57, p. 161-205.

783

Krumbein

Labandeira

Krumbein, W. C. (1934) Size frequency distributions of sediments. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 4, p. 65-77. Krumbein, W. C. (1955) Composite end members in facies mapping. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 25, p. 115-122. Krumbein, W. C., and Graybill, F. A. (1965) An introduction to statistical models in geology. New York: McGraw-Hill. 475 p. Krumbein, W. C., and Libby, W. G. (1957) Application of moments to vertical variability maps of stratigraphic units. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 41, p. 197-211. Krumbein, W. C., and Pettijohn, F. J. (1938) Manual of sedimentary petrography. New York: Appleton. 549 p. Krumbein, W. C., and Sloss, L. L. (1951) Stratigraphy and sedimentation. San Francisco: Freeman. 497 p. Krumbein, W. C., and Sloss, L. L. (1963) Stratigraphy and sedimentation. 2nd ed. San Francisco: Freeman. 660 p. Krynine, P. D. (1937) Petrography and genesis of the Siwalik Series. American Journal of Science, ser. 5, v. 34, no. 204, p. 422-446. Krynine, P. D. (1940) Petrology and genesis of the Third Bradford Sand. Pennsylvania State College. Mineral Industries Experiment Station. Bulletin 29. 134 p. Krynine, P. D. (1941) Differentiation of sediments during the life history of a landmass. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 52, p. 1915. Krynine, P. D. (1945) Sediments and the search for oil. Producers Monthly, v. 9, p. 12-22. Krynine, P. D. (1948) The megascopic study and field classification of sedimentary rocks. Journal of Geology, v. 56, p. 130-165. Krynine, P. D. (1951) Reservoir petrography of sandstones. In: Payne, T. G., and others. Geology of the Arctic Slope of Alaska , sheet 2. U. S. Geological Survey. Oil and Gas Investigations, map OM 126. 3 sheets. Krzanowski, Roman M., Palylyk, Claudia L., and Crown, Peter H. (1993) Lexicon of terms for users of geographic information systems. In: 1994 international GIS sourcebook; geographic information system technology , p. 595-605. Ksiazkiewicz, Marian (1949) Slip-bedding in the Carpathian flysch. Société Géologique Polone. Annales, v. 19, p. 493-501. Ksiazkiewicz, Marian (1958) Submarine slumping in the Carpathian Flysch. Polskie Towarzystwo Geologicne. Rocznik, t. 28, p. 123-151.

784

Kümmel, H. B. (1893) Some rivers of Connecticut. Journal of Geology, v. 1, p. 371-393. Ku, C.C. and J.A. Sharp, (1983) Werner devonvolution for automated magnetic interpretation and its refinement using Marquardt's inverse modeling. Geophysics, 48, 754-774. Kubiëna, W. L. (1953) The soils of Europe. London: Thomas Murby. 317 p. Kudryavtsev, V. A., ed. (1978) Obshcheye merzolotovendeniia (General Permafrost Science). In: Russian. Izd. 2. (Edu 2) Moskva (Moskow), Izdatel'stvo Moskovskogo Universiteta (Moscow University Editions), 404p. Kuenen, P. H. (1943) Pitted pebbles. Leidsche geologische mededeelingen, v. 13, p. 189-201. Kuenen, P. H. (1947) Water-faceted boulders. American Journal of Science, v. 245, p. 779-783. Kuenen, P. H. (1948) Slumping in the Carboniferous rocks of Pembrokeshire. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 104, p. 365-385. Kuenen, P. H. (1950) Marine geology. New York: Wiley. 568 p. Kuenen, P. H. (1953) Significant features of graded bedding. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 37, p. 1044-1066. Kuenen, P. H. (1957) Sole markings of graded graywacke beds. Journal of Geology, v. 65, p. 231-258. Kuenen, P. H. (1958) Experiments in geology. Geological Society of Glasgow. Transactions, v. 23, p. 1-28. Kulp, J. L. (1961) Geologic time scale. Science, v. 133, p. 1105-1114. Kuno, Hisachi (1957) Differentiation of Hawaiian magmas. Japanese Journal of Geology and Geography, v. 28, p. 193-194. Kuno, Hisachi (1960) High-alumina basalt. Journal of Petrology, v. 1, p. 121-145. Kupsch, W. O. (1956) Submask geology in Saskatchewan. International Williston Basin Symposium. 1st, Bismarck (N.D.), 1956. Williston Basin Symposium, p. 66-75. Kyle, J.R., and Posey, H.H., (1991) Halokinesis, cap rock development, and salt dome mineral resources. In: Melvin, J.L., ed., Evaporites, Petroleum and Mineral Resources, Elsevier, Amsterdam, p.413-474. L Labandeira, C.C. (2000) The paleobiology of pollination and its precursors. In: Gastaldo, R.A., and DiMichele,

Lachenbruch

Last

W.A., eds., Phanerozoic terrestrial ecosystems. Paleontological Society Paper 6, p.233-269. Lachenbruch, A.H., and Brewer, M.C. (1959) Dissipation of the temperature effect of drilling a well in Arctic Alaska. U.S. Geol. Survey Bull. 1083-C, p.73-109. Lacroix, A. (1922) Minéralogie de Madagascar. v. 2: minéralogie appliquée; lithologie. Paris: Augustin Challamel. 694 p. Lacroix, A. V. (1980) A short note on cryoseisms. Earthquake Notes, v. 51, p. 15-16. Lagaaij, R. (1952) The Pliocene Bryozoa of the Low Countries and their bearing on the marine stratigraphy of the North Sea region. Netherlands, Geologische Stichtung, Mededeelingen, serie C-V, no. 5, 233 p. Lagaaij, R. and Gautier, Y. V. (1965) Bryozoan assemblages from marine sediments of the Rhône delta, France. Micropaleontology, v. 11, p. 39-58. Lahee, F. H. (1923) Field geology. 2nd ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 649 p. Lahee, F. H. (1961) Field geology. 6th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 926 p. Lahee, F. H. (1962) Statistics of exploratory drilling in the United States 1945-1960. Tulsa, American Association of Petroleum Geologists. 135 p. Laird, M. G. (1970) Vertical sheet structure--a new indicator of sedimentary fabric. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 40, p. 428-434. Lam, H. J. (1957) What is a taxon? Taxonomy, v. 6, p. 213-215. Lamar, J. E. (1928) Geology and economic resources of the St. Peter Sandstone of Illinois. Illinois State Geological Survey. Bulletin no. 53. 175 p. Lamb, H. H. (1970) Volcanic dust in the atmosphere. Royal Society of London, Philosophical Transactions, Series A, Mathematics and Physical Sciences, v. 266, p. 425-533. Lambe, T. W. (1953) The structure of inorganic soil. American Society of Civil Engineers. Proceedings, v. 79, separate no. 315. 49 p. Lamont, Archie (1957) Slow anti-dunes and flow marks. Geological Magazine, v. 94, p. 472-480. Lamplugh, G. W. (1895) The crush-conglomerates of the Isle of Man. With a petrographical appendix by W. W. Watts. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 51, p. 563-599. Lamplugh, G. W. (1902) "Calcrete." Geological Magazine, n.s., Dec. 4, v. 9, no. 462, p. 575.

Landes, K. K. (1945) The Mackinac Breccia. Michigan Geological Survey. Publication 44, Geological Series 37, ch. 3, p. 123-153. Landes, K. K. (1957) Chemical unconformities (abstract). Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 68, p. 1759. Landes, K. K. (1967) Eometamorphism, and oil and gas in time and space. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 51, p. 828-841. Lane, A. C. (1923) Communication. Journal of Geology, v. 31, p. 348. Lane, A. C. (1928) Isontic? Science, v. 68, p. 37. Lane, A.C. (1903) Porphyritic appearance of rocks. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 14, p. 369-379. Lang, W. T. B. (1937) The Permian formations of the Pecos Valley of New Mexico and Texas. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 21, p. 833-898. Langbein, W. B., and Iseri, K. T. (1960) General introduction and hydrologic definitions. U. S. Geological Survey. Water-supply Paper 1541-A. 29 p. ( Manual of hydrology: pt. 1, p. 1-29). Lange, A.L. (1955) The role of caves in dating Grand Canyon. Plateau, v.27, p.1-7. Lange, A.L. (1964) Solution bevels in limestone caves. Cave Notes, v.6, p.34-38. Laporte, L. F. (1975) Encounter with the Earth. San Francisco: Canfield Press. 538 p. Larsen, E. S. (1938) Some new variation diagrams for groups of igneous rocks. Journal of Geology, v. 46, p. 505-520. Larsen, Gunnar, and Chilingar, G. V., eds. (1967) Diagenesis in sediments. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 551 p. ( Developments in sedimentology, 8.) Larsen, Ole, and Sorensen, H. (1960) Principles of classification and norm calculations of metamorphic rocks: a discussion. Journal of Geology, v. 68, p. 681-683. Larson, C. (1990) A glossary of lava tube features. In: Johnson, V., ed., National Speleological Society convention guide book. Huntsville, Ala., National Speleological Society, p.21-55. Lasius, G. S. O. (1789) Beobachtungen ueber die Harzgebirge, nebst einem Profilnisse, als ein Beytrag zur mineralogischen Naturkunde. Hannover: Helwingischen Hofbuchhandlung. 559 p. in 2 v. Lasky, S.G. (1950) How tonnage and grade relations help predict ore reserves. Engineering and Mining Journal, v.151, no.4, p.81-85.

785

Laudelout

Leith

Last, W.W., and Smol, J.P., eds. (2001) Tracking environmental change using lake sediments, v. 2: Physical and geochemical methods. Dordrecht, Kluwer, 504p. Laudelout, H. (1987) Cation exchange equilibria in clays. in Newman, A. C. D., editor, Chemistry of clays and clay minerals : Monograph No. 6, Mineralogical Society, London, p. 225-236. Lawn, B. R., and Wilshaw, T. R. (1975) Fracture of brittle solids. Cambridge University Press, London, 204 p. Lawrence, G. H. M. (1951) Taxonomy of vascular plants. New York: Macmillan. 823 p. Lawson, A. C. (1885) Report on the geology of the Lake of the Woods region, with special reference to the Keewatin (Huronian?) belt of the Archean rocks. Geological Survey of Canada. Annual Report, 1:CC. 151 p. Lawson, A. C. (1894) The geomorphogeny of the coast of northern California. University of California. Department of Geology. Bulletin, v. 1, no. 8, p. 241-271. Lawson, A. C. (1904) The geomorphogeny of the upper Kern Basin. University of California. Department of Geology. Bulletin, v. 3, p. 291-376. Lawson, A. C. (1913) The petrographic designation of alluvial-fan formations. University of California. Department of Geology. Bulletin, v. 7, p. 325-334. Lawson, A. C. (1915) The epigene profiles of the desert. University of California. Department of Geology. Bulletin, v. 9, p. 23-48. Lawson, A. C., et al. (1908) The California earthquake of April 18, 1906; report of the State Earthquake Commission. Vol. 1. Carnegie Institution of Washington. Publication no. 87. 451 p. Le Maitre, R.W., ed. (2002) Igneous rocks: A classification and glossary of terms. Recommendations of the International Union of Geological Sciences Subcommission on the Systematics of Igneous Rocks. Cambridge University Press, 252p. Le Maitre, R.W. et al. (1989) A classification of igneous rocks and glossary of terms: recommendations of the International Union of Geological Sciences Subcommission on the Systematics of Igneous Rocks. Oxford, U.K.: Blackwell Scientific Publications, 193. Leake, B. E. (1978) Nomenclature of amphiboles. American Mineralogist, v. 63, no. 11-12, p. 1023-1052. Leckie, D. (1988) Wave-formed, coarse-grained ripples and their relationship to hummocky cross-stratification. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.58, p.607-622. Lee, C. A. (1840) The elements of geology, for popular use; containing a description of the geological formations and mineral resources of the United States. New York: Harper. 375 p.

786

Lee, W. T. (1900) The origin of the débris-covered mesas of Boulder, Colorado. Journal of Geology, v. 8, p. 504-511. Lee, W. T. (1903) The canyons of northeastern New Mexico. Journal of Geography, v. 2, p. 63-82. Lees, Alan (1975) Possible influence of salinity and temperature on modern shelf carbonate sedimentation. Marine Geology, v. 19, p. 159-198. Lees, G. M. (1952) Foreland folding. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 108, p. 1-34. Leet, L. D., and Leet, F. J. (1965) The Earth's mantle. Seismological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 55, p. 619-625. Lefebure, D.V. (1995) Iron oxide breccias and veins P-Cu-Au-Ag-U. In: Lefebure, D.V., and Ray, G.E., eds, Selected British Columbia mineral deposit profiles. Volume 1, metallics and coal. British Columbia Geological Survey Open-File Report 1995-20, p.33-36. Legget, R. F. (1962) Geology and engineering. 2nd ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 884 p. Legget, R. F. (1967) Soil: its geology and use. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 78, p. 1433-1460. Legget, R. F. (1973) Soil. Geotimes, v. 18, no. 9, p. 38-39. Legrand, H. E. (1965) Patterns of contaminated zones of water in the ground. Water Resources Research, v. 1, no. 1, p. 83-95. Lehmann, J. G. (1756) Versuch einer Geschichte von Flötz-Gebürgen, betreffend deren Entstehung, Lage, darinne befindliche Metallen, Mineralien und Fossilien, gröstentheils aus eigenen Wahrnehmungen, chymischen und physicalischen Versuchen, und aus denen Grundsètzen der Natur-Lehre hergeleitet, und mit nöthigen Kupfern versehen. Berlin: F. A. Lange. 329 p. Leighton, M. M. (1959) Stagnancy of the Illinoian glacial lake east of the Illinois and Mississippi rivers. Journal of Geology, v. 67, p. 337-344. Leighton, M. M., and MacClintock, Paul (1930) Weathered zones of the drift-sheet of Illinois. Journal of Geology, v. 38, p. 28-53. Leighton, M. W., and Pendexter, C. (1962) Carbonate rock types. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Memoir 1, p. 33-61. Leighton, R. B., et al. (1969) Mariner 6 and 7 television pictures: preliminary analysis. Science, v. 166, no. 3901, p. 49-67. Leith, C. K. (1905) Rock cleavage. U. S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 239. 216 p.

Lentin

Lobeck

Leith, C. K. (1923) Structural geology. Revised ed. New York: Holt. 390 p. Leith, C. K., and Mead, W. J. (1915) Metamorphic geology; a textbook. New York: Holt. 337 p. Lentin, J.K., and Williams, G.L. (1976) A monograph of fossil peridinioid dinoflagellate cysts. Bedford Institute of Oceanography Report Series BI-R-75-16, 237p. Leopold, L. B., and Langbein, W. B. (1962) The concept of entropy in landscape evolution. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 500-A, p. 1-20. Leopold, L. B., and Maddock, Thomas, Jr. (1953) The hydraulic geometry of stream channels and some physiographic implications. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 252. 57 p. Leopold, L. B., and Wolman, M. G. (1957) River channel patterns--braided, meandering, and straight. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 282-B, p. 39-85. Leopold, L. B., et al. (1964) Fluvial processes in geomorphology. San Francisco: Freeman. 522 p. Leopold, L. B., et al. (1966) Channel and hillslope processes in a semiarid area, New Mexico. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 352-G, p. 193-253. Lesevich, V. V. (1877) Opyt kriticheskogo izsledovaniia osnovonachal pozitivnoi filosofii. St. Petersburg: M. Stasiulevich. 295 p.CAlso in: Lesevich, V. V. (1915) Sobranie sochinenii, v. 1, p. 189-454. Moscow: IU. V. Leontovich. Leverett, Frank (1903) Glacial features of lower Michigan. Journal of Geology, v. 11, p. 117-118. Levinson, A. A. (1974) Introduction to exploration geochemistry. Calgary: Applied Publishing Co. 612 p. Levorsen, A. I. (1933) Studies in paleogeology. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 17, p. 1107-1132. Levorsen, A. I. (1943) Discovery thinking. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 27, p. 887-928. Levorsen, A. I. (1960) Paleogeologic maps. San Francisco: Freeman. 174 p. Levorsen, A. I. (1967) Geology of petroleum, 2nd ed. San Francisco: Freeman. 724 p. Lewan, M. D. (1978) Laboratory classification of very fine-grained sedimentary rocks. Geology, v. 6, p. 745-748. Lewis, D. W. (1964) "Perigenic"; a new term. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 34, p. 875-876.

Li, Yong, Craven, John, Schweig, Eugene S., and Obermeier, Stephen F. (1996) Sand boils induced by the 1993 Mississippi River flood; could they one day be misinterpreted as earthquake-induced liquefaction? Geology; v. 24, no. 2, p. 171-174. Liddicoat, Richard T., Hummel, John H., and Aushalomov, D. M. A., eds. (1993) The GIA diamond dictionary. 3rd ed. Santa Monica: Gemological Institute of America. Lilly, H. D. (1966) Late Precambrian and Appalachian tectonics in the light of submarine exploration on the Great Bank of Newfoundland and in the Gulf of St. Lawrence; preliminary views. American Journal of Science, v. 264, p. 569-574. Lindgren, Waldemar (1912) The nature of replacement. Economic Geology, v. 7, p. 521-535. Lindgren, Waldemar (1928) Mineral deposits. 3rd ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 1049 p. Lindgren, Waldemar (1933) Mineral deposits. 4th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 930 p. Lindseth, R.O., (1979) Synthetic sonic logs-a process for stratigraphic interpretation. Geophysics, 44, 3-26. Lindsey, A. A., et al. (1969) Natural areas in Indiana and their preservation. Lafayette: Indiana Natural Areas Survey, Department of Biological Sciences, Purdue University. 594 p. Lines, L.R., and Treitel, S. (1984) Tutorial: A review of least-squares inversion and its application to geophysical problems. Geophysical Prospecting, v.32, p.159-186. Link, T. A. (1950) Theory of transgressive and regressive reef (bioherm) development and origin of oil. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 34, p. 263-294. Linton, D. L. (1955) The problem of tors. Geographical Journal, v. 121, p. 470-487. Lipman, P.M. (2000) Calderas. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.643-662. Lipman, P. W. (1984) The roots of ash flow calderas in western North America: windows into the tops of granitic batholiths. Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 89, n. B-10, p. 8801-8841. Lister, T.R. (1970) The acritarchs and chitinozoa from the Wentlack and Ludlow series of the Ludlow and Millichope areas, Shropshire. Palaeontographical Society Monograph 124, no.1(Publication 528), 100p. Lliboutry, Louis (1958) Studies of the shrinkage after a sudden advance, blue bands and wave ogives on Glaciar Universidad (central Chilean Andes). Journal of Glaciology, v. 3, p. 261-272.

787

Lobeck

Lucia

Lobeck, A. K. (1921) A physiographic diagram of the United States. Chicago: Nystrom. Map. 1:3,000,000. Lobeck, A. K. (1924) Block diagrams and other graphic methods used in geology and geography. New York: Wiley. 206 p. Lobeck, A. K. (1939) Geomorphology; an introduction to the study of landscapes. New York: McGraw-Hill. 731 p. Lockwood, J. P. (1971) Sedimentary and gravity-slide emplacement of serpentinite. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 82, p. 919-936. Loeblich, A.R., Jr., and Tappan, H. (1969) Acritarch excystment and surface ultrastructure with descriptions of some Ordovician taxa. Revista española de micropaleontolgía, v.1, p.45-57. Loewinson-Lessing, F. J. (1899) Note sur la classification et la nomenclature des roches éruptives. International Geological Congress. 7th, St. Petersburg, 1897. Compte rendu, p. 53-71. Logan, B. W., and Semeniuk, V. (1976) Dynamic metamorphism; processes and products in Devonian carbonate rocks, Canning Basin, western Australia. Geological Society of Australia. Special Publication 6, 138 p. Logan, W. E. (1863) Report on the geology of Canada. Geological Survey of Canada. Report of Progress to 1863. Lohest, M. J. M., et al. (1909) Compte rendu de la session extraordinaire de la Société Géologique de Belgique tenue à Eupen et à Bastogne les 29, 30 et 31 août et 1, 2 et 3 septembre 1908. Société Géologique de Belgique. Annales, t. 35, p. 351-414. Lohman, S. W., et al. (1970) Definitions of selected ground-water terms. U. S. Geological Survey. Open-File Report, Aug. 1970. Lohman, S. W., et al. (1972) Definitions of selected ground-water terms--revisions and conceptual refinements. U. S. Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper 1988. Lombard, Augustin (1963) Laminites: a structure of flysch-type sediments. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 33, p. 14-22. Long, A. E. (1960) A glossary of the diamond-drilling industry. U. S. Bureau of Mines. Bulletin 583. 98 p. Longwell, C. R. (1923) Kober's theory of orogeny. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 34, p. 231-241. Longwell, C. R. (1933) Meaning of the term "roches moutonnées." American Journal of Science, v. 225, p. 503-504.

Longwell, C. R. (1951) Megabreccia developed downslope from large faults. American Journal of Science, v. 249, p. 343-355. Longwell, C. R., Knopf, et al. (1969) Physical geology. New York: Wiley. 685 p. Loutit, T. S., Hardenbol, J., and Vail, P. R. (1988) Condensed sections; the key to age determination and correlation of continental margin sequences. In: C. K. Wilgus, et al., eds., Sea level changes; an integrated approach. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists Special Publication 42, p. 183-213. Lovén, S. L. (1874) Etudes sur les Echinoïdées. K. Svenska Venskaps-Akademien, Stockholm. Handlingar, ser. 4, Bd. 11, no. 7, p. 1-91. 53 plates. Lovely, H. R. (1948) Onlap and strike-overlap. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 32, p. 2295-2297. Lovering, T. S. (1963) Epigenetic, diplogenetic, syngenetic, and lithogene deposits. Economic Geology, v. 58, p. 315-331. Lowe, C. H., Jr. (1961) Biotic communities in the Sub-Mogollon region of the inland Southwest. Arizona Academy of Science. Journal, v. 2, p. 40-49. Lowe, D., and Waltham, T. (1995) A dictionary of karst and caves: A brief guide to the terminology and concepts of cave and karst science. London, British Cave Research Association, Cave Studies Series No.6, 41p. Lowe, D.J. (2000) Role of stratigraphic elements in speleogenesis: the speleoinception concept. In: Klimchouck, A.B., Ford, D.C., Palmer, A.N., and Dreybrodt, W., eds., Speleogenesis evolution of karst aquifers. Huntsville, Ala., National Speleological Society, p.65-76. Lowe, D. R. (1975) Water escape structures in coarse-grained sediments. Sedimentology, v. 22, p. 157-204. Lowe, D. R., and LoPiccolo, R. D. (1974) The characteristics and origins of dish and pillar structures. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 44, p. 484-501. Lowell, J. D., and Guilbert, J. M. (1970) Lateral and vertical alteration-mineralization zoning in porphyry ore deposits. Economic Geology, v. 65, p. 373-408. Lowenstam, H. A. (1950) Niagaran reefs of the Great Lakes area. Journal of Geology, v. 58, p. 430-487. Lowenstein, T.K., and Hardie, L.A., (1985) Criteria for the recognition of salt-pan evaporites. Sedimentology, v.32, p.627-644. Lowman, P. D., Jr. (1976) Crustal evolution in silicate planets: implications for the origin of continents. Journal of Geology, v. 84, p. 1-26.

788

Luigi

Makiyama

Lozinski, W. V. (1909) Das Sandomierz-Opalower Lössplateau. Globus, v. 96, p. 330-334. Lüttig, Gerd (1965) Interglacial and interstadial periods. Journal of Geology, v. 73, p. 579-591. Lucia, F. J. (1962) Diagenesis of a crinoidal sediment. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 32, p. 848-865. Luigi, S., Schreiber, B.C., and Triberti, B. (1999) Giant polygons in the Messinian salt of the Realmonte Mine (Agrigento, Sicily): Implication for modeling the "Salinity Crisis" in the Mediterranean. Journal of Sedimentary Research, v.69, p.764-771. Lundqvist, G. (1949) The orientation of the block material in certain species of flow earth. Geografiska Annaler, v. 31, p. 335-347. Lyell, Charles (1830) Principles of geology. Vol. 1. London: John Murray. 511 p. Lyell, Charles (1833) Principles of geology. Vol. 3. London: John Murray. 398 p. plus 109 p. of appendix. Lyell, Charles (1838) Elements of geology. London: John Murray. 543 p. Lyell, Charles (1839) Elements of geology. 1st American ed., from the 1st London ed. Philadelphia: J. Kay. 316 p. Lyell, Charles (1840) Principles of geology. 6th ed. London: John Murray. 3 v. Lyell, Charles (1854) Principles of geology; or, the modern changes of the Earth and its inhabitants considered as illustrative of geology. 9th rev. ed. New York: Appleton. 834 p. Lynch, E. J. (1962) Formation evaluation. New York: Harper & Row. 422 p. M Mabbutt, J. A. (1961) "Basal surface" or "weathering front". Geologists' Association. Proceedings, v. 72, p. 357-358. Macar, P. (1948) Les pseudo-nodules du Famennien et leur origine. Société Géologique de Belgique. Annales, v. 72, p. 47-74. MacArthur, R. H. (1957) On the relative abundance of bird species. National Academy of Science. Proceedings, v. 43, p. 293-295. MacArthur, R. H., and Wilson, E. O. (1967) The theory of island biogeography. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton University Press. 203 p. (Monographs in population biology.) MacBride, T. H. (1910) Geology of Hamilton and Wright counties. Iowa Geological Survey. Volume 20, p. 97-149.

MacClintock, C. (1967) Shell structure of patelloid and bellerophontoid gastropods (Mollusca). Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University, Bulletin 22. p.1-140. Macdonald, G. A. (1953) Pahoehoe, aa, and block lava. American Journal of Science. v. 251, p. 169-191. Macdonald, G. A. (1960) Dissimilarity of continental and oceanic rock types. Journal of Petrology, v. 1, p. 172-177. Macdonald, G. A. (1972) Volcanoes. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. 510 p. Macdonald, K. C., et al. (1980) Hydrothermal heat flux of the "black smoker" vents on the East Pacific Rise. Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v. 48, p. 1-7. Macdonald, Ray, and Bailey, D. K. (1973) The chemistry of the peralkaline oversaturated obsidians. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 440 (The data of geochemistry, 6th edition), ch. N, part 1. 37 p. MacEwan, D. M. C. (1947) The nomenclature of the halloysite minerals. Mineralogical Magazine, v. 28, p. 36-44. Mack, G., James, W., and Monger, H. (1993) Classification of Paleosols. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 105, p. 129-136. Mackay, J. R. (1966) Segregated epigenetic ice and slumps in permafrost, Mackenzie Delta area, NWT. Canada Dept. Mines & Technical Surveys, Geographical Branch. Geographical Bulletin, v. 8, p. 59-80. Mackay, J. R. (1972) The world of underground ice. Association of American Geographers. Annals, v. 62, p. 1-22. Mackie, William (1897) On the laws that govern the rounding of particles of sand. Edinburgh Geological Society. Transactions, v. 7, p. 298-311. Mackin, J. H. (1937) Erosional history of the Big Horn Basin, Wyoming. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 48, p. 813-893. Mackin, J. H. (1948) Concept of the graded river. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 59, p. 463-511. Mackin, J. H. (1950) The down-structure method of viewing geologic maps. Journal of Geology, v. 58, p. 55-72. Mackinder, H. J. (1919) Democratic ideals and reality; a study in the politics of reconstruction. London: Constable. 272 p. MacNeil, F. S. (1954) Organic reefs and banks and associated detrital sediments. American Journal of Science, v. 252, p. 385-401.

789

Mallet

Matthes

MacRae, A. [1994] Web reference http://www.geo.ucalgary.ca/~macrae/palynology/. Maiklem, W.R., (1971) Evaporative drawdown-a mechanism for water-level lowering and diagenesis in the Elk Point Basin. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology, v.19, p.487-503. Makiyama, Jiro (1954) Syntectonic construction of geosynclinal neptons. Kyoto University. College of Science. Memoirs, ser. B, v. 21, p. 115-149. Mallet, Robert (1838) On the mechanism of glaciers, being an attempt to ascertain the causes and effects of their peculiar, and in part, unobserved motions. Geological Society of Dublin. Journal, v. 1, p. 317-335. Malmgren, B. A., et al. (1983) Evidence for punctuated gradualism in the Late Neogene Globorotalia tumida lineage of planktonic foraminifera. Paleobiology, v. 9, p. 377-389. Malott, C. A. (1928a) An analysis of erosion. Indiana Academy of Science. Proceedings, v. 37, p. 153-163. Malott, C. A. (1928b) The valley form and its development. Indiana University Studies, v. 15, no. 81, p. 3-34. Malvern, L. E. (1969) Introduction to the mechanics of a continuous medium. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. 713 p. Mandelbrot, B.B., (1982) Fractal geometry. W.H. Freeman & Co. Mann, C. J. (1970) Isochronous, synchronous, and coetaneous. Journal of Geology, v. 78, p. 749-750. Mann, K.O., and Lane, H.R. (1995) Graphic correlation: A powerful stratigraphic technique comes of age. In: Mann, K.O., Lane, H.R., and Scholle, P.A., eds., Graphic correlation. SEPM Special Publication 53, p.3-13. Manton, W. I. (1965) The orientation and origin of shatter cones in the Vredefort Ring. New York Academy of Sciences. Annals, v. 123, p. 1017-1049. Manutchehr-Danai, Mohsen (2000) Dictionary of Gems and Gemology. Berlin: Springer-Verlag. Marbut, C. F. (1896) Physical features of Missouri. Missouri Geological Survey. Volume 10, p. 11-109. March, A. (1932) Mathematische Theorie der Regelung nach der Komgestalt. Z. Krist., v. 81, 285-297. Mariott, F.H.C., (1990) A Dictionary of Statistical Terms. 5th ed.: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 223p. Marks, R. W. (1969) The new dictionary and handbook of aerospace. New York: Praeger. 531 p.

Marr, J. E. (1900) The scientific study of scenery. London: Methuen. 368 p. Marr, J. E. (1901) The origin of moels, and their subsequent dissection. Geographical Journal, v. 17, p. 63-69. Marr, J. E. (1905) The anniversary address of the President. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 61, p. xlvii-lxxxvi. Marschner, Hannelore (1969) Hydrocalcite (CaCO3 ·H2 O) and nesquehonite (MgCO3 ·3H2 O) in carbonate scales. Science, v. 165, p. 1119-1121. Marshak, S., and Mitra, G. (1988) Basic methods of structural geology. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., Prentice-Hall, 2 pts., 466p. Martel, E. A. (1896) Speleology. International Geographical Congress. 6th, London. Report, p. 717-722. Martin Vivaldi, J. L., and MacEwan, D. M. C. (1960) Corrensite and swelling chlorite. Clay Minerals Bulletin, v. 4, no. 24, p. 173-181. Martin, H. G. (1931) Insoluble residue studies of Mississippian limestones in Indiana. Indiana Department of Conservation. Publication no. 101. 37 p. Martin, R., and de Sitter-Koomans, C. (1956) Pseudotectites from Colombia and Peru. Leidse Geologische Mededelingen, p. 151-164. Martinsson, A., ed. (1977) The Silurian-Devonian boundary. Final report of the Commission on the Silurian-Devonian boundary within IUGS Commission on Stratigraphy and a state-of-the-art report for Project Ecostratigraphy. International Union of Geological Sciences, Series A (5), p.349. Masaitis, V.L., Mikhaylov, M.V., and Selivanovskaya, T.V. (1975) The Popigai meteorite crater (Popigaisjiy Meteoritniy Krater). Moscow, Nauka Press (in Russian). Mason, Brian (1958) Principles of geochemistry. New York: Wiley. Mathur, S. M. (1981a) A new and unusual sedimentary structure. National Academy Science Letters, India, v. 4, p. 441-442. Mathur, S. M. (1981b) Cyclic sedimentation in the Vindhyan Supergroup. Geological Survey of India. Records, v. 112, Part VIII, p. 1-6. Matsukuma, Toshinori, and Horikoshi, Ei (1970) Kuroko deposits in Japan, a review. In: Tatsumi, T., ed. Volcanism and ore genesis, p. 153-179. Tokyo: University of Tokyo Press.

790

Maune

McIver

Matthes, F. É. (1912) Topology, topography and topometry. American Geographical Society. Bulletin, v. 44, p. 334-339. Matthes, F. É. (1930) Geologic history of the Yosemite Valley. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 160. 137 p. Matthes, F. É. (1939) Report of Committee on Glaciers, April 1939. American Geophysical Union. 20th annual meeting (1939). Transactions, pt. 4, p. 518-523. Maune, D., ed. (2001) Digital elevation model technologies and applications: The DEM users manual. Bethesda, Md., American Society for Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing, 539p. Maw, George (1866) On subaerial and marine denudation. Geological Magazine, v. 3, p. 439-451. Mawe, John (1818) A new descriptive catalogue of minerals, consisting of more varieties than heretofore published, and intended for the use of students, with which they may arrange the specimens they collect. 3rd ed. London: Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown. 96 p. Maxey, G. B. (1964) Hydrostratigraphic units. Journal of Hydrology, v. 2, p. 124-129. Maxson, J. H. (1940) Fluting and faceting of rock fragments. Journal of Geology, v. 48, p. 717-751. Maxson, J. H. (1940a) Gas pits in non-marine sediments. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 10, p. 142-145. Maxson, J. H. (1950) Physiographic features of the Panamint Range, California. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 61, p. 99-114. Maxson, J. H., and Anderson, G. H. (1935) Terminology of surface forms of the erosion cycle. Journal of Geology, v. 43, p. 88-96. Maxson, J. H., and Campbell, Ian (1935) Stream fluting and stream erosion. Journal of Geology, v. 43, p. 729-744. Maxwell, W. G. H. (1968) Atlas of the Great Barrier Reef. New York: Elsevier. 258 p. May, Irving, and Cuttitta, Frank (1967) New instrumental techniques in geochemical analysis. In: Abelson, P. H., ed. Researches in geochemistry, p. 112-142. New York: Wiley. 663 p. McBirney, A. R., and Williams, H. (1969) Geology and petrology of the Galapagos Islands. Geological Society of America. Memoir 118. 197 p. McBirney, A. R., Baker, B. H. and Nilson, R. H. (1985) Liquid fractionation, Part I: Basic principles and experimental simulations. Jour. Volc. Geotherm. Res., 24, p. 1-24.

McBride, E. F. (1962) Flysch and associated beds of the Martinsburg Formation (Ordovician), central Appalachians. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 32, p. 39-91. McBride, E. F. (1962a) The term graywacke. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 32, p. 614-615. McBride, E. F. (1963) A classification of common sandstones. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 33, p. 664-669. McBride, E. F., and Folk, R. L. (1977) Caballos Novaculite revisited, part II: Chert and shale members. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 47, p. 1261-1286. McBride, E. F., and Yeakel, L. S. (1963) Relationship between parting lineation and rock fabric. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 33, p. 779-782. McCammon, R. B. (1968) The dendrograph: a new tool for correlation. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 79, p. 1663-1670. McConnell, Duncan (1973) Biomineralogy of phosphates and physiological mineralization. In: Griffith, E. J., and others, eds. Environmental phosphorus handbook. Ch. 25, p. 425-442. New York: Wiley. McConnell, R. G., and Brock, R. W. (1904) Report on the great landslide at Frank, Alberta. Canada Department of the Interior. Annual report 1902-1903, pt. 8, appendix. 17 p. McCullough, L. A. (1977) Early diagenetic calcareous coal balls and roof shale concretions from the Pennsylvanian (Allegheny Series). Ohio Journal of Science, v. 77, p. 125-134. McDonald, B. C., and Banerjee, Indranil (1971) Sediments and bed forms on a braided outwash plain. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v. 8, p. 1282-1301. McElroy, C. T. (1954) The use of the term "greywacke" in rock nomenclature in N.S.W. Australian Journal of Science, v. 16, p. 150-151. McGee, W J (1888) The geology of the head of Chesapeake Bay. U. S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 7th, p. 537-646. McGee, WJ (1888a) The classification of geographic form by genesis. National Geographic Magazine, v.1, p.27-36. McGee, W J (1891) The Pleistocene history of northeastern Iowa. U. S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 11th, pt. 1, p. 189-577. McGee, W J (1897) Sheetflood erosion. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 8, p. 87-112. McGee, W J (1908) Outlines of hydrology. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 19, p. 193-200.

791

McKee

Melchior

McGraw-Hill (1984) McGraw-Hill dictionary of scientific and technical terms, 3rd. ed. McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1781p. McIntosh, D. H., ed. (1963) Meteorological glossary. London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office. 288 p. McIver, N. L. (1961) Upper Devonian marine sedimentation in the central Appalachians. PhD thesis, Johns Hopkins University. 347 p. McKee, E. D. (1938) The environment and history of the Toroweap and Kaibab formations of northern Arizona and southern Utah. Carnegie Institution of Washington. Publication 492. 268 p. McKee, E. D. (1939) Some types of bedding in the Colorado River delta. Journal of Geology, v. 47, p. 64-81. McKee, E. D. (1954) Stratigraphy and history of the Moenkopi Formation of Triassic age. Geological Society of America. Memoir 61. 133 p. McKee, E. D. (1965) Experiments on ripple lamination. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. Special Publication no. 12, p. 66-83. McKee, E. D. (1966) Structures of dunes at White Sands National Monument, New Mexico (and a comparison with structures of dunes from other selected areas.) Sedimentology, v. 7, p. 1-69. McKee, E. D., and Weir, G. W. (1953) Terminology for stratification and cross-stratification in sedimentary rocks. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 64, p. 381-389. McKelvey, V.E. (1960) Relations of reserves of the elements to their crustal abundance. American Journal of Science, v.258A, p.234-241. McKelvey, V.E. (1973) Mineral resource estimates and public policy. In: Brobst, D.A., and Pratt, W.P., eds., United States mineral resources. U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 820, p.9-19. McKinstry, H. E. (1948) Mining geology; including a glossary of mining and geological terms. New York: Prentice-Hall. 680 p. McLean, J. D. (1968) Foraminiferal zones and zone charts--an analysis and a compilation. Manual of Micropaleontological Techniques, v. 7. Alexandria, Va.: McLean Paleontological Laboratory. McManus, D. A. (1962) A criticism of certain usage of the phinotation. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 13, p. 670-674. McMillan, R.H. (1996) Turbidite-hosted Au veins. In: Lefebure, D.V., and Höy, T., eds, Selected British Columbia mineral deposit profiles. Volume 2, metallic deposits. British Columbia Geological Survey Open-File Report 1996-13, p.59-61.

McNitt, J. R. (1965) Review of geothermal resources, ch. 9 in: Terrestrial heat flow. American Geophysical Union. Geophysical Monograph No. 8, p. 240-266. McVaugh, R., et al. (1968) An annotated glossary of botanical nomenclature. Utrecht: International Bureau for Plant Taxonomy and Nomenclature. 31 p. (Regnum Vegetabile, v. 56.) McNutt, S.R. (2000) Volcanic seismicity. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.1015-1033. McWilliams, M. O., and Howell, D. G. (1982) Exotic terranes of western California. Nature, v. 297, p. 215-217. McWolfinvan, C., ed. (1971) Orismologic progeny. Bethesda (Md.)/Washington, D.C.: Rebecca Elizabeth Wolf and Matthew Joseph Sullivan. Mead, D. W. (1919) Hydrology, the fundamental basis of hydraulic engineering. 1st ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 647 p. Means, W. D. (1976) Stress and strain. New York: Springer-Verlag. 339 p. Means, W. D. (1987) A newly recognized type of slickenslide striation. J. Struct. Geol., v. 9, p. 585-590. Mechtly, E. A. (1964) International system of units: physical constants and conversion factors. National Aeronautics and Space Administration: George C. Marshall Space Flight Center. 19 p. Medlicott, H. B., and Blanford, W. T. (1879) A manual of the geology of India. Pt. 1-2. 2 v. Calcutta: Geological Survey of India. 817 p. Mehnert, K. R. (1968) Migmatites and the origin of granitic rocks. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 393 p. Meier, M. F. (1961) Mass budget of South Cascade Glacier, 1957-1960. U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 424-B, p. 206-211. Meinzer, O. E. (1923) Outline of ground-water hydrology, with definitions. U. S. Geological Survey. Water-supply Paper 494. 71 p. Meinzer, O. E. (1939) Discussion of question No. 2 of the International Commission on Subterranean Water: definitions of the different kinds of subterranean water. American Geophysical Union. Transactions, pt. 4, p. 674-677. Meinzer, O. E. (1942) Hydrology. New York: Dover. 712 p. Meischner, K. D. (1964) Allodapische Kalke, Turbidite in Riff-nahen Sedimentations-Becken. In: Bouma, A. H., and Brouwer, A., eds. Turbidites, p. 156-191. New York: Elsevier. ( Developments in Sedimentation, v. 3.)

792

Mellet

Miller

Melchior, Hans, and Werdermann, Erich (1954) A. Engler's syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien, v. 1. Berlin: Gebrüder Borntraeger. 367 p. Melchior, Hans, ed. (1954) A. Engler's Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien, v. 2. Berlin: Gebrüder Borntraeger. 666 p. Mellett, J. S. (1974) Scatological origin of microvertebrate fossil accumulations. Science, v. 185, p. 349-350. Mellor, J. W. (1908) A note on the nomenclature of clays. English Ceramic Society. Transactions, v. 8, p. 23-30. Melosh, H.J. (1989) Impact cratering: A geologic process (Oxford Monographs on Geology and Geophysics, v. 11). Oxford, UK, Oxford University Press, 245p. Melton, F. A. (1936) An empirical classification of flood-plain streams. Geographical Review, v. 26, p. 593-609. Melton, F. A. (1940) A tentative classification of sand dunes; its application to dune history in the southern High Plains. Journal of Geology, v. 48, p. 113-173. Melton, F. A. (1947) Onlap and strike-overlap. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 31, p. 1868-1878. Mendelson, C.V. (1993) Acritarchs and prasinophytes. In: Lipps, J.H., ed., Fossil prokaryotes and protists. Oxford, UK, Blackwell Scientific, p.77-104. Mercier, J.-C., and Nicolas, A. (1975) Textures and fabrics of upper-mantle peridotites as illustrated by xenoliths from basalts. Journal of Petrology, v. 16, p. 454-487. Merriam, C. H. (1890) Results of a biological survey of the San Francisco mountain region and desert of the Little Colorado in Arizona. U. S. Department of Agriculture. Division of Ornithology and Mammalogy. North American fauna, no. 3. 136 p. Merriam, D. F. (1962) Late Paleozoic limestone "buildups" in Kansas. Kansas Geological Society. Guidebook; field conference, 27th, p. 73-81. Merriam, D. F. (1963) The geologic history of Kansas. Kansas State Geological Survey. Bulletin 162. 317 p. Merriam, D. F. (1976) CAI in geology. Computers and Geoscience, v. 2, p. 3-7. Merrill, G. P. (1897) A treatise on rocks, rock-weathering and soils. New York: Macmillan. 411 p. Meunier, F.J. (1988) Nouvelles données sur l'organisation spatiale des fibres de collagène de la plaque basale des écailles des Téléostéens. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Zoologie, ser.13, v.9, p.113-121.

Meunier, F.J., and Géraudie, J. (1980) Les structures en contre-plaqué du derme et des écailles des Vertebres inférieurs. Année Biologique, v.19, p.1-18. Meyerhoff, H. A. (1940) Migration of erosional surfaces. Association of American Geographers. Annals, v. 30, p. 247-254. Middleton, G. V. (1967) Experiments on density and turbidity currents. III. Deposition of sediment. Canadian Journal of Earth Science, v. 4, p. 475-505. Middleton, G. V. (1973) Johannes Walther's law of the correlation of facies. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 84, p. 979-987. Middleton, G.V., ed. (1965) Primary sedimentary structures and their hydrodynamic interpretation. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. Special Publication no. 12, 265 p. Mielenz, R. C., and King, M. E. (1955) Physical-chemical properties and engineering performance of clays. California Division of Mines. Bulletin 169, p. 196-254. (National Conference on Clays and Clay Technology. 1st, Berkeley, Calif., 1952. Proceedings.) Milankovitch, Milutin (1920) Théorie mathématique des phénomènes thermiques produits par la radiation solaire. Paris: Gauthier-Villars. 338 p. Milankovitch, Milutin (1941) Kanon der Erdbestrahlung und seine Anwendung auf das Eiszeitenproblem. Belgrade: Académie Royale serbe. 633 p. Miller, D. J. (1953) Late Cenozoic marine glacial sediments and marine terraces of Middleton Island, Alaska. Journal of Geology, v. 61, p. 17-40. Miller, Hugh (1841) The Old Red Sandstone; or, new walks in an old field. Edinburgh: J. Johnstone. 275 p. Miller, Hugh (1883) River-terracing: its methods and their results. Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh. Proceedings, v. 7, p. 263-306. Miller, J. A. (1972) Dating Pliocene and Pleistocene strata using the potassium-argon and argon-40/argon-39 methods. In: Bishop, W. W., and Miller, J. A., eds. Calibration of hominoid evolution, p. 63-76. Edinburgh: Scottish Academic Press. Miller, K.G., Mountain, G.S., Browning, J.V., Kominz, M., Sugarman, P.J., Christie-Blick, N., Katz, M.E., and Wright, J.D. (1998) Cenozoic global sea level, sequences, and the New Jersey transect: Results from coastal-plain and continental-slope drilling. Review of Geophysics, v.36, p.569-601. Miller, M.A. (1987) A diagnostic encystment suture in the Silurian acritarch Circinatisphaera aenigma gen. et sp. nov.Palynology, v.12, p.121-127. Miller, M.A. (1996) Invertebrate cuticular fragments. In: Jansonius, J., and McGregor, D.C., eds.,

793

Miller

Moore

Palynology; principles and applications 1. Dallas, Tex., American Association of Stratigraphic Palynologists Foundation, p.381-382. Miller, M.A., and Jansonius, J. (1996) "Linotolypidae" and cenospheres. In: Jansonius, J., and McGregor, D.C., eds., Palynology. Principles and applications 1. Dallas, Tex., American Association of Stratigraphic Palynologists Foundation, p.357-359. Miller, M.A., and Wood, G.D. (1982) Trochospiral suture: A new encystment structure in the lower Paleozoic Acritarcha Leiofusa tumida Downie, 1959, and Eupoikilofusa cantabrica (Cramer) Cramer, 1971. Neues Jahrbuch für Geologie und Paläontologie, Monatshefte, v.9, p.547-552. Miller, W. J. (1919) Pegmatite, silexite, and aplite of northern New York. Journal of Geology, v. 27, p. 28-54. Milner, H. B. (1922) The nature and origin of the Pliocene deposits of the county of Cornwall and their bearing on the Pliocene geography of the south-west of England. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v. 78, p. 348-377. Milner, H. B. (1940) Sedimentary petrography, with special reference to petrographic methods of correlation of strata, petroleum technology and other economic applications of geology. 3rd ed. London: Thomas Murby. 666 p. Milton, D. J. (1969) Astrogeology in the 19th century. Geotimes, v. 14, no. 6, p. 22. Mitchell, C.E., Chen Xu, Bergström, S.M., Zhang Yuan-dong, Wang Zhi-hao, Webby, B.D., and Finney, S.C. (1997) Definition of a global boundary stratotype for the Darriwilian Stage of the Ordovician System. Episodes, v.20, no.3, p.158-166. Mitchell, H. C. (1948) Definitions of terms used in geodetic and other surveys. Washington: U. S. Government Printing Office. 87 p. (U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Special Publication no. 242). Mitchell, R.H., and Bergman, S.C. (1991) Petrology of lamproites. New York, Plenum Press, 447p. Mitchum, R. M., Jr. (1977) Glossary of terms used in seismic stratigraphy. In: Payton, C. E., ed. Seismic stratigraphy--applications to hydrocarbon exploration, p. 205-212. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Memoir 26. Mitchum, R. M., Jr. and Van Wagoner, J. C. (1991) High-frequency sequences and their stacking patters; sequence-stratigraphic evidence of high-frequency cycles. Sedimentary Geology, v. 70, p. 131-160. Miyashiro, A. (1974) Volcanic rock series in island arcs and active continental margins. American Journal of Science, v.274, p.321-355. Miyashiro, Akiho (1961) Evolution of metamorphic belts. Journal of Petrology, v. 2, p. 227-311.

794

Miyashiro, Akiho (1968) Metamorphism of mafic rocks. In: Hess, H. H., and Poldervaart, Arie, eds. Basalts; the Poldervaart treatise on rocks of basaltic composition, v. 2, p. 799-834. New York: Interscience. Miyashiro, Akiho (1973) Metamorphism and metamorphic belts. New York: Wiley. 492 p. Miyashiro, Akiho, and Shido, F. (1970) Progressive metamorphism in zeolite assemblages. Lithos, v. 3, p. 251-260. Mock, S. J. (1971) A classification of channel links in stream networks. Water Resources Research, v. 7, p. 1558-1566. Molnia, B. F. (1983) Subarctic glacial-marine sedimentation: a model. In: Glacial-marine sedimentation. New York: Plenum Press. 844 p. Monkhouse, F. J. (1965) A dictionary of geography. Chicago: Aldine. 344 p. Monkhouse, F. J., and Wilkinson, H. R. (1952) Maps and diagrams; their compilation and construction. London: Methuen. 330 p. Monroe, W.H., ed. (1970) A glossary of karst terminology. U.S. Geological Survey Water-Supply Paper 1899-K, 26p. Montazer, Parviz, and Wilson, William E. (1984) Conceptual hydrologic model of flow in the unsaturated zone, Yucca Mountain, Nevada. Water-Resources Investigations 84-4345, U. S. Geological Survey, 55 p. Moore, D. G., and Scruton, P. C. (1957) Minor internal structures of some recent unconsolidated sediments. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 41, p. 2723-2751. Moore, D.M., and Reynolds, R.C. (1997) X-ray diffraction and the identification and analysis of clay minerals, 2nd. ed. New York, Oxford University Press, 378p. Moore, Derek (1966) Deltaic sedimentation. Earth-Science Reviews, v. 1, p. 87-104. Moore, G.W. (1952) Speleothem--a newcave term. National Speleological Society News, v.10, p.2. Moore, G. W. (1985) Explanatory notes for the geodynamic map of the circum-Pacific region. Tulsa: American Association of Petroleum Geologists. 12 p. Moore, G. W., and Kennedy, M. P. (1975) Quaternary faults at San Diego Bay, California. U. S. Geological Survey. Journal of Research, v. 3, p. 589-595. Moore, G. W., and Sullivan, G. N. (1997) Speleology--Caves and the cave environment. 2nd ed. St. Louis, MO: Cave Books. 176 p.

Moore

Murray

Moore, J. G., and Albee, W. C. (1981) Topographic and structural changes, March-July, 1980--photogrammetric data. In: P. W. Lipman and D. R. Mullineaux, eds. The 1980 Eruptions at Mount St. Helens, Washington, U. S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 1250. Moore, J.G., Bryan, W.B., Beeson, M.H., and Normark, W.A. (1995) Giant blocks in the South Kona landslide, Hawaii. Geology, v.23, p.125-128. Moore, P. F. (1958) Nature, usage, and definition of marker-defined vertically segregated rock units. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 42, p. 447-450. Moore, R. C. (1926) Origin of enclosed meanders on streams of the Colorado Plateau. Journal of Geology, v. 34, p. 29-57. Moore, R. C. (1933) Historical geology. New York: McGraw-Hill. 673 p. Moore, R. C. (1936) Stratigraphic classification of the Pennsylvanian rocks of Kansas. Kansas State Geological Survey. Bulletin 22. 256 p. Moore, R. C. (1949) Meaning of facies. Geological Society of America. Memoir 39, p. 1-34. Moore, R. C. (1957) Minority report. In: American Commission on Stratigraphic Nomenclature. Nature, usage, and nomenclature of biostratigraphic units, p. 1888. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 41, p. 1877-1889. Moore, R. C. (1957a) Modern methods of paleoecology. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 41, p. 1775-1801. Moore, R. C. (1958) Introduction to historical geology. 2nd ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 656 p. Moore, R. C., et al. (1952) Invertebrate fossils. 1st ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 246 p. Moore, W. G. (1967) A dictionary of geography; definitions and explanations of terms used in physical geography. 3rd ed. New York: Praeger. 246 p. Morgan, W.J. (1971) Convection plumes in the lower mantle. Nature, v.230, p.42-???. Morlot, Adolphe von (1847) Über Dolomit und seine künstliche Darstellung aus Kalkstein. Naturwissenschaftliche Abhandlungen, gesammelt und durch Subscription hrsg. von Wilhelm Haidinger, v. 1, p. 305-315. Morse, James (1977) Deformation in ramp regions of overthrust faults: experiments with small-scale rock models. Joint Wyoming-Montana-Utah Geological Associations Guidebook, Rocky Mountain thrust belt geology and resources, p. 457-470. Morse, P.M., and Feshbach, H. (1967) Methods of theoretical physics, Part I. McGraw-Hill.

Morton, C. V. (1957) The misuse of the term taxon. Taxonomy, v. 6, p. 155. Also in: Rhodora, 1957, p. 43-44. Moss, J. H. (1951) Early man in the Eden valley. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania. University Museum Monograph. 92 p. Müller, G. (1966) Die Verteilung von Eisenmonosulfid (FeS.nH2O) und organischer Substanz in den Bodensedimenten des Bodensees--ein Beitrag zur Frage der Eutrophierung des Bodensees. Müller, G., and Gees, R.A. (1970) Distribution and thickness of quaternary sediments in the Lake Constance basin. Sedimentary Geology, v.4, p.81-87. Müller, German (1967) Diagenesis in argillaceous sediments. In: Larsen, Gunnar, and Chilingar, G. V., eds. Diagenesis in sediments, p. 127-177. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 551 p. ( Developments in sedimentology 8. ) Müller, Johannes (1858) Über die Thalassicollen, Polycystinen und Acanthometren des Mittelmeeres. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin. Abhandlungen (physikalische), 1858, p. 1-62. Mueller, I. I., and Rockie, J. D. (1966) Gravimetric and celestial geodesy; a glossary of terms. New York: Ungar. 129 p. Mueller, R. F., and Saxena, S. K. (1976) Chemical petrology. New York: Springer-Verlag. 394 p. Muir, I. D., and Tilley, C. E. (1961) Mugearites and their place in alkali igneous rock series. Journal of Geology, v. 69, p. 186-203. Muir-Wood, H. M., and Cooper, G. A. (1960) Morphology, classification and life habits of the Productoidea (Brachiopoda). Geological Society of America. Memoir 81. 447 p. Muller, P. M., and Sjogren, W. L. (1968) Mascons: lunar mass concentrations. Science, v. 161, p. 680-684. Muller, S. W. (1965) Superposition of strata: part 1. Physical criteria for determining top and bottom of beds. American Geological Institute: Data Sheet no. 10. Muller, S. W., compiler (1947) Permafrost or permanently frozen ground and related engineering problems. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Edwards. 231 p. Murchison, R. I. (1839) The Silurian System. Pt. 1. London: John Murray. 576 p. Murray, A. N. (1930) Limestone oil reservoirs of the northeastern United States and Ontario, Canada. Economic Geology, v. 25, p. 452-469. Murray, G. E. (1961) Geology of the Atlantic and Gulf Coast Province of North America. New York: Harper. 692 p.

795

Murray

Nelson

Murray, G. E. (1965) Indigenous Precambrian petroleum? American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 49, p. 3-21. Murray, R. (2004) Evidence from the Earth: Forensic geology. Missoula, Mont., Mountain Press. Murray, R. C. (1960) Origin of porosity in carbonate rocks. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v. 30, p. 59-84. Murzaevs, E., and Murzaevs, V. (1959) Slovar' mestnykh geograficheskikh terminov. Moscow: Geografizdat. 303 p. Mutch, T. A. (1970) Geology of the moon. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton University Press. 324 p. Mutch, T. A., et al. (1976) The geology of Mars. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton University Press. 400 p. Mutvei, H. (1964) On the shells of Nautilus and Spirula with notes on the secretions in noncephalopod molluscs. Arkiv för Zoologi, v.16, no.4, p.221-278. Mutvei, H. (1974) SEM studies on arthropod exoskeletons. Part 1. Decapod crustaceans, Homarus gammarus L. and Carcinus maenas (L.). Bulletin of the Geological Institutions of the University of Uppsala, new ser., v.4, p.73-80. Mutvei, H. (1981) Exoskeletal structure in the Ordovician trilobite Flexicalymene. Lethaia, v.14, p.225-234. Mylroie, J.E. (1975) Hydrologic classification of caves and karst. In: LaFleur, R.G., ed., Groundwater as a geomorphic agent. Boston, Mass., Allen and Unwin, p.157-172. Mylroie, J.E., and Carew, J.L., (1990) The Flank Margin Model for Dissolution Cave Development in Carbonate Platforms. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, v.15, p.413-424. Mylroie, J.E., Carew, J.L., and Moore, A.I., (1995) Blue holes. Definition and genesis. Carbonates and Evaporites, v.10, no.2, p.225-233. N Nabholz, W.K. (1951) Beziehungen zwischen Fazies und Zeit. Eclogae geologicae Helvetiae, v. 44, p.131-158. NACSN: North American Commission on Stratigraphic Nomenclature (1983) North American Stratigraphic Code. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v. 67, p. 841-875. Nadeau, P. H., Tait, J. M., McHardy, W. J., and Wilson, M. J. (1984) Interstratified XRD characteristics of physical mixtures of elementary clay particles. Clay Minerals, v. 19, p. 67-76. Naldrett, A.J. (1973) Nickel sulfide depositsCtheir classification and genesis, with special emphasis on

796

deposits of volcanic association. Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. Transactions, v.76, p.183-201. Naldrett, A.J., and Kullerud, G. (1965) Two examples of sulfurization in nature (abstract). Economic Geology, v.60, p.1563. Narr, W. and Suppe, J. (1991) Joint spacing in sedimentary rocks. Journal of Structural Geology, v. 13, p. 1037-1048. NAS-NRC:National Academy of Science, National Research Council (1992) Water transfers in the West. Washington, DC:National Academy of Sciences Press. NAS-NRC:National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council. Committee on Rock Mechanics (1966) Rock-mechanics research; a survey of United States research to 1965, with a partial survey of Canadian universities. Washington, D.C. 82p. (Its Publication 1466). NASA: National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Goddard Space Flight Center (1971) NASA Earth resources data users' handbook. (Document 71SD4249.) NASA:National Aeronautics and Space Administration (1966) Short glossary of space terms. Publication: SP-1. National Research Council Panel on Land Burial (1976) The shallow land burial of low-level radioactively contaminated solid waste. Washington: National Academy of Sciences. 150p. Natland, M.L. (1976) Classification of clastic sediments (abstract). American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.60, p.702. Natland, M.L., and Kuenen, P.H. (1951) Sedimentary history of the Ventura Basin, California, and the action of turbidity currents. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. Special Publication no.2, p.76-107. Naum, T., et al. (1962) Vulcanokarstul din Masivul Calimanului (Carpatii Orientali). Bucharest. Universitatea. Analele; seria stiintele naturii: geologie-geografie, anul 11, no.32, p.143-179. Naumann, C.F. (1850) Lehrbuch der Geognosie. Bd. 1. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. 1000p. Naumann, C.F. (1858) Lehrbuch der Geognosie. Bd. 1. 2nd ed. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. 960p. Nayak, V.K. (1970) Geoplanetology: a new term for geology of the planets including the Moon. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.81, p.1279. Nelson, A. (1965) Dictionary of mining. New York, Philosophical Library, Inc., 523p.

Nelson

Noszticzius

Nelson, A., and Nelson, K.D. (1967) Dictionary of applied geology, mining and civil engineering. New York: Philosophical Library. 421p. Nelson, H.F.,et al. (1962) Skeletal limestone classification. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Memoir 1, p.224-252. Nelson, T. H. (1989) Style of salt diapirs as a function of the stage of evolution and the nature of the encasing sediments (extended abs.). Houston, Gulf Coast Section of the Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists Foundation, Tenth Annual Research Conference Program and Extended Abstracts, p. 109-110. Nelson, W.J. (1981) Faults and their effect on coal mining in Illinois. Illinois Geological Survey Circular 523, 38p. Nelson, W.J. (1983) Geologic disturbances in Illinois coal seams. Illinois Geological Survey Circular 530, 47p. Nettleton, L. L. (1934) Fluid mechanics of salt domes. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, v. 18, p. 1175-1204. Neumann, A.C. (1966) Observations on coastal erosion in Bermuda and measurements of the boring rate of the sponge, Cliona lampa. Limnology and Oceanography, v.11, p.92-108. Nevin, C.M. (1949) Principles of structural geology. 4th ed. New York: Wiley. 410p. Newell, N.D., et al. (1953) The Permian reef complex of the Guadalupe Mountains region, Texas and New Mexico - a study in paleoecology. San Francisco: Freeman. 236p. Newhall, C.G., and Self, S. (1982) The volcanic explosivity index (VEI): An estimate of explosive magnitude for historical volcanism. Journal of Geophysical Research, v.87, p.1231-1238. Nichols, R.A.H. (1967) The "sparite" complex: eosparite vs. neosparite. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.37, p.1247-1248. Nichols, R.L. (1936) Flow-units in basalt. Journal of Geology, v. 44, p.617-630. Nichols, R.L. (1938) Grooved lava. Journal of Geology, v.46, p.601-614. Nichols, R.L. (1946) McCartys basalt flow, Valencia County, New Mexico. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.57, p.1049-1086. Nickel, E. H. (1995) Definition of a mineral. Mineralogical Magazine, v. 59, p. 767-768. Nickel, Ernest H. and Nichols, Monte C. (1991) Mineral reference manual. New York, NY: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 250 p.

Nicodemus, F.E. (1971) A proposed military standard on infrared terms and definitions. Part I, Appendix C of the Philco-Ford Corp. final report, Contract No. DAAH01-71-C-0433. (Available as AD-758341 from the National Technical Information Service of the U.S. Department of Commerce, Springfield, Va.) 256p. Nielsen, R. L. and Delong, S. E. (1992) A numerical approach to boundary layer fractionation: application to differentiation in natural magma systems. Contrib. Mineral. Petrol., 110, p. 335-369. Niggli, Paul (1954) Rocks and mineral deposits. English translation by Robert L. Parker. San Francisco: Freeman. 559p. Nikolaev, V.A. (1959) Some structural characteristics of mobile tectonic belts. International Geology Review, v.1, p.50-64. Niles, H. A., and Goudie, A. S. (1990) Tufas, travertines and allied carbonate deposits. Progress in Physical Geography. 14; 1, p. 19-41. NOAA: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (2004) Hydrology glossary of terms. http//www.crh.noaa.gov/fgf/hydro/glossary/glossary .html, accessed Nov. 2004. Noble, L.F. (1941) Structural features of the Virgin Spring area, Death Valley, California. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.52, p.941-999. Nockolds, S.R. (1934) The production of normal rock types by contamination and their bearing on petrogenesis. Geological Magazine, v.71, p.31-39. Nordenskjöld, Otto (1909) Einige Beobachtungen über Eisformen und Vergletscherung der antarktischen Gebiete. Zeitschrift für Gletscherkunde, Bd.3, p.321-334. Nordyke, M.D. (1961) Nuclear craters and preliminary theory of the mechancis of explosive crater formation. Journal of Geophysical Research, v.66, p.3439-3459. Norris, D.K. (1958) Structural conditions in Canadian coal mines. Geological Survey of Canada. Bulletin 44. 54p. Norris, D.K. (1964) Microtectonics of the Kootenay Formation near Fernie, British Columbia. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology, v.12, p.383-398. Northrop, J.I. (1890) Notes on the geology of the Bahamas. New York Academy of Sciences. Transactions, v.10, p.4-22. Norton, Denis (1978) Sourcelines, sourceregions, and pathlines for fluids in hydrothermal systems related to cooling plutons. Economic Geology, v.73, p.21-28. Norton, W.H. (1917) A classification of breccias. Journal of Geology, v. 25, p.160-194.

797

Nye

Oxburgh

Noszticzius, Zoltan (1979) A possible explanation for the origin of the earthquake lights. Seismological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 69, p. 1627. Nye,J.F. (1952) The mechanics of glacier flow. Journal of Glaciology, v.2,p.82-93. Nye, J.F. (1958) Surges in glaciers. Nature, v.181, p.1450-1451. Nye, J.F. (1958a) A theory of wave formation on glaciers. International Association of Scientific Hydrology Publication 47, p. 139-154. O O'Brien, J. J., and Lerche, Ian (1988) Heat flow through and around salt sheets (abs.). American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, v. 72, p. 230. O'Leary, D.W., et al. (1976) Lineament, linear, lineation: some proposed new standards for old terms. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.87, p.1463-1469. Oakes, H., and Thorp, J. (1951) Dark clay soils of warm regions variously called rendzina, black cotton soils, regur, and tirs. Soil Science Society of America. Proceedings, v.15, p.347-354. Oberbeck, V.R. (1975) The role of ballistic erosion and sedimentation in lunar stratigraphy. Reviews of Geophsics and Space Physics, v.13, p.337-362. Oberbeck, V.R., and Morrison, R.H. (1974) Laboratory simulation of the herringbone pattern associated with lunar secondary crater chains. The Moon, v.9, no.3-4, p.415-455. Odin, G.S. (1982) The Phanerozoic time scale revisited. Episodes, v. 1982, no. 3, p. 3-9. Odin, G.S., and Lamaurelle, M.A. (2001) The global Campanian-Maastrichtian stage boundary. Episodes, v.24, no.4, p.229-238. Odin, G.S., and Letolle, R. (1980) Glauconitization and phosphatization environments: a tentative comparison. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. Special publications 29, p.227-237. Odin, G.S., and Matter, A. (1981) De glauconiarum origine. Sedimentology, v. 28, p. 611-641. Odom, I.E. (1984) Glauconite and celadonite minerals. In: S.W. Bailey, ed. Micas. Mineralogical Society of America. Reviews in Mineralogy, v. 13, 545-571. Odum, E.P. (1959) Fundamentals of ecology. Philadelphia: W.B. Saunders. Ogilvie, I.H. (1905) The high-altitude conoplain; a topographic form illustrated in the Ortiz Mountains. American Geologist, v.36, p.27-34.

Ohio, Legislative Service Commission (1969) Preservation of natural areas, and Report of Committee to Study Natural Areas. Project officer:John P. Bay. Columbus:Ohio Legislative Service Commission. 20p. (Its Staff Research Report no.89). Ojakangas, R.W. (1985) Evidence for Early Proterozoic glaciation: the dropstone unitCdiamictite association. Geological Survey of Finland. Bulletin 331, p. 51-72. Oldham, Thomas (1879) Geological glossary for the use of students. Edited by R.D. Oldham. London: Stanford. 62p. Olea, R.A., ed., (1991) Geostatistical Glossary and Multilingual Dictionary. Oxford Univ. Press, New York, 177p. Oliver, W.A., jr. (1968) Some aspects of colony development in corals. Journal of Paleontology, v.42, no.5, pt.2, p.16-34. Oppel, Albert (1856-1858) Die Juraformation Englands, Frankreichs und des südwestlichen Deutschlands; nach ihren einzelnen Gliedern einigetheilt und verglichen. Stuggart: Ebner & Seubert. 857p. (Württembergische Naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte. Jahrg.12, p.121-132, 313-556; 13, p.141-396; 14, p.128-291). Oriel, S.S. (1949) Definitions of arkose. American Journal of Science, v.247, p.824-829. Oriel, S.S., et al. (1976) Stratigraphic Commission Note 44--Application for addition to code concerning magnetostratigraphic units. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.60, p.273-277. Orr, R.T. (1961) Vertebrate biology. Philadelphia, W.B. Saunders, 400p. Osborn, J.W., and Hillman, J. (1979) Enamel structure in some therapsids and Mesozoic mammals. Calcified Tissue International, v.29, p.47-61. Osborne, R.H. (1969) Undergraduate instruction in geomathematics. Journal of Geological Education, v.17, p.120-124. Otterman, Joseph, and Bronner, F.E. (1966) Martian wave of darkening: a frost phenomenon? Science, v.153, p.56-60. Otto, G.H. (1938) The sedimentation unit and its use in field sampling. Journal of Geology, v.46, p.569-582. Otvos, E.G., Jr. (1965) Types of rhomboid beach surface patterns. American Journal of Science, v. 263, p. 271-276. Otvos, E.G., jr. (1976) "Pseudokarst" and "pseudokarst terrains": problems of terminology. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.87, p.1021-1027. Otvos, E.G., jr., and Price, W.A. (1979) Problems of chenier genesis and terminology--an overview. Marine Geology, v.31, p.251-263.

798

Packer

Pearn

Oxburgh, E.R. (1972) Flake tectonics and continental collision. Nature, v.239, p. 202-204. P Packer, R.W. (1965) Lag mound features on a dolostone pavement. Canadian Geographer, v.9, p.138-143. Packham, G.H. (1954) Sedimentary structures as an important factor in the classification of sandstones. American Journal of Science, v.252, p.466-476. Packham, G.H., and Crook, K.A.W. (1960) The principle of diagenetic facies and some of its implications. Journal of Geology, v.68, p.392-407. Padfield, H.I., and Smith, C.L. (1968) Water and culture: new decision rules for old institutions. Rocky Mountain Social Science Journal, v.5, no.2, p.23-32. Page, David (1859) Handbook of geological terms and geology. Edinburgh: William Blackwood. 416p. Palmer, A.N. (1972) Dynamics of a sinking stream system: Onesquethaw Cave, New York. National Speleological Society Bulletin, v.34, no. 3, p.89-110. Palmer, A.N., (1991) Origin and morphology of limestone caves. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v.103, p.1-21. Palmer, A.N., and Palmer, M.V., (1995) The Kaskaskia Paleokarst of the northern Rocky Mountain and Black Hills, Northwestern U.S.A. Carbonates and Evaporites, v. 10, no.2, p.148-160. Palmer, A.R. (1965) Biomere-a new kind of biostratigraphic unit. Journal of Paleontology, v.39, p.149-153. Palmer, A.R. (1983) The Decade of North American Geology 1983 geologic time scale. Geology, v. 11, p.503-504. Palmer, L.A. (1920) Desert prospecting. Engineering and Mining Journal, v.110, p. 850-853. Paproth, E., Feist, R., and Flajs, G. (1991) Decision on the Devonian-Carboniferous boundary stratotype. Episodes, v.14, no.4, p.331-336. Park, C.F. jr., and MacDiarmid, R.A. (1970) Ore deposits. 2d ed. San Francisco: Freeman. 522p. Park, C.F., jr. (1959) The origin of hard hematite in itabirite. Economic Geology, v.54, p.573-587. Park, James (1914) A text-book of geology; for use in mining schools, colleges, and secondary schools. London: Charles Griffin. 598p. Parks, B.C. (1951) Petrography of American lignites. Economic Geology, v.46, no.1, p.23-50.

Parsons, W. H. (1969) Criteria for the recognition of volcanic breccias: a review. Geological Society of America. Memoir 115, p. 263-304. Passega, R. (1957) Texture as characteristic of clastic properties. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.41, p.1952-1984. Paterson, M.S., and Weiss, L.E. (1961) Symmetry concepts in the structural analysis of deformed rocks. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.72, p.841-882. Paterson, W.S.B. (1969) The physics of glaciers. New York: Pergamon. 250p. Paterson, W.S.B. (1994) Physics of glaciers, 3rd ed. New York, Pergamon Press. Paul, C.R.C. (1968) Morphology and function of dichoporite porestructures in cystoids. Palaeontology, v.11, p.697-730. Paul, C.R.C. (1972) Morphology and function of exothecal porestructures in cystoids. Palaeontology, v.15, p.1-28. Pavia, G., and Enay, R. (1997) Definition of the Aalenian-Bajocian Stage boundary. Episodes, v.20, no.1, p.16-22. Pavlov, A.P. (1889) Geneticheskie tipy materikovykh obrazovanii lednikovoi i posle-lednikovoi epokhi. Geologicheskogo Komiteta (St. Petersburg). Izvestiia, v.7, p.243-261. Pawluk, S. and Brewer, R. (1975) Micromorphological and analytical characteristics of some soils from Devon and King Christian Islands, N.W.T. Canadian Journal of Soil Science, Vol.55, No.3, pp.349-361. Payne, T.G. (1942) Stratigraphical analysis and environmental reconstruction. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.26, p.1697-1770. Péwé, T.L. (1959) Sand-wedge polygons (tesselations) in the McMurdo Sound region, Antarctica--a progress report. American Journal of Science, v.257, p.545-552. Péwé, T.L. (1976) Permafrost. McGraw-Hill Yearbook of Science and Technology, p.30-42. New York: McGraw-Hill. Peabody, F.E. (1947) Current crescents in the Triassic Moenkopi Formation. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.17, p.73-76. Peacock, D.C.P., Knipe, R.J., and Sanderson, D.J. (2000) Glossary of normal faults. Journal of Structural Geology, v.22, no.3, p.291-305. Peacock, M.A. (1931) Classification of igneous rock series. Journal of Geology, v.39, p.54-67.

799

Peltier

Piel

Pearce, T. H. (1968) A contribution to the theory of variation diagrams. Contrib. Mineral. Petrol., 19, p. 142-157. Pearn, W.C. (1964) Finding the ideal cyclothem. Kansas State Geological Survey. Bulletin 169, v.2, p.399-413. Peltier, L.C. (1950) The geographic cycle in periglacial regions as it is related to climatic geomorphology. Association of American Geographers. Annals, v.40, p.214-236. Pelto, C.R. (1954) Mapping of multicomponent systems. Journal of Geology, v.62, p.501-511. Penck, Albrecht (1900) Geomorphologische Studien aus der Herzegowina. Deutscher und Oesterreichischer Alpenverein. Zeitschrift, Bd. 31, p.25-41. Penck, Albrecht (1919) Die Gipfelflur der Alpen. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin. Sitzungsberichte, Jahrg. 1919, p.256-268. Penck, Walther (1924) Die morphologische Analyse; ein Kapitel der physikalischen Geologie. Stuttgart:J. Engelhorns. 283p. (Geographische Abhandlungen, 2 Reihe, Hft.2). Penck, Walther (1953) Morphological analysis of land forms; a contribution to physical geology. Translated by Hella Czech and K.C. Boswell. New York: St. Martin's Press. 429p. Pennak, R.W. (1964) Collegiate dictionary of zoology. New York: Ronald. 583p. Pennington, W. (1979) The origin of pollen in lake sediments. An enclosed lake compared with one receiving inflow streams. New Phytologist, v.83, no.1, p.189-211. Pepper, J.F., et al. (1954) Geology of the Bedford Shale and Berea Sandstone in the Appalachian basin. U.S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 259. 111p. Perry, W.J., Jr., and DeWitt, Wallace (1977) A field guide to thin-skinned tectonics in the central Appalachians. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Annual Convention, Washington, D.C. Field Trip 4, Guidebook. 54p. Peters, L.J. (1949) The direct approach to magnetic interpretation and its practical application. Geophysics, v.14, p.290-320. Peterson, D.W., and Tilling, R.I. (2000) Lava flow hazards. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.957-971. Peterson, Donald; Holcomb, R. T.; Tilling, R. I.; and Christiansen, R. L. (1994) Development of lava tubes in the light of observations at Mauna Ulu, Kilauea volcano. Hawaii Bulletin of Volcanology, v. 56, p. 343-360. Pettijohn, F.J. (1949) Sedimentary rocks. New York: Harper. 526p.

Pettijohn, F.J. (1954) Classification of sandstones. Journal of Geology, v.62, p.360-365. Pettijohn, F.J. (1957) Sedimentary rocks. 2nd ed. New York: Harper. 718p. Pettijohn, F.J. (1975) Sedimentary rocks, 3rd ed. New York, Harper & Row, 628p. Pettijohn, F.J., and Potter, P.E. (1964) Atlas and glossary of primary sedimentary structures. New York: Springer-Verlag. 370p. Pettijohn, F.J., Potter, P.E., and Siever, Raymond (1972) Sand and sandstone. New York: Springer-Verlag. 600p. Pettijohn, F.J., Potter, P.E., and Siever, R. (1987) Sand and sandstone, 2nd ed. New York, Springer, 553p. Peyer, B. (1968) Comparative odontology. Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 347p. Peyve, A.V., and Sinitzyn, V.M. (1950) Certains problèmes fondamentaux de la doctrine des géosynclinaux. Akademiya Nauk SSSR. Izvestiya, Seriya Geologicheskaya, v.4, p.28-52. Phemister, James (1956) Petrography. In: Great Britain. Geological Survey. The limestones of Scotland; chemical analyses and petrography. Edinburgh: H.M.S.O. 150p. (Its Memoirs; special reports on the mineral resources of Great Britain, v.37, p.66-74). Philipsborn, H. von (1930) Zur chemisch-analytischen Erfassung der isomorphen Variation gesteinbildender Minerale. Die Mineralkomponenten des Pyroxengranulits von Hartmannsdorf (Sa.). Chemie der Erde, v.5, p.233-253. Phillips, F.C. (1954) The use of stereographic projection in structural geology. London: Edward Arnold. 86p. Phillips, J.D. (1999) Divergence, convergence, and self-organization in landscapes. Association of American Geographers, Annals, v.89, p.466-488. Phillips, J.D. (2003) Sources of nonlinear complexity in geomorphic systems. Progress in Physical Geography, v.26, p.339-361. Phillips, William (1818) A selection of facts from the best authorities, arranged so as to form an outline of the geology of England and Wales. London: William Phillips. 250p. Phipps, M. (1989) Dynamical behavior of cellular automata under the constraint of neighborhood coherence. Geographical Analysis, v.21, p. 197-215. Picard, M.D. (1953) Marlstone-a misnomer as used in Uinta Basin, Utah. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.37, p.1075-1077. Pickel, W. (2004) The new huminite classification (ICCP System 1994). International Journal of Coal Geology.

800

Pike

Posamentier

Piel, K.M., and Evitt, W.R. (1980) Paratabulation in the Jurassic dinoflagellate genus Nannoceratopsis and a comparison with modern taxa. Palynology, v.4, p.79-104. Pike, R.J. (1974) Depth/diameter relations of fresh lunar craters: Revision from spacecraft data. Geophysical Research Letters, v.1, p.291-294. Pike, R.J., and Wilson, S.J. (1971) Elevation-relief ratio, hypsometric integral, and geomorphic area-altitude analysis. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.82, p.1079-1084. Pinkerton, John (1811) Petralogy; a treatise on rocks. 2 v. London: White, Cochrane. 599p. and 656p. Pirsson, L.V. (1896) A needed term in petrography. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.7, p.492-493. Pirsson, L.V. (1915) Physical geology. New York: Wiley. 404p. (A text-book of geology, pt.1). Pittock, A.B., et al., eds. (1978) Climatic change and variability: a southern perspective. New York, Cambridge University Press. 455p. Playfair, John (1802) Illustrations of the Huttonian theory of the Earth. Edinburgh: Wm. Creech. 528p. Playford, G. (1977) Lower to Middle Devonian acritarchs of the Moose River Basin, Ontario. Geological Survey of Canada Bulletin 279, 87p. Playford, G., Ribecai, C., and Tongiorgi, M. (1995) Ordovician acritarch genera Peteinosphaeridium, Liliosphaeridium, and Cycloposphaeridium: morphology, taxonomy, biostratigraphy, and palaeogeographic significance. Bolletino della Societá Paleontologica Italiana, v.34, p.3-54. Plint, A.G., and Nummedal, D. (2000) The falling stage systems tract: Recognition and importance in sequence stratigraphic analysis. In: Hunt, D., and Gawthorpe, R., eds., Sedimentary responses to forced regressions. Geological Society (London) Special Publication 172, p.1-17. Plumb, K.A. (1991) New Precambrian time scale. Episodes, v.14, no.2, p.139-140. Plumb, R. A., and Hickman, S. J. (1985) Stress-induced borehole elongation: a comparison between the four-arm dipmeter and the borehole televiewer in the Auburn geothermal well. Journal of Geophysical Research, v. 90, p. 5513-5522. Plumley, W.J., et al. (1962) Energy index for limestone interpretation and classification. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Memoir 1, p.85-107. Poag, C. W., and Valentine, P. C. (1976) Biostratigraphy and ecostratigraphy of the Pleistocene

basin, Texas-Louisiana continental shelf. Gulf Coast Assoc. Geol. Soc., Transactions, v. 26, p. 185-256. Pojeta, J. (1986a) Phylum Hyolitha. In: Boardman, R.S., et al., Fossil invertrebrates. Oxford: Blackwell. Pojeta, J. (1986b) Phylum Mollusca, Part 1. In: Boardman, R.S., et al., Fossil invertebrates. Oxford: Blackwell Pojeta, John, Jr., and Runnegar, Bruce (1976) The paleontology of the rostroconch mollusks and the early history of the phylum Mollusca. U.S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 968. 88p. Poland, J.F., et al. (1972) Glossary of selected terms useful in studies of the mechanics of aquifer systems and land subsidence due to fluid withdrawal. U.S. Geological Survey. Water-supply Paper 2025. 9p. Poldervaart, Arie, and Parker, A.B. (1964) The crystallization index as a parameter of igneous differentiation in binary variation diagrams. American Journal of Science, v.262, p.281-289. Pollard, D. D., and Segall, P. (1987) Theoretical displacements and stresses near fractures in rock: with applications to faults, joints, veins, dikes, and solution surfaces. In: Atkinson, B. K., ed., Fracture Mechanics of Rock : Academic Press, Orlando, p. 277-350. Pollard, David D., and Aydin, Atilla (1988) Progress in understanding jointing over the past century. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 100, no. 8, p. 1181-1204. Pompeckj, J.F. (1914) Die Bedeutung des schwäbischen Jura für die Erdgeschichte. Stuttgart: Schweizerbartsche. 64p. Poole, D.F.G. (1956) The structure of the teeth in some mammal-like reptiles. Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, v.97, p.303-312. Poole, D.F.G. (1967a) Enamel structure in primitive mammals. Journal of Dental Research, v.46, p.124. Poole, D.F.G. (1967b) Phylogeny of tooth tissues: Enameloid and enamel in Recent vertebrates, with a note on the history of cementum. In: Miles, A.E.W., ed., Structural and chemical organization of teeth, v.I. New York, Academic Press, p.111-149. Porsild, A.E. (1938) Earth mounds in unglaciated Arctic northwestern America. Geographical Review, v.28, p.46-58. Porter, S.C., and Denton, G.H. (1967) Chronology of neoglaciation in the North American Cordillera. American Journal of Science, v.256, p.177-210. Posamentier, H. W. and Vail, P. R. (1988) Eustatic controls on clastic deposition II-sequence and systems tract models. In: C. K. Wilgus et al., eds., Sea-level changes; an integrated approach. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists Special Publication 42, p. 125-154.

801

Post

Proot

Posamentier, H. W., Allen, G. P., James, D. P., and Tesson, M. (1992) Forced regressions in a sequence stratigraphic framework; concepts, examples, and exploration significance. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, v. 76, p. 1687-1709. Post, Lennart von (1924) Ur de sydsvenska skogarnas regionala historia under postarkist tid. Geologiska Föreningen, Stockholm. Förhandlingar, Bd. 46, p.83-128. Postma, H. (1961) Transport and acculmulation of suspended matter in the Dutch Wadden Sea. Netherlands Journal of Sea Research, v.1, p.148-190. Potter, P.E., and Glass, H.D. (1958) Petrology and sedimentation of the Pennsylvanian sediments in southern Illinois-a vertical profile. Illinois State Geological Survey. Report of Investigations 204. 60p. Pough, F.H. (1967) The story of gems and semiprecious stones. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House. 142p. Powell, C. McA. (1974) Timing of slaty cleavage during folding of Precambrian rocks, Northwest Tasmania. Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., v. 85, 1043-1060. Powell, C. McA. (1979) A morphological classification of rock cleavage. Tectonophysics, v. 58, p. 21-34. Powell, J.W. (1873) Some remarks on the geological structure of a district of country lying to the north of the Grand Cañon of the Colorado. American Journal of Science, 3rd ser., v.5, p.456-465. Powell, J.W. (1874) Remarks on the structural geology of the Valley of the Colorado of the West. Philosophical Society of Washington. Bulletin, v.1, p.48-51. Powell, J.W. (1875) Exploration of the Colorado River of the West and its tributaries. Washington: Government Printing Office. 291p. Powell, J.W. (1895) Physiographic features. National Geographic Monographs, v.1, no.2, p.33-64. Powell, R.L., (1963) Alluviated cave streams in south-central Indiana. Indiana Academy of Science Proceedings, v.72, p.182-189. Powell, W.G., Chapman, D.S., Balling, N., and Beck, A.E., (1988) Continental heat-flow density. In Haenel, R., Rybach, L., and Stegene, L., eds., Handbook of terrestrial heat-flow density determination. Kluwer Acad. Publ, Dordrecht, p. 167-222. Power, F.D. (1895) A glossary of terms used in mining geology. Adelaide: Australasian Institute of Mining Engineers. 69p. Power, W.R., Jr. (1961) Backset beds in the Coso Formation, Inyo County, California. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.31, p.603-607.

Powers, M.C. (1953) A new roundness scale for sedimentary particles. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.23, p.117-119. Powers, R.W. (1962) Arabian Upper Jurassic carbonate reservoir rocks. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Memoir 1, p.122-192. Pratt, W.P., and Brobst, D.A. (1974) Mineral resources: potentials and problems. U.S. Geological Survey. Circular 698. 20p. Premoli Silva, I., and Jenkins, D. (1993) Decision on the Eocene-Oligocene boundary stratotype. Episodes, v.16, no.3, p.379-382. Prentice, J.E. (1956) The interpretation of flow-markings and load-casts. Geological Magazine, v.93, p.393-400. Presnall, D.C. (1969) The geometrical analysis of partial fusion. American Journal of Science, v.267, p.1178-1194. Preuschoft, H., Reif, W.-E., and Müller, W.H. (1974) Funktionsanpassungen in Form und Struktur an Haifischzähnen. Zeitschrift für Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte, v.143, p.315-344. Prezant, R.S., and Tan Tiu, A. (1986a) Spiral crossed-lamellar shell growth in Corbicula (Mollusca, Bivalvia). American Microscopical Society Transactions, v.105, no.4, p.338-347. Prezant, R.S., and Tan Tiu, A. (1986b) Unique shell microstructure of Corbicula fluminea. American Malacological Bulletin, v.4, p.116-117. Price, R.A. (1965) Flathead map-area, British Columbia and Alberta. Geological Survey of Canada. Memoir 336. 221p. Price, R.A. (1981) The Cordilleran foreland thrust and fold belt in the southern Canadian Rocky Mountains. In: Thrust and nappe tectonics , edited by McClay, K. R., and Price, N. J. Spec. Publ. Geol. Soc. Lond., v. 9, p. 293-310. Price, W.A. (1947) Equilibrium of form and forces in tidal basins of coast of Texas and Louisiana. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.31, p.1619-1663. Price, W.A. (1954) Dynamic environments-reconnaissance mapping, geologic and geomorphic, of continental shelf of Gulf of Mexico. Gulf Coast Association of Geological Societies. Transactions, v.4, p.75-107. Prior, G.T. (1920) The classification of meteorites. Mineralogical Magazine, v.19, no.90, p.51-63. Pritchard, D. (1952) Estuarine hydrology. Advances in Geophysics, v.1, p.243-280. Proot, R.J., Visscher, H., and Dilcher, D.L. (1996) Zoidogamy in fossil gymnosperms: The centenary of a concept. With special reference to prepollen of late

802

Pryor

Raymond

Paleozoic conifers. National Academy of Science, USA, v.93, p.11713-11717. Pryor, E.J. (1963) Dictionary of mineral technology. London: Mining Publications. 437p. Pumpelly, Raphael (1894) Geology of the Green Mountains in Massachusetts. U.S. Geological Survey. Monograph 23, p.5-34. Pumpelly, Raphael, et al. (1894) Geology of the Green Mountains in Massachusetts; part III, Mount Greylock: its areal and structural geology. by T. Nelson Dale. U.S. Geological Survey. Monograph 23. Purdy, R.C. (1908) Qualities of clays suitable for making paving brick. Illinois State Geological Survey. Bulletin no.9, p.133-278. Purser, B.H., and Loreau, J.-P. (1973) Aragonitic supratidal encrustations on the Trucial Coast, Persian Gulf. In: Purser, B.H., ed. The Persian Gulf. New York: Springer-Verlag. 471p. Pustovalov, L.V. (1933) Geokhimicheskie fatsii, ikh znachenie v obshchei i prikladnoi geoligii. Problemy Sovetskoi geologii, 1933, [ser. 1], t.1, no.1, p.57-80. Putnis, A., and McConnell, J.D.C. (1980) Principles of mineral behavior. New York: Elsevier. 257p. Pyle, D.M. (2000) Sizes of volcanic eruptions. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.263-269. Q Quensel, P. (1916) Zur Kenntnis der Mylonitbildung, erläutert an Material aus dem Kebnekaisegebiet. Uppsala. Universitet. Geologiska Institut. Bulletin, v.15, p.91-116. Quirke, T.T. (1930) Spring pits, sedimentation phenomena. Journal of Geology, v.38, p.88-91. Raaf, J.F.M. de (1945) Notes on the geology of the southern Rumanian oil district with special reference to the occurrence of a sedimentary laccolith. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v.101, p.111-134. Raistrick, Arthur, and Marshall, C.E. (1939) The nature and origin of coal and coal seams. London: English Universities Press Ltd. 282p. Raisz, E.J. (1959) Landform maps-a method of preparation. U.S. Office of Naval Research, Geography Branch. Part one of Final Report, Contract Nonr 2339(00). 23p. Ramage, A., and Craddock, P. (2000) King Croesus' gold: Excavations and the history of gold refining. Cambridge, Sardis, 272p.

Ramberg, Hans (1955) Natural and experimental boudinage and pinch-and-swell structures. Journal of Geology, v.63, p.512-526. Rampino, M.R., and Self, S. (2000) Volcanism and biotic extinctions. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.1083-1091. Ramsay, A.C. (1846) On the denudation of South Wales and the adjacent counties of England. Great Britain. Geological Survey. Memoirs, v.1, ch.2, p.297-335. Ramsay, J. G. (1980) The crack-seal mechanism of rock deformation. Nature, v. 284, p. 135-139. Ramsay, J. G. and Huber, M. I. (1983) The techniques of modern structural geology; Volume 1, strain analysis. London: Academic Press, 307 p. Ramsay, J. G., and Graham, R. H. (1970) Strain variation in shear belts. Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences / Journal Canadien des Sciences de la Terre, v. 7, n. 3, p. 786-813. Ramsay, J.G. (1967) Folding and fracturing of rocks. New York: McGraw-Hill. 568p. Ramsbottom, W. H. C. (1977) Major cycles of transgression and regression in the Namurian. Yorkshire Geological Society Proceedings, v. 41, p. 261-291. Rankama, Kalervo (1962) Planetology and geology. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.73, p.519-520. Rankama, Kalervo (1967) Megayear and gigayear: two units of geological time. Nature, v.214, p.634. Rankama, Kalervo, and Sahama, Th.G. (1950) Geochemistry. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 912p. Ransome, F.L., and Calkins, F.C. (1908) The geology and ore deposits of the Coeur d'Alene district, Idaho. U.S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 62. 203p. Rapp, Anders (1959) Avalanche boulder tongues in Lappland. Geografiska Annaler, v.41, p.34-48. Rapp, G. (2000) Archaeomineralogy. New York, Springer, 326p. Rast, Nicholas (1956) The origin and significance of boudinage. Geological Magazine, v.93, p.401-408. Raunkiaer, C. (1934) The life form of plants and statistical plant geography. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 632p. Raup, D.M. (1975) Taxonomic diversity estimation using rarefaction. Paleobiology, v.1, no.4, p.333-342. Rausell-Colom, J.A., and Serratosa, J.M. (1987) Reactions of clays with organic substances. In: Newman, A.C.D., ed., Chemistry of clay and clay mineral. London, Mineralogical Society Monograph 6, p.371-422.

803

Raymond

Rich

Raymond, L.A. (1975) Tectonite and mélangeCa distinction. Geology, v. 3, p.7-9. Raymond, L.A. (1978) A classification of mélanges and broken formations (abstract). Geological Society of America. Abstracts with Programs, v.10, p.143. Raymond, L.A. (1984) Classification of melanges. Geological Society of America. Special Paper 198, p. 7-20. Read, H.H. (1931) The geology of central Sutherland (east-central Sutherland and south-western Caithness). (Explanation of sheets 108 and 109). Geological Survey of Scotland. Memoir. 238p. Read, H.H. (1944) Meditation on granite, pt.2. Geologists' Association. Proceedings, v.55, p.45-93. Read, H.H. (1958) A centenary lecture; Stratigraphy in metamorphism. Geologists' Association. Proceedings, v.69, pt.2, p.83-102. Read, J.F. (1981) Carbonate rampsCtypes, evolution, and tectonic settings. Geological Society of America. Abstracts with Programs, v.13, p.536. Read, P.G. (1988) Dictionary of Gemmology, 2nd ed. Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann Lts. Reading, H.G., ed. (1986) Sedimentary environments and facies, 2nd. ed. Oxford, U.K., Blackwell Scientific Publications, 615p. Rechard, P.A., and McQuisten, Richard, compilers (1968) Glossary of selected hydrologic terms. University of Wyoming. Water Resources Research Institute. Water Resources Series, no.1, 54p. Reclus, Elisée (1872) The Earth: a descriptive history of the phenomena of the life of the globe. Translated by B.B. Woodward. Edited by Henry Woodward. New York: Harper. 573p. Record, S.J. (1934) Identification of the timbers of temperate North America, including anatomy and certain physical properties of wood. New York: Wiley. Reiche, Parry (1937) The Toreva-block, a distinctive landslide type. Journal of Geology, v.45, p. 538-548. Reiche, Parry (1943) Graphic representation of chemical weathering. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.13, p.58-68. Reiche, Parry (1945) A survey of weathering processes and products. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press. 87p. (University of New Mexico. Publications in Geology, no.1). Reid, A.B. (2003) Euler magnetic structural index of a thin-bed fault. Geophysics, v.68, p.1255-1256. Reid, H.F. (1924) Antarctic glaciers. Geographical Review, v.14, p.603-614.

Reimnitz, Erk, et al. (1973) Bottom features and processes related to drifting ice on the arctic shelf, Alaska. U. S. Geological Survey. Map MF-532. Reimnitz, Erk, et al. (1977) Ice gouge recurrence and rates of sediment reworking, Beaufort Sea, Alaska. Geology, v.5, p.405-408. Reineck, H.-E., and Singh, I.B. (1973) Depositional sedimentary environments. New York: Springer-Verlag. 439p. Reineck, H.-E., and Wunderlich, F. (1968) Classification and origin of flaser and lenticular bedding. Sedimentology, v.11, p.99-104. Reinson, G.E. (1984) Barrier Island and associated strand-plain systems. In: Walker, R.D., ed., Facies models, 2nd ed. Geoscience Canada, Reprint Series 1, 317p. Renevier, E., et al. (1882) Rapport du comité suisse sur l'unification de la nomenclature. International Geological Congress. 2nd, Bologna, 1881. Compte rendu, p.535-548. Renfrew, J.M. (1973) Palaeoethnobotany. New York: Columbia University Press. 248p. Renfro, A.R. (1974) Genesis of evaporite-associated stratiform metalliferous deposits-a sabkha process. Economic Geology, v.69, p.33-45. Renwick, W.H. (1992) Equilibrium, disequilibrium, and nonequilibrium landforms in the landscape. Geomorphology, v.5, p.265-276. Retallack, G. (2001) Soils of the past: An introduction to paleopedology. 2nd Edition. Blackwell Science Ltd, Oxford. p. 404. Reusch, Hans (1894) The Norwegian Coast Plain. Journal of Geology, v.2, p.347-349. Revelle, Roger, and Fairbridge, R.W. (1957) Carbonates and carbon dioxide. Geological Society of America. Memoir 67, v.1, p.239-295. Reynolds, R. C., Jr. (1976) The Lorentz factor for basal reflections from micaceous minerals in oriented powder aggregates. American Mineralogist, v. 61, p. 484-491. Reynolds, R. C., Jr. (1985) NEWMOD: A computer program for the calculation of one-dimensional diffraction patterns of mixed-layer clays. Reynolds, R. C., Jr., DiStefano, M. P., and Lahann, R. W. (1992) Randomly interstratified serpentine/chlorite: its detection and quantification by powder x-ray diffraction methods. Clays and Clay Minerals 40, p. 262-267. Rice, C.M. (1945) Dictionary of geological terms. 1st ed. Ann Arbor (Mich.): Edwards Brothers. 461p.

804

Rich

Roberts

Rice, C.M. (1954) Dictionary of geological terms. 2nd ed. Ann Arbor (Mich.): Edwards Brothers. Rich, J.L. (1908) Marginal glacial drainage features in the Finger Lake region. Journal of Geology, v.16, p.527-548. Rich, J.L. (1914) Certain types of stream valleys and their meaning. Journal of Geology, v.22, p.469-497. Rich, J.L. (1915) Notes on the physiography and glacial geology of the northern Catskill Mountains. American Journal of Science, 4th ser., v.39, p.137-166. Rich, J.L. (1938) A mechanism for the initiation of geosynclines and geo-basins. Geological Society of America. Proceedings, p.106-107. Rich, J.L. (1950) Flow markings, groovings, and intra-stratal crumplings as criteria for recognition of slope deposits, with illustrations from Silurian rocks of Wales. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.34, p.717-741. Rich, J.L. (1951) Geomorphology as a tool for the intrepretation of geology and Earth history. New York Academy of Sciences. Transactions, ser. 2, v.13, p.188-192. Rich, J.L. (1951) Three critical environments of deposition; and criteria for recognition of rocks deposited in each of them. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v.62, no.1, p.1-19. Richter, C.F. (1958) Elementary seismology. San Francisco: Freeman. 768p. Richter, Rudolf (1952) Fluidal-Textur in Sediment-Gesteinen und über Sedifluktion überhaupt. Hessisches Landesamt für Bodenforschung, Wiesbaden. Notizblatt, F.6, H.3, p.67-81. Richter-Bernburg, G. (1973) Facies and paleogeography of the Messinian evaporites in Sicily. In: Drooger, C.W., ed., Messinian events in the Mediterranean. Amsterdam, Holland, Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie Van Wetenschappen, p.124-141. Richtofen, Ferdinand von (1868) The natural system of volcanic rocks. California Academy of Sciences. Memoirs, v.1, pt.2, 94p. Rickett, H.W. (1958) So what is a taxon? Taxonomy, v.7, p.37-38. Riding, R. (1977) Skeletal stromatolites. In: Flugel, E., ed. Fossil algae, recent results and developments. Berlin, Springer, p.57-60. Riding, R. (1983) Cyanoliths (cyanoids): oncoids formed by calcified cyanophytes. In: Peryt-Tadeusz, M., ed. Coated grains. Berlin: Springer-Verlag, p. 276-283.

Riding, R. (2002) Structure and composition of organic reefs and carbonate mud mounds: Concepts and categories. Earth Science Reviews, v.58, p.163-231. Riecke, Eduard (1894) Über das Gleichgewicht zwischen einem festen, homogen deformirten Körper und einer flüssigen Phase, insbesondere über die Depression des Schmelzpunctes durch einseitige Spannung. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Göttingen. Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse. Nachrichten, 1894, no.4, p.278-284. Riedel, W. (1929) Zur Mechanik geologischer Brucherscheinungen. Zentralblatt für Mineralogie, Geologie, und Palaeontologie B, p. 354-368. Rieke, H. H., III, and Chilingarian, G. V. (1974) Compaction of argillaceous sediments. Amsterdam: Elsevier, 424 p. ( Developments in sedimentology, 16). Ries, Heinrich (1937) Economic geology. 7th ed. New York: Wiley. 720p. Rigby, J.K. (1959) Possible eddy markings in the Shinarump Conglomerate of northeastern Utah. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.29, p.283-284. Rigby, J.K., and Bayer, T.N. (1971) Sponges of the Ordovician Maquoketa Formation in Minnesota and Iowa. Journal of Paleontology, v.45, p.608-627. Rigon, R., Rinaldo, R., Rodriguez-Iturbe, I., Bras, R.L., and Ijjasz-Vasquez, E. (1993) Optimal channel networks: A framework for the study of river basin morphology. Water Resources Research, v.29, p.1635-1646. Rio, D., Sprovieri, R., Castradori, D., and Di Stefano, E. (1998) The Gelasian Stage (upper Pliocene): A new unit of the global standard chronostratigraphic scale. Episodes, v.21, no.2, p.82-87. Rittenhouse, Gordon (1943) The transportation and deposition of heavy minerals. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.54, p.1725-1780. Rittmann, Alfred (1962) Volcanoes and their activity. New York: Interscience. 305p. Rittmann, Alfred (1973) Stable mineral assemblages of igneous rocksCa method of calculation. Minerals, Rocks and Inorganic Materials, v.7. New York: Springer-Verlag. Rivière, André (1952) Expression analytique générale de la granulométrie des sédiments meubles. Société Géologique de France. Bulletin, ser.6, v.2,p.155-167. Rizzini, A., and Passega, R. (1964) Évolution de la sédimentation et orogenése, vallé du Santerno, Apennin septentrional. In: Bouma, A.H., and Brouwer, A., eds. Turbidites, p. 65-74. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 264p. (Developments in sedimentology 3).

805

Robertson

Rousseau

Roberts, George (1839) An etymological and explanatory dictionary of the terms and language of geology; designed for the early student, and those who have not made great progress in that science. London: Longman, Orme, Brown, Green, & Longmans, 183p. Roberts, R.J. (1951) Geology of the Antler Peak quadrangle, Nevada. U.S. Geological Survey. Map GQ10, scale 1:62,500, with text. Robertson, R.H.S. (1986) Fuller's earth: A history of calcium montmorillonite. Hythe, Kent, U.K., Volturna Press, Mineralogical Society Occasional Publication, 421p. Robinove, C.J. (1963) Photography and imagery-a clarification of terms. Photogrammetric Engineering, v.29, p.880-881. Robinson, E.A., and Treitel, S., (1964) Principles of digital filtering. Geophysics, 29, 395-404. Robson, D.A. (1971) The structure of the Gulf of Suez (Clysmic) rift, with special reference to the eastern side. Journal of the Geological Association, v. 127, p.247-276. Robson, J., and Nance, R.M. (1959) Geological terms used in S.W. England. Royal Geological Society of Cornwall. Transactions, 1955-1956, v.19, pt.1, p.33-41. Rodgers, D.A. (1980) Analysis of pull-apart basin development produced by en echelon strike-slip faults. In: P.F. Ballance and H.G. Reading, eds. Sedimentation in oblique-slip mobile zones. International Association of Sedimentologists. Special Publication 4, p.27-41. London: Blackwell. Rodgers, John (1963) Mechanics of Appalachian foreland folding in Pennsylvania and West Virginia. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.47, p.1527-1536. Rodgers, John (1967) Chronology of tectonic movements in the Appalachian region of North America. American Journal of Science, v.265, p.408-427. Roedder, E.W. (1979) Fluid inclusions as samples of ore fluids. In: H.L. Barnes, ed. Geochemistry of hydrothermal ore deposits , 2nd ed., p.688-692. New York: Wiley. Roedder, Edwin (1967) Fluid inclusions as samples of ore fluids. In: Barnes, H.L., ed. Geochemistry of hydrothermal ore deposits , p.515-574. New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston. Rogers, B. G., et al. (1981) Glossary--Water and wastewater control engineering. American Public Health Association, American Society of Civil Engineers, American Water Works Association, and Water Pollution Control Federation, 441 p. Rogers, C.P., Jr., and Neal, J.P. (1975) Feldspar and aplite. In: Lefond, S.J., ed. Industrial Minerals and Rocks, 4th ed., p.637-651. New York: American

806

Institute of Mining, Metallurgical, and Petroleum Engineers. Rogers, H.D. (1860) On the distribution and probable origin of the petroleum, or rock oil, of western Pennsylvania, New York, and Ohio. Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgow. Proceedings, v.4, p.355-359. Rogers, H.H., compiler (1966) Glossary of terms frequently used in cosmology. New York: American Institute of Physics. 16p. Rohrbach, C.E.M. (1885) Über die Eruptivgesteine im Gebiete der schlesich-mèhrischen Kreideformation. Tschermak's mineralogische und petrographische Mitteilungen, N.F., Bd.7, p.1-63. Ronov, A.B. (1982) The earth's sedimentary shell (Part 1). International Geology Review, v.24, p.1313-1363. Roques, M. (1961) Nomenclature de J. Jung et M. Roques pour certains types de migmatites. In: Sorensen, H., ed., Symposium on migmatite nomenclature , p.68. International Geological Congress, 21st, Copenhagen, 1960. Report, pt.26, sec. 14. Rosalsky, M.B. (1949) A study of minor beach features at Fire Island, Long Island, New York. New York Academy of Sciences. Transactions, ser.2, v.12, p.9-16. Rosauer, E.A. (1957) Climatic conditions involved in glacial loess formation. Doctoral dissertation, University of Bonn. 105p. Rose, E. R. F. (1994) British applications of military geology for `Operation Overlord' and the Battle of Normandy (abst.) Geological Society of America, Abstracts with Programs (Seattle, WA), v. 26, no. 7, p. 275. Rosenbaum, M. S. (1994) Recent applications of military geology for the British Armed Forces (abst.) Geological Society of America, Abstracts with Programs (Seattle, WA), v. 26, no. 7, p. 277. Rosenbusch, Harry (1887) Mikroskopische Physiographie der massigen Gesteine. 2nd ed. Stuttgart: Schweizerbart'sche Verlagshandlung (E. Koch). 877p. ( His Mikroskopische Physiographie der Mineralien und Gesteine , Bd.2). Rosenbusch, Harry (1888) Microscopial physiography of the rock-making minerals: an aid to the microscopial study of rocks. Translated and abridged by Joseph P. Iddlings. New York: Wiley. 333p. Rosenbusch, Harry (1898) Elemente der Gesteinlehre. Stuttgart: Schweizerbart'sche. 546p. Rosendahl, B.R., Reynolds, D.J., Lorber, P.M., Burgess, C.F., McGill, J., Scott, D., Lambiase, J.J., and Derksen, S.J. (1986) Structural expressions of rifting: Lessons from Lake Tanganyika, Africa. In: Frostick, L.E., Renaut, R.W., Reid, I., and Tiercelin,

Ross

Sander

J.J., eds., Sedimentation in the African rifts. Geological Society [of London] Special Publication 25, p.29-43. Ross, C.S., and Shannon, E.V. (1926) The minerals of bentonite and related clays and their physical properties. American Ceramic Society. Journal, v.9, p.77-96. Ross, C.S., and Smith, R.L. (1961) Ash-flow tuffs: their origin, geologic relations, and identification. U.S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 366. 81p. Rousseau, Jacques (1949) Modifications de la surface de la toundra sous l'action d'agents climatiques. Revue Canadienne Géographie, v.3, p.43-51. Roy, R.F., Decker, E.R., Blackwell, D.D., and Birch, F., (1968) Heat flow in the United States. Geophys. Res., v.73, no.16, p.5207-5221. Royse, Frank, Jr., et al. (1975) Thrust belt structural geometry and related stratigraphic problems, Wyoming-Idaho-northern Utah. In: Bolyard, D.W., ed. Symposium on deep drilling in the central Rocky Mountains. Denver: Rocky Mountain Association of Geologists. Rubey, W.W., and Hubbert, M.K. (1959) Role of fluid pressure in mechanics of overthrust faulting. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, V.70, p.167-206. Ruhe, R.V. (1969) Quaternary landscapes in Iowa. Ames: Iowa State University Press. 255p. Rumble, D., III (1976) The use of mineral solid solutions to measure chemical potential gradients in rocks. American Mineralogist, v.61, p.1167-1174. Runcorn, S.K., et al., eds. (1967) International dictionary of geophysics. New York: Pergamon. 2 volumes. 1728p. Runnegar, B., et al. (1975) Biology of the Hyolitha. Lethaia, v.8, p.181-191. Russell, I.C. (1885) Existing glaciers of the U.S. U.S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 5th p.303-355. Russell, I.C. (1898a) Glaciers of Mount Rainier. U.S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 18th, pt.2, p.349-415. Russell, I.C. (1898b) Rivers of North America. New York: Putnam. 327p. Russell, R.J. (1942) Flotant. Geographical Review, v.32, p.74-98. Russell, R.J., ed. (1968) Glossary of terms used in fluvial, deltaic, and coastal morphology and processes. Coastal Studies Institute, Louisiana State University. Technical Report No. 63. Rust, B.R. (1972) Structure and process in a braided river. Sedimentology, v.18, p.221-245.

Rutherford, S.R., and R.H. Williams, (1989) Amplitude-versus offset variations in gas sands. Geophysics, 54: 680-8. Rutter, E.H. (1986) On the nomenclature of mode of failure transitions in rocks. Tectonophysics, v.122, p.381-387. Ruxton, B.P., and Berry, Leonard (1959) The basal rock surface on weathered granitic rocks. Geologists' Association. Proceedings, v.70, p.285-290. Rybach, L., (1988) Determination of heat production rate. In Haenel, R. Rybach, L., and Stegena, L., eds., Handbook of terrestrial heat-flow density determination. Kluwer Acad. Publ., Dordrecht, p.125-142. Ryland, J.S. (1970) Bryozoans. London: Hutchinson University Library. 175p. S Srodon, J., Elass, F., McHardy, W. J. and Morgan, D. J. (1992) Chemistry of illite-smectite inferred from TEM measurements of fundamental particles. Clay Minerals 27, p. 137-158. Sabins, F.F. (1978) Remote sensingCprinciples and interpretation. San Francisco: Freeman. 426p. Sackin, M.J., and Merriam, D.F. (1969) Autoassociation, a new geological tool. International Association for Mathematical Geology. Journal, v.1, p.7-16. Salisbury, J.W., and Hunt, G.R. (1968) Martian surface materials: effect of particle size on spectral behavior. Science, v.161, p.365-366. Salisbury, R.D. (1904) Three new physiographic terms. Journal of Geology, v.12, p.707-715. Salisbury, R.D., et al. (1902) The glacial geology of New Jersey. New Jersey Geological Survey. Final Report 5. 802p. Salomon, W. (1915) Die Definitionen von Grauwacke, Arkose und Ton. Geologische Rundschau, Leipzig; VI, p.398-404. Salvador, A. (1985) Chronostratigraphic and geochronometric scales in COSUNA stratigraphic correlation charts of the United States. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.69, p.181-189. Sandberg, P.A. (1977) Ultrastructure, mineralogy, and development of bryozoan skeletons. In: Woollacott, R.M., and Zimmer, R.L., eds., Biology of Bryozoans. New York, Academic Press, chap.5, p.143-179. Sandberg, P.A. (1983) Ultrastructure and skeletal development in cheilostomate Bryozoa. In: Boardman, R.S., Cheetham, A.H., Blake, D.B., et al., Treatise on invertebrate paleontology, Part G, Bryozoa, revised, v.1.

807

Sander

Schiffman

Lawrence, Kans., Geological Society of America and University of Kansas Press, p.238-286. Sander, Bruno (1911) Über Zusammenhänge zwischen Teilbewegung und Gefüge in Gesteinen. Tschermaks Mineralogische und Petrographische Mitteilungen, v.30, p.281-314. Sander, Bruno (1912) Über tektonische Gesteinsfazies. Austria. Geologische Reichsanstalt. Verhandlungen, 1912, no.10, p.249-257. Sander, Bruno (1930) Gefügekunde der Gesteine mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Tektonite. Vienna: Julius Springer. 352p. Sander, Bruno (1936) Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Anlagerungsgefüge (rhythmische Kalke und Dolomite aus der Trias). [Pt.] 1-2. Mineralogische und petrographische Mitteilungen, Bd. 48, p.27-139, 141-209. Sander, Bruno (1951) Contributions to the study of depositional fabric. Translated by E.B. Knopf. Tulsa: American Association of Petroleum Geologists. 207p. Sander, Bruno (1970) An introduction to the study of fabrics of geological bodies. Translated by F.C. Phillips and G. Windsor. New York: Pergamon. 641p. Sander, N.J. (1967) Classification of carbonate rocks of marine origin. American Association of Petroleum Geologist. Bulletin, v. 51, p.325-336. Sanders, J.E. (1957) Discontinuities in the stratigraphic record. New York Academy of Sciences. Transactions, ser.2, v.19, p.287-297. Sanders, J.E. (1963) Concepts of fluid mechanics provided by primary sedimentary structures. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.33, p. 173-179. Sangster, D.F. (1972) Precambrian volcanogenic massive sulphide deposits in Canada: a review. Geological Survey of Canada. Paper 72-22. 44p. Sangster, D.F. (1976) Carbonate-hosted lead-zinc deposits. In: Wolf, K.H., ed., Handbook of strata-bound and stratiform deposits. New York, Elsevier, v.6, p.447-456. Sarjeant, W.A.S. (1969) Microfossils other than pollen and spores in palynological preparations. In: Erdtman, G., Handbook of palynology. New York, Hafner, p.165-208. Sarjeant, W.A.S. (1970) Xanthidia, palinosphere, and "Hystrix." A review of the study of fossil unicellular microplankton with organic cell walls. Microscopy, v.31, p.221-223. Sarjeant, W.A.S. (1982) Dinoflagellate cyst terminology: A discussion and proposals. Canadian Journal of Botany, v.60, no.6, p.922-245. Sarjeant, W.A.S., and Stanclife, R.P.W. (1994) The Microhystridium and Veryhachium complexes (Acritarcha: Acanthomorphitae and Polygonomorphitae):

808

A taxonomic reconsideration. Micropaleontology, v.40, p.1-77. Sauer, C.O. (1930) Basin and Range forms in the Chiricahua area. University of California, Berkeley. Publications in Geography, v.3, p.339-414. Saussure, H.-B. de (1786) Voyages dans les Alpes, précédés d'un essai sur l'histoire naturelle des environs de Genève. Vol.2. Genève: Barde, Manget. 641p. Savrda, C.E., and Bottjer, D.J. (1987) The exaerobic zone, a new oxygen-deficient marine biofacies. Nature (London), v.327, p.54-56. Saxov, S. (1982) Marine slides and other mass movements. S. Saxov and J.K. Nieuwenhuis, eds., p.1. New York: Plenum. 353p. Scagel, R.F., et al. (1965) An evolutionary survey of the plant kingdom. Belmont, Calif: Wadsworth. Schanz, John J., Jr., and Ellis, John G. (1983) Assessing the mineral potential of the Federal public lands. Congressional Research Service. Schardt, Hans (1893) Sur l'origine des Alpes du Chablais et du Stockhorn, en Savoie et en Suisse. Comptes Rendus des Séances de l'Academie des Sciences, Tome 117, no. 21, p. 707-709. Schearz, E.H.L. (1912) South African geology. Glasgow: Blackie. 200p. Scheidegger, A.E. (1961) Theoretical geomorphology. Berlin: Springer-Verlag. 333p. Scheidegger, A.E. (1963) Principles of geodynamics. 2nd ed. New York: Academic Press. 362p. Schein-Fatton, E. (1988) Un Pectinacea (Bivalvia) très primitif: Bathypecten vulcani, du site hydrothermal de 13° N (Pacific oriental). Oceanologica Acta, special no.8, p.83-98. Schenck, H.G., and Muller, S.W. (1941) Stratigraphic terminology. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.52, p.1419-1426. Schenk, E. T. and McMasters, J. H. (1956) Procedures in Taxonomy. 3rd ed., Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press, 119 pp. Schenk, J.E.T., and McMasters, J.H. (1956) Procedures in Taxonomy. 3rd ed., 119p. Stanford, Ca. Stanford University Press. Schermer, E.R., et al. (1984) The origin of allochthonous terranes: perspectives on the growth and shaping of continents. Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences, v.12, p. 107-131. Schermerhorn, L.J.G. (1966) Terminology of mixed coarse-fine sediments. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.36, p.831-835.

Schindewolf

Scrivenor

Schieferdecker, A.A.G., e.d. (1959) Geological nomenclature. Gorinchem: Royal Geological and Mining Society of the Netherlands. 523p. Schiffman, A. (1965) Energy measurements in the swash-surf zone. Limnology and Oceanography, v.10, p.255-260. Schindewolf, O.H. (1950) Grundlagen und Methoden der paläontologischen Chronologie. 3rd ed. Berlin: Gebrüder Borntraeger. 152p. Schindewolf, O.H. (1954) Über einige stratigraphische Grundbegriffe. Roemeriana, H.1, p.23-38. Schindewolf, O.H. (1957) Comments on some stratigraphic terms. American Journal of Science, v.255, p.394-399. Schindewolf, O.H. (1959) On certain stratigraphic fundamentals. International Geology Review, v.1, no. 7, p.62-70. Schipman, Henry, jr. (1968) Buffalo rings. National Parks Magazine, v.42, no.254, p.14-15. Schlanger, S.O. (1957) Dolomite growth in coralline algae. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.27, p.181-186. Schlische, R.W. (1995) Geometry and origin of fault-related folds in extensional settings. AAPG Bulletin, v.79, no.11, p.1661-1678. Schmidt, Volkmar (1965) Facies, diagenesis, and related reservoir properties in the Gigas Beds (Upper Jurassic), northwestern Germany. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. Special Publication no. 13, p.124-168. Schmidt, Walter (1925) Gefügestatistik. Tschermak's mineralogische und petrographische Mitteilungen, N.F., Bd. 38, p.392-423. Schmoll, H.R., and Bennett, R.H. (1961) Axiometer-a mechanical device for locating and measuring pebble and cobble axes for macrofabric studies. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.31, p.617-622. Schofield, W. (1920) Dumb-bell islands and peninsulas on the coast of South China. Liverpool Geological Society. Proceedings, v.13, p.45-51. Schopf, J.M. (1960) Field description and sampling of coal beds. U.S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1111-B, p.25-70. Schopf, J.M. (1975) Modes of fossil preservation. Review of Palaeobotany and Palynology, v.20, p.27-53. Schreiber, B.C. (1986) Arid shorelines and evaporites. In: H.G. Reading, ed. Sedimentary environments and facies , 2nd ed., p. 189-228. Oxford: Blackwell.

Schroeder, R.A., and Bada, J.L. (1976) A review of the geochemical applications of the amino acid racemization reaction. Earth-Science Reviews, v.12, p.347-391. Schuchert, Charles (1910) Paleogeography of North America. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.20, p.427-606. Schuchert, Charles (1923) Sites and natures of the North American geosynclines. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.34, p.151-260. Schuchert, Charles (1924) Historical geology. 2nd ed. New York: Wiley. 724p. (A textbook of geology, pt.2.) Schultz, E. H. (1982) The chronosome and supersome; terms proposed for low-rank chronostratigraphic units. Bulletin of Canadian Petroleum Geology, v. 30, no. 1, p. 29-33. Schulze, Franz (1855) Bemerkungen über das Vorkommen wohlerhaltener Cellulose in Braunkohle und Steinkohle. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin. Bericht über die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen, 5 Nov 1855, p.676-678. Schumm, S.A. (1956) Evolution of drainage systems and slopes in badlands at Perth Amboy, New Jersey. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.67, p.597-646. Schumm, Stanley A. (1977) The fluvial system. New York: John Wiley & Sons. Schuster, D. C. (1995) Deformation of allochthonous salt and evolution of related salt-structural systems, eastern Louisiana Gulf Coast. In: M. P. A. Jackson, D. G. Roberts, S. Snelson, eds. Salt tectonics: a global perspective. AAPG Memoir 65, p. 177-198. Schwarz, E. H. L. (1912) South Africa geology. Glasgow: Blackie. 200 p. Schwarzbach, Martin (1961) Das Klima der Vorzeit; eine Einführung in die Paläoklimatologie. 2nd ed. Stuttgart: Ferdinand Enke. 275p. Schytt, V. (1967) A study of the ablation gradient. Geographische Annalen, v.49A, nos.2-4, p.327-332. Schytt, Valter (1963) Fluted moraine surfaces. Journal of Glaciology, v.4, p.825-827. Sclater, J.G., Jaupart, C., and Galson, D., (1980) The heat flow through oceanic and continental crust and the heat loss from the Earth. Rev. Geophys. Space Phys., v.18, no.1, p.269-311. Scott, D.H. (1923) Studies in fossil botany, 3rd ed, v.2. London: A. & C. Black. 446p. Scott, H.W. (1947) Solution sculpturing in limestone pebbles. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.58, p.141-152.

809

SCSA

Sharp

Scott, W.B. (1922) Physiography, the science of the abode of man. New York: Collier. 384p. Scrivenor, J.B. (1921) The physical geography of the southern part of the Malay peninsula. Geographical Review, v.11, p.351-371. SCSA: Soil Conservation Society of America (1976) Resource conservation glossary. Journal of Soil and Water Conservation, v.31, no.4. Seaber, P. R. (1996) Background on hydrostratigraphic units. Note 62: North American Commission on Stratigraphic Nomenclature. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin (in press). Seaber, Paul R. (1988) Hydrostratigraphic units. In: Hydrogeology. Boulder, CO: Geological Society of America, p. 9-14. Searle, A.B. (1923) Sands and crushed rocks. Vol.1. London: Henry Frowde and Hodder & Stoughton. 475p. (Oxford technical publications). Sears, F.W. (1958) Mechanics, wave motion and heat. Reading, Mass.: Addison-Wesley. 664p. SEC: Securities and Exchange Commission (2003) Description of property by issuers engaged or to be engaged in significant mining operations. Securities and Exchange Commission Industry Guide 7, 4p. Sederholm, J.J. (1891) Studien über Archäis die Eruptivgesteine aus dem sudwestlichen Finnland. Tschermaks Mineralogische und Petrographische Mitteilungen, v.12, p.97-142. Sederholm, J.J. (1907) Om granit och gneis deras uppkomst, uppträdande och utbredning inom urberget i Fennoskandia. Finland Commission Géologique. Bulletin, no.23, 110p. Sederholm, J.J. (1924) Granit-gneisproblemen belysta genom iakttagelser i Abo-Alands skärgard. Geologiska Föreningen, Stockholm. Förhandlingar, v.46, p.129-153. Seglund, J.A. (1974) Collapse-fault systems of Louisiana Gulf Coast. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.58, p.2389-2397. Segovia, A. (1975) Field classification and evaluation of seismicity of photogeologic lineaments and fracture traces (regmites). Geological Society of America. Abstracts with Programs, v.7, p.1264. Seilacher, A. (1981) Towards an evolutionary stratigraphy. In: J. Martinell, ed. Concept and method in paleontology. Acta Geologica Hispanica, v.16, p.39-44. Seilacher, A. (1984) Storm beds: their significance in event stratigraphy. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Studies in Geology No. 16, p. 49-54.

Seilacher, Adolf (1969) Fault-graded beds interpreted as seismites. Sedimentology, v.13, p.155-159. Sellards, E.H., and Gunter, Herman (1918) Geology between the Apalachicola and Ocklocknee rivers in Florida. Florida Geological Survey. Annual Report, 10th-11th, p.9-56. Sepkoski, J.J., Jr. (1978) A kinetic model of Phanerozoic taxonomic diversity. I: Analysis of marine orders. Paleobiology, v.4, no.3, p.223-251. Sepkoski, J.J., Jr. (1988) Alpha, beta, or gamma: Where does all the diversity go? Paleobiology, v.14, no.3, p.221-234. Sepkoski, J. John, Jr. (1981) A factor analytic description of the Phanerozoic marine fossil record. Paleobiology, v. 7, n. 1, p. 36-53. Serra, Sandro (1977) Styles of deformation in the ramp regions of overthrust faults. Joint Wyoming-Montana-Utah Geological Associations Guidebook, Rocky Mountain thrust belt geology and resources , p.487-498. Servais, T., and Eiserhardt, K.H. (1995) A discussion and proposals concerning the lower Paleozoic "galeate" acritarch plexus. Palynology, v.19, p.191-210. Shackleton, R.M. (1958) Downward-facing structures of the Highland Border. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v.113, p.361-392. Shaler, N.S. (1889) The geology of Cape Ann, Mass. U.S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 9th, p.529-611. Shaler, N.S. (1890) General account of the fresh-water morasses of the United States, with a description of the Dismal Swamp district of Virginia and North Carolina. U.S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 10th, pt.1, p.255-339. Shaler, N.S. (1895) Beaches and tidal marshes of the Atlantic coast. National Geographic Society. National Geographic Monographs, v.1, no.5, p.137-168. Shand, R.D., and Baily, D.G. (1999) A review of new offshore bar migration with photographic illustrations from Wanganui, New Zealand. Journal of Coastal Research, v.15, p.365-378. Shand, S.J. (1916) The pseudotachylyte of Parijs (Orange Free State), and its relation to "trapshotten-gneiss" and "flint-crushrock". Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v.72, p.198-220. Shand, S.J. (1947) Eruptive rocks, their genesis, composition, classification, and their relation to ore deposits, with a chapter on meteorites. 3rd ed. London: Thomas Murby. 488p. Sharp, J.V.A., and Nobles, L.H. (1953) Mudflow of 1941 at Wrightwood, Southern California. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.64, no.5, p.547-560.

810

Sharp

Shirley

Sharp, R.P. (1942) Soil structures in the St. Elias Range, Yukon Territory. Journal of Geomorphology, v.5, p.274-301. Sharp, R.P. (1954) Physiographic features of faulting in southern California. California Division of Mines. Bulletin 170, ch.5, [pt.] 3, p.21-28. Sharp, R.P. (1973) Mars: fretted and chaotic terrains. Journal of Geophysical Research, v.78, p.4073-4083. Sharp, R.P., and Carey, D.L. (1976) Sliding stones, Racetrack Playa, California. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.87, p.1704-1717. Sharpe, C.F.S. (1938) Landslides and related phenomena; a study of mass-movements of soil and rock. New York: Columbia University Press. 136p. Shatski, N.S. (1946a) Basic features of the structure and development of the East European platform. Comparative tectonics of ancient platforms. Izvestiya Akademii Nauk SSSR. Ser. Geol. no. 1, p.5-62. Shatski, N.S. (1946b) The Great Donets Basin and the Wichita System. Comparative tectonics of ancient platforms. Izvestiya Akademii Nauk SSSR, Ser. Geol. no. 6, p.57-90. Shatsky, N.S. (1945) Outlines of the tectonics of Volga-Urals petroleum region and adjacent parts of the west slope of the southern Urals. In: Mather, K.F., ed. Source book in geology 1900-1950 , p.263-267. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. Shatsky, N.S. (1955) O proiskhozdenii Pachelmskogo progiba. Moskovskoe Obshchestvo Ispytatelei Prirody. Biulleten'; otdel geologicheskii, n.s., v.30, no.5, p.3-26. Shatsky, N.S., and Bogdanoff, A.A. (1957) Explanatory note on the tectonic map of the U.S.S.R. and adjoining countries. Moscow: State Scientific and Technical Publishing House. (English translation in International Geology Review, 1959, v.1, p.1-49). Shatsky, N.S., and Bogdanoff, A.A. (1960) La carte tectonique internationale de l'Europe au 2 500 000. Akademiya Nauk SSSR, Izvestiya, Seriya Geologicheskaya, no.4. Shaw, A.B. (1964) Time in stratigraphy. New York, McGraw-Hill, 365p. Shaw, E.W. (1911) Preliminary statement concerning a new system of Quaternary lakes in the Mississippi basin. Journal of Geology, v.19, p.481-491. Shawe, D.R. and Granger, H.C. (1965) Uranium ore rollsCan analysis. Economic Geology, v.60, p.240-250. Shea-Albin, V.R. (1993) Geological features that contribute to ground control problems in underground coal mines. U.S. Bureau of Mines Information Circular 9370, 34p.

Shepard, F.P. (1937) Revised classification of marine shorelines. Journal of Geology, v.45, p.602-624. Shepard, F.P. (1948) Submarine geology. New York: Harper. 348p. Shepard, F.P. (1952) Revised nomenclature for depositional coastal features. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.36, p.1902-1912. Shepard, F.P. (1954) Nomenclature based on sand-silt-clay ratios. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.24, p.151-158. Shepard, F.P. (1967) The earth beneath the sea. Revised ed. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Press. 242p. Shepard, F.P., and Cohee, G.V. (1936) Continental shelf sediments off the mid-Atlantic States. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.47, p.441-457. Shepard, F.P., and Dill, R.F. (1966) Submarine canyons and other sea valleys. Chicago: Rand McNally. 381p. Shepard, F.P., and Young, Ruth (1961) Distinguishing between beach and dune sands. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.31, p.196-214. Sheridan, R.E. (1983) Phenomena of pulsation tectonics related to the breakup of the eastern North American continental margin. In: Initial reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project , v.76, p.897-909. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office. Sheriff, R.E., (1991) Encyclopedic Dictionary of Exploration Geophysics. Tulsa, Society of Exploration Geophysicists, 376 p. Sheriff, R.E. (2002) Encyclopedic dictionary of applied geophysics, 4th ed. Tulsa, Okla., Society of Exploration Geophysicists, 429p. Sheriff, R.E., and Geldart, L.P., (1995) Exploration seismology. 2nd edition. Cambridge University Press, 592 p. Sherzer, W.H. (1910) Criteria for the recognition of the various types of sand grains. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.21, p.625-662, 775-776. Shinn, E. (1963) Spur-and-groove formation on the Florida Reef Tract. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.33, no.2, p.291-303. Shipley, R.M. (1951) Dictionary of gems and gemology including ornamental, decorative and curio stones. 5th ed. Los Angeles: Gemological Institute of America. 261p. Shipley, R.M. (1974) Dictionary of gems and gemology. 6th ed. Los Angeles: Gemological Institute of America. Shirey, S.B., and Hanson, G.N. (1984) Mantle-derived Archean monzodiorites and trachyandesites. Nature, v.310, p.222-224.

811

Shoemaker

Sloane

Shirley, J. H., and Fairbridge, R. W. (eds.) The encyclopedia of planetary science. London & New York:Chapman Hall. Shoemaker, E.M. (1963) Impact mechanics at Meteor Crater, Arizona. In: Middlehurst, B.M., and Kuiper, G.P., eds., The Moon, meteorites and comets (The Solar System, v.4). Chicago, University of Chicago Press, p.301-336 Short, N.M. (1966) Shock-lithification of unconsolidated rock materials. Science, v.154, p.382-384. Short, Nicholas M., and Blair, Robert W., Jr. (1986) Geomorphology from space; a global overview of regional landforms. Washington, DC: National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Scientific and Technical Information Branch. Shreve, R.L. (1966) Statistical law of stream numbers. Journal of Geology, v.74, p.17-37. Shreve, R.L. (1967) Infinite topologically random channel networks. Journal of Geology, v.75, p.178-186. Shreve, R.L. (1969) Stream lengths and basin areas in topologically random channel networks. Journal of Geology, v.77, p.397-414. Shreve, R.L. (1984) Glacier sliding at subfreezing temperatures. Journal of Glaciology, v.30, no.106, p.341-347. Shrock, R.R. (1947) Loiponic deposits. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.58, p.1228. Shrock, R.R. (1948) Sequence in layered rocks, a study of features and structures useful for determining top and bottom or order of succession in bedded and tabular rock bodies. New York: McGraw-Hill. 507p. Shrock, R.R. (1948a) A classification of sedimentary rocks. Journal of Geology, v.56, p.118-129. Shrock, R.R., and Twenhofel, W.H. (1953) Principles of invertebrate paleontology. 2nd ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 816 p. Shvetsov, M.S. (1960) K voprosu o diageneze. In: Natsional'nyi komitet geologov Sovetskogo Soiuza. Voprosy sedimentologii; doklady sovetskikh geologv k VI Mezhdunarodnomu kongressu po sedimentologii , p.153-161. Moscow: Gos. nauchno-tekh. izd'vo lit'ry po geologii i okhrane nedr. 215p. Sibson, R. H. (1977) Fault rocks and fault mechanisms. J. Geol. Soc. Lond., v. 133, p. 191-213. Siegal, B.S., and Gillespie, A.R. (1980) Remote sensing in geology. New York: Wiley. 702p. Siegel, R., and Howell, J.R. (1968) Thermal radiation heat transfer. National Aeronautics and Space Administration. SP-164. Vol. 1.

Sigafoos, R.S. (1951) Soil instability in tundra vegetation. Ohio Journal of Science, v.51, p.281-298. Sigal, Jacques (1964) Une thérapeutique homéopathique en chronostratigraphie: les parastratotypes (ou prétendus tels). France. Bureau de Recherches Géologiques at Minières. Dépt. d'Information Géologique. Bulletin trimestriel, année 16, no.64, p.1-8. Sigurdsson, H., ed. (2000) Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, 1417p. Sih, G. C. (1973) Handbook of stress intensity factors. Institute of Fracture and Solid Mechanics, Lehigh University, Pennsylvania. Silberling, N.J., and Roberts, R.J. (1962) Pre-Tertiary stratigraphy and structure of northwestern Nevada. Geological Society of America. Special Paper 72, 58p. Sillitoe, R.H., et al. (1975) Porphyry tin deposits in Bolivia. Economic Geology, v.70, p.913-927. Simons, D.B., and Richardson, E.V. (1961) Forms of bed roughness in alluvial channels. American Society of Civil Engineers. Proceedings, v.87, no.HY3, p.87-105. Simons, D.B., et al. (1961) Flume studies using medium sand (0.45mm). U.S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 1498-A. 76p. Simpson, E. S. W. (1954) On the graphical representation of differentiation trends in igneous rocks. Geological Magazine, v.91, p.238-244. Simpson, G.G. (1940) Types in modern taxonomy. American Journal of Science, v.238, p.413-431. Sinclair, W.D. (1995) Porphyry W. In: Lefebure, D.V., and Ray, G.E., eds, Selected British Columbia mineral deposit profiles. Volume 1, metallics and coal. British Columbia Geological Survey Open-File Report 1995-20, p.101-104. Sivenas, P., and Beales, F.W. (1982) Natural geobatteries associated with sulfide ore deposits, I. Theoretical studies. Journal of Geochemical Exploration, v.17, p.123-143. II. Field studies at the Viburnum Trend, southeast Missouri, U.S.A. Idem, p.145-160. Sjogren, W.L. (1974) Lunar gravity via the Apollo 15 and 16 subsatellites. The Moon, v.9, p.115-128. Skinner, C. E. (1993) Open vertical volcanic conduits: a preliminary investigation of an unusual volcanic caveform with examples from Newberry volcano and the central High Cascades of Oregon. Proceedings of the Third International Symposium of Vulcanospeleology, Bend Oregon, p. 7-17. Skolnick, Herbert (1965) The quartzite problem. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.35, p.12-21. Skow, M.L. (1962) Mica; a materials survey. U.S. Bureau of Mines. Information Circular 8125. 241p.

812

Sloss

Sorby

Sloane, R.L., and Kell, T.R. (1966) The fabric of mechanically compacted kaolin. National Conference on Clays and Clay Minerals. 14th, Berkeley, Calif., 1965. Proceedings, p.289-296. New York: Pergamon Press. 443p. (International series of monographs on earth sciences, v.26). Sloss, L.L. (1953) The significance of evaporites. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.23, p.143-161. Sloss, L.L. (1963) Sequences in the cratonic interior of North America. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.74, p.93-113. Sloss, L.L. and Laird, W.M. (1947) Devonian System in central and northwestern Montana. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.31, p.1404-1430. Sloss, L.L., et al. (1949) Integrated facies analysis. Geological Society of America. Memoir 39, p.91-123. Smart, J.S. (1969) Topological properties of channel networks. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.80, p.1757-1774. Smirnov, V.I. (1968) The sources of the ore-forming fluid. Economic Geology, v.63, p.380-389. Smit, D.E., and Swett, Keene (1969) Devaluation of "dedolomitization". Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.39, p.379-380. Smith, B. (1916) Ball- or pillow-form structures in sandstones. Geological Magazine, v.3, p.146-156. Smith, J.T., Jr. (1968) Glossary of aerial photographic terms. In: Smith, J.T., Jr., and Anson, Abraham, eds. Manual or color aerial photography , p.489-509. Falls Church, Va: American Society of Photogrammetry. 550p. Smith, K.G. (1950) Standards for grading texture of erosional topography. American Journal of Science, v.248, p.655-668. Smith, M.L., Scales, J.A., and Fischer, T.L., (1992) Global search and genetic algorithms. Leading Edge, Jan 1992, 22-26. Smith, N.D. (1974) Sedimentology and bar formation in the upper Kicking Horse River, a braided outwash stream. Journal of Geology, v.82, p.205-223. Smith, R. (1991) The application of cellular automata to the erosion of landforms. Earth Surface Processes and Landforms, v.16, p.273-281. Smith, R.A., et al. (1968) The detection and measurement of infrared radiation. 2nd ed. Oxford: Clarendon Press. Smith, R.E. (1968) Redistribution of major elements in the alteration of some basic lavas during burial metamorphism. Journal of Petrology, v.9, p.191-219.

Smith, R.L. (1960) Zones and zonal variations in welded ash flows. U.S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 354-F. Smith, R.L., and Bailey, R.A. (1968) Resurgent cauldrons. Geological Society of America. Memoir 116, p.613-662. Smith, W.O. (1961) Mechanism of gravity drainage and its relation to specific yield of uniform sands. U.S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 402-A. 12p. Smith, W.S.T. (1898) A geological sketch of San Clemente Island. U.S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 18th, pt.2, p.459-496. Smoot, J.P., and Castens-Seidell, B. (1994) Sedimentary features produced by efflorescent salt crusts, Saline Valley and Death Valley, California. In: Renaut, R., and Last, W.M., Sedimentology and Geochemistry of Modern and Ancient Saline Lakes : SEPM Special Publication 50, p.73-90. Smyth, H.L. (1891) Structural geology of Steep Rock Lake, Ont. American Journal of Science, ser.3, v.42, p.317-331. Sneed, E.D., and Folk, R.L. (1958) Pebbles in the lower Colorado River, Texas. A study in particle morphogenesis. Journal of Geology, v.66, p.114-140. Snoke, A.W., and Calk, L.C. (1978) Jackstraw-textured talc-olivine rocks, Preston Peak area, Klamath Mountains, California. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.89, p.223-230. Snyder, J.P. (1987) Map projections--a working manual. U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1395, 383p. Snyder, J.P., and Voxland, P.M. (1989) An album of map projections. U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1453, 249p. Sohl, N.F. (1977a) Application for amendment of articles 8 and 10 of code, concerning smallest formal rock-stratigraphic unit. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.61, p.252. Sohl, N.F. (1977b) Stratigraphic Commission Note 45--Application for amendment concerning terminology for igneous and high-grade metamorphic rocks. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.61, p.248-251. Soil Science Society of America (2001) Glossary of Soil Science terms. Soil Science Society of America, Inc. Madison, Wisconsin, p. 135. Soil Survey Division Staff (1993) Soil Survey Manual. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Handbook Number 18. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.

813

Sorby

Stanek

Soil Survey Division Staff (1999) Soil taxonomy: A basic system of soil classification for making and interpreting soil surveys. 2nd Edition. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service, Agricultural Handbook Number 436. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. Solley, W.B., et al. (1983) Estimated use of water in the United States in 1980. U.S. Geological Survey Circular 1001. 56p. Sonder, R.A. (1956) Mechanik der Erde; Elemente und Studien zur tektonischen Erdgeschichte. Stuttgart: Schweizerbartsche. 291p. Sorby, H.C. (1852) On the oscillation of the currents drifting the sandstone beds of the south-east of Northumberland, and on their general direction in the coalfield in the neighborhood of Edinburgh. West Yorkshire Geological Society. Proceedings, v.3, p.232-240. Sorby, H.C. (1857) On the physical geography of the Tertiary estuary of the Isle of Wight. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, n.s., v.5, p.275-298. Sorby, H.C. (1863) Über Kalkstein-Geschiebe mit Eindrücken. Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie, Geologie, und Palaeontologie, Jahrg. 1863, p.801-807. Sorby, H.C. (1879) The anniversary address of the President. Geological Society of London. Proceedings, session 1878-1879, p.39-95. (Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, 1879, v.35). Sorensen, H., ed. (1974) The alkaline rocks. New York: Wiley. 622p. Southard, J.B. (1971) Representation of bed configurations in depth-velocity size diagram. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.41, p.903-915. Southgate, P.N., (1982) Cambrian skeletal halite crystals and experimental analogues. Sedimentology, v.29, p.391-407. Spaeth, C., et al. (1971) Some aspects of isotopic composition of belemnites and related paleotemperatures. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.82, p.3139-3150. Sparks, R. S. J. and Huppert, H. E. (1984) Density changes during the fractional crystallization of basaltic magma: fluid dynamic implications. Contrib. Mineral. Petrol., 85, p. 300-309. Sparks, R.S.J., and Walker, G.P.L. (1973) The ground surge deposit: a third type of pyroclastic rock. Nature, v.241, p.62-64. Spate, O.H.K. (1954) India and Pakistan; a general and regional geography. With a chapter on Ceylon by B.H. Farmer. London: Methuen. 827p.

Spector, A., and Grant, F.S. (1971) Statistical models for interpreting aeromagnetic data. Geophysics, v.35, p.293-302. Speer, B.R. [1998] Web reference http://www.ucmp.berkeley.edu/protista/alveolates.ht ml. Speers, E.C. (1957) The age relation and origin of common Sudbury breccia. Journal of Geology, v.65, p.497-514. Spencer, A.C. (1917) The geology and ore deposits of Ely, Nevada. U.S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 96. 189p. Spencer, E.W. (1969) Introduction to the structure of the Earth. New York: McGraw-Hill. 597p. Spieker, E.M. (1956) Mountain-building chronology and nature of geologic time scale. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.40, no.8, p.1769-1815. Spindler, W.M. (1977) Structure and stratigraphy of a small Plio-Pleistocene depocenter, Louisiana continental shelf. Gulf Coast Association of Geological Societies. Transactions, v.27, p.180-196. Sposito, G. (1989) The chemistry of soils. New York, Oxford University Press, 277p. Spotts, J.H., and Weser, O.E. (1964) Directional properties of a Miocene turbidite, California. In: Bouma, A.H., and Brouwer, A., eds. Turbidites , p.199-221. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 264p. (Developments in sedimentology 3.) Sprinkle, James (1973) Morphology and evolution of blastozoan echinoderms. Harvard University Museum of Comparative Zoology. Special Publication. 283p. Sproule, J.C. (1939) The Pleistocene geology of the Cree Lake region, Saskatchewan. Royal Society of Canada. Transactions, ser.3, v.33, sec.4, p. 101-109. Spudis, P.D. (2000) Volcanism on the Moon. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.697-708. Spurr, J.E. (1923) The filling of fissure veins. Engineering & Mining Journal, v.116, Aug.25, p.329-330. Spurrell, F.C.J. (1887) A sketch of the history of the rivers and denudation of West Kent, etc. Geological Magazine, dec.3, v.4, no.273, p.121-122. SSSA: Soil Science Society of America (1965) Glossary of soil science terms. Its Proceedings, v.29, p.330-351. Revised (1970), 27p.; (1975), 34p. Madison, Wis.: Its publication. Stach, E. (1968) Basic principles of coal petrology; macerals, microlithotypes and some effects on coalification. In: Murchison, Duncan, and Westoll, T.S., eds. Coal

814

Stanger

Stille

and coal-bearing strata, p.3-17. New York: Elsevier. 418p. Stamp, L.D. (1921) On cycles of sedimentation in the Eocene strata of the Anglo-Franco-Belgian basin. Geological Magazine, v.58, p.108-114, 146-157, 194-200. Stamp, L.D., ed. (1961) A glossary of geographical terms. New York: Wiley. 539p. Stamp, L.D., ed. (1966) A glossary of geographical terms. 2nd ed. London: Longmans, Green. 539p. Stanek, W., and Worley, I. A. (1983) A terminology of virgin peat and peatlands. in C. H. Fuchsman and S. A. Spigarelli (eds.), International Symposium of Peat Utilization, Oct. 10-13, 1983, Bemidji State University Center for Environmental Studies, p. 75-102. Stanger, Gordon (1994) Dictionary of hydrology and water resources. Adelaide, South Australia: Lochan, 208 p. Stanley, D.J., and Swift, D.J.P., eds. (1976) Marine Sediment transport and environmental management. New York: Wiley. 602p. Staub, Rudolf (1928) Der bewegungsmechanismus der erde dargelegt am bau der irdischen gebirgssysteme. Berlin: Gebrüder Borntraeger. 270p. Stauffer, M.R., et al. (1976) Rhomboidal lattice structure: a common feature on sandy beaches. Canadian Journal of Earth Science, v.13, p.1667-1677. Stearns, D.W. (1978) Faulting and forced folding in the Rocky Mountains foreland. Geological Society of America. Memoir 151, p.1-37. Stearns, H. T., and Clark, W. O. (1930) Geology and water resources of the Kau district, Hawaii. U. S. Geological Survey Water Supply Paper 616. Stearns, H.T., and Macdonald, G.A. (1942) Geology and groundwater resources of the island of Maui, Hawaii. Hawaii Division of Hydrography. Bulletin, no.7. 344p. Stearns, N.D. (1927) Report on the geology and ground-water hydrology of the experimental area of the United States Public Health Service at Fort Caswell, North Carolina. U.S. Hygienic Laboratory Bulletin 147, p. 137-168. Steen-McIntyre, Virginia (1977) A manual for tephrochronology--collection, preparation, petrographic description, and approximate dating of tephra (volcanic ash). Idaho Springs, Colo.: published by the author. 167p. Stefan, Joseph (1879) Über die Beziehung zwischen der Wärmestrahlung und der Temperatur. Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien. Sitzungsberichte, v.79, pt.2, p.391-428.

Steininger, F.F., Aubry, M.P., Berggren, W.A., Biolzi, M., Borsetti, A.M., Cartlidge, J.E., Cati, F., Corfield, R., Gelati, R., Iaccarino, S., Napoleone, C., Ottner, F., Rögl, F., Roetzel, R., Spezzaferri, S., Tateo, F., Villa, G., and Zevenboom, D. (1997) The Global Stratotype Section and Point (GSSP) for the base of the Neogene. Episodes, v.20, no.1, p.23-28. Steinker, P. J. and Steinker, D. C. (1972) The meaning of stratigraphic facies. The Compass of Sigma Gamma Epsilon, v. 49, p. 45-53. Steinmann, G. (1926) Die ophiolitischen Zonen in den mediterranean Ketterigebirgen. International Geological Congress. 14th, Madrid, 1926. Session 14, Report, p.637. Steno, Nicolaus (1669) Nicolai Stenonis de solido intra solidum naturaliter contento dissertationis prodromus. Florence. 79 p.- See also: Steno, Nicolaus (1916) The prodromus of Nicolaus Steno's dissertation concerning a solid body enclosed by process of nature within a solid. English version with introduction & explanatory notes by J.G. Winter. Foreword by W.H. Hobbs. New York: Macmillan. 119p. (University of Michigan Studies; Humanistic Series, v.11, pt.2, p.165-283). Stephens, N., and Synge, F.M. (1966) Pleistocene shorelines. In: Dury, G.H., ed. Essays in geomorphology. p.1-51. New York: Elsevier. 404p. Stephenson, L. W. (1917) Tongue, a new stratigraphic term, with illustrations from the Mississippi Cretaceous. Washington Academy of Sciences Journal, v. 7, no. 9, p. 243-250. Stephenson, L.W., and Veatch, J.O. (1915) Underground waters of the Coastal Plain of Georgia. U.S. Geological Survey. Water-supply Paper 341. 539p. Sternberg, H. (1875) Untersuchungen über Längen-und Querprofil geschiebeführender Flüsse. Zeitschrift für Bauwesen, v.25, p.483-506. Stevens, R.E., and Carron, M.K. (1948) Simple field test for distinguishing minerals by abrasion pH. American Mineralogist, v.33, p.31-50. Stewart, D.B. (1975) Apollonian metamorphic rocks--the products of prolonged subsolidus equilibration. Abstracts of papers submitted to the Sixth Lunar Science Conference, March 17-21, 1975. Lunar Science VI, Part II, p.774-776. Houston: Lunar Science Institute. Stewart, H.B., jr. (1956) Contorted sediments in modern coastal lagoon explained by laboratory experiments. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.40, p.153-161. Stewart, J.H., and Poole, F.G. (1974) Lower Paleozoic and uppermost Precambrian Cordilleran miogeocline, Great Basin, western United States. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists. Special Publication 22, p.28-57.

815

Stille

Studdard

Stille, H.W. (1940) Einführung in den Bau Amerikas. Berlin: Gebrüder Borntraeger. 717p. Stille, Hans (1930) Über Einseitigkeiten in der germanotypen Tektonik Nordspaniens und Deutschlands. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Göttingen. Mathematisch-Physikalische Klasse. Nachrichten, 1930, H.3, p.379-397. Stille, Hans (1935) Der derzeitige tektonische Erdzustand. Preussische Academie der Wissenschaften, Physikalisch-mathematische Klasse. Sitzungsberichte, v.13, p.179-219. Stille, Hans (1936) Present tectonic state of the Earth. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.20, p.849-880. Stille, Hans (1936) Wege und Ergebnisse der geologisch-tektonisch-en Forschung. Berlin: 25 Jahre Kaiser Wilhelm-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaft, v.2, p.77-97. Stillwell, F.L. (1918) The metamorphic rocks of Adelie Land. Australasian Antarctic Expedition, 1911-1914, under the leadership of Sir Douglas Mawson. Scientific reports, Series A, v.3, pt.1, p.7-230. Stolt, R.H. (1978) Migration by Fourier transform. Geophysics, v.43, p.23-48. Stormer, Leif (1966) Concepts of stratigraphical classification and terminology. Earth-Science Reviews, v.1, p.5-28. Stoces, Bohuslav, and White, C.H. (1935) Structural geology, with special reference to economic deposits. London: Macmillan. 460p. Stockdale, P.B. (1939) Lower Mississippian rocks of the east-central interior. Geological Society of America. Special Paper 22. 248p. Stockwell, C.H. (1964) Fourth report on structural provinces, orogenics, and time-classification of rocks of the Canadian Precambrian Shield. In: Age determinations and geological studies, part 2. Geological Survey of Canada. Geological studies. Paper 64-17. Stokes, W. L. (1983) Diastrophy--a word whose time has come. Journal of Geological Education, v. 31, p. 35. Stokes, W.L. (1947) Primary lineation in fluvial sandstones, a criterion of current direction. Journal of Geology, v.55, p.52-54. Stokes, W.L. (1953) Primary sedimentary trend indicators as applied to ore finding in the Carrizo Mountains, Arizona and New Mexico. Pt.1. Salt Lake City: University of Utah. 48p. (U.S. Atomic Energy Commission. Report RME-3043, pt.1). Stokes, W.L., and Judson, S.S. (1968) Introduction to geology, physical and historical. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall. 530p.

816

Stokes, W.L., and Varnes, D.J. (1955) Glossary of selected geologic terms, with special reference to their use in engineering. Denver: Colorado Scientific Society. 165p. (Colorado Scientific Society. Proceedings, v.16). Stone, R.O. (1967) A desert glossary. Earth-science Reviews, v.3, p.211-268. Storey, T.P., and Patterson, J.R. (1959) StratigraphyCtraditional and modern concepts. American Journal of Science, v.257, p.707-721. Stormer, Leif (1966) Concepts of stratigraphical classification and terminology. Earth-Science Reviews, v.1, p.5-28. Strahan, Aubrey (1907) The country around Swansea; being an account of the region comprised in sheet 247 of the map. London: H.M.S.O. 170p. (Great Britain. Geological Survey. Memoirs; England and Wales: the geology of the South Wales coal-field, pt.8) Strahler, A.N. (1946) Geomorphic terminology and classification of land masses. Journal of Geology, v.54, no.1, p.32-42. Strahler, A.N. (1952a) Dynamic basis of geomorphology. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.63, p.923-938. Strahler, A.N. (1952b) Hypsometric (area-altitude) analysis of erosional topography. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.63, p.1117-1142. Strahler, A.N. (1954) Quantitative geomorphology of erosional landscapes. International Geological Congress. 19th, Algiers, 1952. Comptes rendus, sec. 13, pt.3, fasc.15, p.341-354. Strahler, A.N. (1956) The nature of induced erosion and aggradation. In: Thomas, W.L., Jr., ed. Man's role in changing the face of the Earth , p.621-638. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 1193p. Strahler, A.N. (1958) Dimensional analysis applied to fluvially eroded landforms. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.69, p.279-299. Strahler, A.N. (1963) The earth sciences. New York: Harper & Row. 681p. Strahler, A.N. (1964) Quantitative geomorphology of drainage basins and channel networks. In: Chow, Ven Te, ed. Handbook of applied hydrology; a compendium of water-resources technology , sec.4, p.39-76. New York: McGraw-Hill. 29 sections. Streckeisen, A. L. (1976) To each plutonic rock its proper name. Earth Science Review, v.12, p.1-33. Streckeisen, A.L. (1967) Classification and nomenclature of igneous rocks (final report of an inquiry). Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie. Abhandlungen, v.107, no.2, p.144-214.

Stutzer

Tappan

Strickland, Cyril (1940) Deltaic formation with special reference to the hydrographic processes of the Ganges and the Brahmaputra. New York: Longmans, Green. 157p. Stringfield, V.T. (1966) Hydrogeology-definition and application. Ground Water, v.4, no.4, p.2-4. Strom, K. (1966) Geophysiography. Atlas, v. 2, no. 1, p. 8-9. Strother, P.K. (1996) Acritarchs. In: Jansonius, J., and McGregor, D.C., eds., Palynology; principles and applications 1. Dallas, Tex., American Association of Stratigraphic Palynologists Foundation, p.81-196. Studdard, G. J. (compiler) (1993) Common environmental terms--A glossary. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA Region IV, Atlanta, GA, 23 p. Stutzer, Otto, and Noé, A.C. (1940) Geology of coal. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 461p. Suess, F.E. (1900) Die Herkunft der Moldavite und verwandter Gläser. Austria. Geologische Reichsanstalt. Jahrbuch, Bd.50, H.2, p.193-382. Suess, H.E., and Urey, H.C. (1956) Abundances of the elements. Reviews of Modern Physics, v.28, p.53-74. Suggate, R.P. (1965) The definition of "interglacial". Journal of Geology, v.73, p.619-626. Sullwold, H.H., Jr. (1959) Nomenclature of load deformation in turbidites. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v. 71, p. 635-636. Sullwold, H.H.,jr. (1960) Load-cast terminology and origin of convolute bedding: further comments. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.71, p.635-636. Sumner, J.S. (1976) Principles of induced polarization for geophysical prospecting. New York: Elsevier. 277p. Sutton, A.H. (1940) Time and stratigraphic terminology. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.51, p.1397-1412. Suzuki, S., and Uozumi, S. (1981) Organic components of prismatic layers in molluscan shells. Journal of the Faculty of Science, Hokkaido University, ser.4, v.20, no.1, p.7-20. Svensson, Nils-Bertil (1968) Lake Lappajärvi, central Finland: a possible meteorite impact structure. Nature, v.217, p.438. Sverdrup, H.U., et al. (1942) The oceans, their physics, chemistry, and general biology. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall. 1087p. Swain, F.M. (1949) Onlap, offlap, overstep, and overlap. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.33, p.634-636.

Swain, F.M. (1958) Organic materials of early Middle Devonian, Mt. Union area, Pennsylvania. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.42, p.2858-2891. Swain, F.M. (1963) Geochemistry of humus. In: Breger, I.A. ed. Organic geochemistry, p.87-147. New York: Macmillan. 658p. (Earth science series 16.) Swain, F.M., and Prokopovich, N. (1954) Stratigraphic distribution of lipoid substances in Cedar Creek Bog, Minnesota. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.65, p.1183-1198. Swann, D.H., and Willman, H.B. (1961) Megagroups in Illinois. American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Bulletin, v.45, p.471-483. Swartz, Delbert (1971) Collegiate dictionary of botany. New York: Ronald. 520p. Swayne, J.C. (1956) A concise glossary of geographical terms. London: George Philip & Son. 164p. Swenson, H.N., and Woods, J.E. (1971) Physical science for liberal arts students. 2d ed. New York: Wiley. Swesnik, R.M. (1950) Goldren Trend of south-central Oklahoma. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.34, p.386-422. Swift, D.J.P., et al. (1972) Holocene evolution of the shelf surface, central and southern Atlantic shelf of North America. In: Swift, D.J.P., Duane, D.B., and Pilkey, O.H., eds. Shelf sediment transport: process and pattern , ch.23, p.499-574. Stroudsburg, Pa.: Dowden, Hutchinson, & Ross. T Taber, Stephen (1943) Perennially frozen ground in Alaska: its origin and history. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.54, p.1433-1548. Talbot, M., and Livingstone, D.A. (1989) Hydrogen index and carbon isotopes of lacustrine organic matter as lake level indicators. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology, v.70, p.121-137. Tan Sin Hok (1931) On Cycloclypeus B its phylogeny and signification for the biostratigraphy in general and for the stratigraphy of the Tertiary of the Indo-Pacific region. Overgedrukt vit de "Handelingen" van het Zesde Nederlandsch-Indish Natuurwetenschappelijk Congress, p. 641-644. Tanaka, Kenneth L. (1986) The stratigraphy of Mars. In: Proceedings of the Seventeenth lunar and planetary science conference: Part 1. Washington, DC: American Geophysical Union. Taner, M.T., Koehler, F., and Sheriff, R.E., (1979) Complex trace analysis. Geophysics, 44, 1041-1063. Tanner, P. W. G. (1989) The flexural-slip mechanism. J. Struct. Geol., v. 11, p. 635-655.

817

Tappan

Termier

Tanner, W.F. (1960) Shallow water ripple mark varieties. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.30, p.481-485. Tanner, W.F. (1975) Beach processes, Berrien County, Michigan. International Association for Great Lakes Research. Journal of Great Lakes Research, v.1, p.171-178. Tanner, W.F. (1976) Tectonically significant pebble types: sheared, pocked, and second-cycle examples. Sedimentary Geology, v.16, p.69-83. Tanton, T.L. (1944) Conchilites. Royal Society of Canada. Transactions, ser.3, v.38, sec.4, p.97-104. Tappan, H. (1980) The paleobiology of plant protists. San Francisco, W.H. Freeman, 977 p. Tappan, H., and Loeblich, A.R., Jr. (1971) Surface sculpture on the wall in lower Paleozoic acritarchs. Micropaleontology, v.17, no.4, p.385-410. Tarr, R.S. (1902) The physical geography of New York. New York: Macmillan. 397p. Tarr, R.S. (1914) College physiography. New York: Macmillan. 837p. Tarr, R.S., and Martin, Lawrence (1914) Alaskan glacier studies of the National Geographic Society in the Yakutat Bay, Prince William Sound and lower Copper River regions. Washington: The National Geographic Society. 498p. Tarr, R.S., and Von Engeln, O.D. (1926) New physical geography. New York: Macmillan. 689p. Tarr, W.A. (1938) Terminology of the chemical siliceous sediments. National Research Council. Division of Geology and Geography. Annual report for 1937-1938, appendix A, exhibit A, p.8-27. (Its Committee on Sedimentation. Report, exhibit A). Tator, B.A. (1949) Valley widening processes in the Colorado Rockies. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, V.60, p.1771-1783. Tator, B.A. (1953) Pediment characteristics and terminology; part II. Association of American Geographers. Annals, v.43, p.47-53. Tatsumi, Y., and Ishizaka, K. (1982) Origin of high-magnesian andesites in the Setouchi volcanic belt, southwest Japan. I. Petrographical and chemical characteristics. Earth and Planetary Science Letters, v.60, p.293-304. Taubeneck, W.H., and Poldervaart, A. (1960) Geology of the Elkhorn Mountains, northern Oregon: Part 2. Willow Lake intrusion. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.71, p.1295-1322. Tavener-Smith, R., and Williams, A. (1972) The secretion and structure of the skeleton of living and fossil

Bryozoa. Royal Society of London Philosophical Transactions, ser.B, v.264, p.97-159. Taylor, F.J.R. (1979) The toxigenic gonyaulacoid dinoflagellates. In: Taylor, D.L., and Seliger, H.H., eds., Toxic dinoflagellate blooms. New York, Elsevier/North Holland, p.47-56. Taylor, F.J.R. (1980) Dinoflagellate evolution. BioSystems, v.13, p.65-108. Taylor, G.L., and Reno, D.H. (1948) Magnetic properties of "granite" wash and unweathered "granite". Geophysics, v.13, p.163-181. Taylor, J.D., Kennedy, W.J., and Hall, A. (1969) The shell structure and mineralogy of the Bivalvia. Introduction. Nuculacea-Trigonacea. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Zoology, Supplement, no.3, p.1-125. Taylor, J.D., Kennedy, W.J., and Hall, A. (1973) The shell structure and mineralogy of the Bivalvia. II, Lucinacea-Clavagellacea, conclusions. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural History), Zoology, v.22, no.9, p.253-294. Taylor, S.R. (1975) Lunar science: a post-Apollo view. New York: Pergamon. 372p. Taylor, S.R. (1982) Planetary science: a lunar perspective. Houston: Lunar and Planetary Institute. 481p. Taylor, T.G., ed. (1951) Geography in the twentieth century. New York: Philosophical Library. 630p. Taylor, W.C. (1897) Mineral soap. Engineering and Mining Journal, v.63, p.600-601. Teall, J.J.H. (1887) On the origin of certain banded gneisses. Geological Magazine, v.4, no.11, p.484-493. Teall, J.J.H. (1903) On dedolomitisation. Geological Magazine, n.s., Dec.4, v.10, p.513-514. Tebbutt, G.E., et al. (1965) Lithogenesis of a distinctive carbonate rock fabric. University of Wyoming. Contributions to Geology, v.4, no.1, p.1-13. Teichert, Curt (1958) Concept of facies. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.42, p.2718-2744. Teichert, Curt (1958a) Some biostratigraphic concepts. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.69, p.99-119. Teichert, Curt (1970) Runzelmarken (wrinkle marks). Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.40, p.1056-1057. Telford, W.M., Geldart, L.P., and Sheriff, R.E. (1990) Applied geophysics. Second edition. Cambridge University Press, 770p.

818

Terzaghi

Tilsley

Telford, W.M., Geldart, L.P., Sheriff, R.E., and Keys, D.A. (1984) Applied geophysics. Cambridge University Press, ???p. Ten Haaf, Ernst (1956) Significance of convolution lamination. Geologie en Mijnbouw, v.18, p.188-194. Ten Haaf, Ernst (1959) Graded beds of the northern Apennines. PhD thesis, Ricks University of Groningen. 102p. Termier, Henri, and Termier, Geneviéve (1963) Erosion and sedimentation. Translated by D.W. Humphries and E.E. Humphries. New York: Van Nostrand. 433p. Termier, Henri, and Termier, Geneviève (1956) La notion de migration en paléontologie. Geologische Rundschau, v.45, p.26-42. Terzaghi, K.C. von (1943) Theoretical soil mechanics. New York: Wiley. 510p. Terzaghi, Karl, and Peck, R.B. (1967) Soil mechanics in engineering practice, 2nd ed. New York: Wiley. 729p. Tester, A.C., and Bay, H.X. (1931) The shapometer; a device for measuring the shapes of pebbles. Science, n.s., v.73, p.565-566. Theis, C.V. (1935) The relation between the lowering of the piezometric surface and the rate and duration of discharge of a well using ground-water storage. American Geophysical Union. Transactions, 1935, p.519-524. Theis, C.V. (1938) The significance and nature of the cone of depression in ground-water bodies. Economic Geology, v.33, p.889-902. Thiessen, R.L. (1986) Two-dimensional refold interference patterns. Journal of Structural Geology, v.8, p.563-573. Thomas, G.E. (1962) Grouping of carbonate rocks into textural and porosity units for mapping purposes. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Memoir 1, p.193-223. Thomas, H.D. (1960) Misuse of "bioclastic limestone". American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.44, p.1833-1834. Thomas, H.D., and Larwood, G.P. (1956) Some "uniserial" membraniporine polyzoan genera and a new American Albian species. Geological Magazine, v.93, p.369-376. Thompson, A.B., and Perkins, E.H. (1981) Lambda transitions in minerals. In: R.C. Newton et al., eds. Thermodynamics of minerals and melts. p. 35-62. New York: Springer-Verlag. 304p. Thompson, D.G. (1929) The Mohave Desert region, California; a geographic, geologic, and hydrologic

reconnaissance. U.S. Geological Survey. Water-supply Paper 578. 759p. Thompson, J.B., jr. (1957) The graphical analysis of mineral assemblages in pelitic schists. American Mineralogist, v.42, p.842-858. Thompson, J.B., jr., et al. (1982) Reactions in amphibolite, greenschist and blueschist. Journal of Petrology, v.23, p.1-27. Thompson, J.B., Jr., Mullins, H.T., Newton, C.R., and Vercoutere, T.L. (1985) Alternative biofacies model for dysaerobic communities. Lethaia, v.18, p.167-179. Thompson, M.M. (1988) Maps for America, 3rd ed. U.S. Geological Survey Special Publication, 265p. Thomsen, L. (2002) Understanding seismic anisotropy in exploration and exploitation. Society of Explorational Geophysicists, ????? Thorarinsson, S. (1981) Tephra studies and tephrochronology; a historical review with special reference to Iceland. In Self, S. and Sparks, R. S. J., eds., Tephra studies. D. Reidel Publ. Co., Dordrecht, Holland, p. 1-12. Thorarinsson, Sigurdur (1944) Tefrokronologiska studier pa Island: Thjorsardalur och dess foeroedelse; Tephrochronological studies in Iceland. Geografiska Annaler, 1-2, p. 1-217. Thorn, C.E. (1976) Quantitative evaluation of nivation in the Colorado Front Range. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.87, p.1169-1178. Thornbury, W.D. (1954) Principles of geomorphology. New York: Wiley. 618p. Thornton, C.P., and Tuttle, O.F. (1960) Chemistry of igneous rocksCpt.1, differentiation index. American Journal of Science, v.258, p.664-668. Thorp, J., and Smith, G.D. (1949) Higher categories of soil classification. Soil Science, v.67, p.117-126. Thorson, Gunnar (1957) Bottom communities (sublittoral or shallow shelf). Geological Society of America. Memoir 67, v.1, p.461-534. Thrush, P.W., compiler (1968) A dictionary of mining, mineral, and related terms. Compiled and edited by P.W. Thrush and the Staff of the Bureau of Mines. Washington: U.S. Bureau of Mines. 1269p. Thurston, J.B., and Smith, R.S. (1997) Automatic conversion of magnetic data to depth, dip, and susceptibility contrast using the SPITM method. Geophysics, v.62, p.807-813. Thwaites, F.T. (1926) The origin and significance of pitted outwash. Journal of Geology, v.34, p.308-319. Tiddeman, R.H. (1890) On concurrent faulting and deposit in Carboniferous times in Craven, Yorkshire, with

819

Tinkler

Tucker

a note on Carboniferous reefs. British Association for the Advancement of Science. Report, 1889, 59th, p.600-603. Tieje, A.J. (1921) Suggestions as to the description and naming of sedimentary rocks. Journal of Geology, v.29, p.650-666. Tilley, C.E. (1925) Metamorphic zones in the southern highlands of Scotland. Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v.81, p.100-112. Tilley, C.E., and Muir, I.D. (1964) Intermediate members of the oceanic basalt-trachyte association. Geologiska Föreningen i Stockholm. Förhandlingar, v.85, p.436-444. Tilsley, J.E. (1977) Placosols: another problem in exploration geochemistry. Journal of Geochemical Exploration, v.7, p.21-30. Tinkler, K.J. (1985) A short history of geomorphology. Totwa, N.J., Barnes and Noble Books, 317p. TIP: Moore, R.C., editor 1953-1974 (subsequent editors, Curt Teichert and R.A. Robison) Treatise on invertebrate paleontology. Prepared under the guidance of the Joint Committee on Invertebrate Paleontology. Lawrence, Kan.: University of Kansas Press and the Geological Society of America. Issued in separate parts identified by letter. Tippo, Oswald (1942) A modern classification of the plant kingdom. Chronica Botanica, v.7, p.203-206. Titkov, Nikolai, et al. (1965) Mineral formation and structure in the electrochemical induration of weak rocks. New York: Consultants Bureau. 74p. Törnebohm, A.E. (1880-1881) Nagra ord om granit och gneis. Geologiska Föreningen, Stockholm. Förhandlingar, v.5, p.233-248. Tobi, A.C. (1971) The nomenclature of the charnockitic rock suite. Neues Jahrbuch für Mineralogie, Monatshefte, no.5, p.193-205. Todd, David Keith (1959) Ground water hydrology, xii. New York: John Wiley & Sons. Todd, J.E. (1902) Hydrographic history of South Dakota. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.13, p.27-40. Todd, J.E. (1903) Concretions and their geological effects. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.14, p.353-368. Tolman, C.F. (1937) Ground water. New York: McGraw-Hill. 593p. Tomkeieff, S.I. (1943) Megatectonics and microtectonics. Nature, v.152, p.347-349. Tomkeieff, S.I. (1946) James Hutton's "Theory of the Earth", 1795. Geologist's Association. Proceedings, v.57, p.322-328.

820

Tomkeieff, S.I. (1954) Coals and bitumens and related fossil carbonaceius substances; nomenclature and classification. London: Pergamon Press. 122p. Tomkeieff, S.I. (1961) Alkalic ultrabasic rocks and carbonatites of the U.S.S.R. International Geology Review, v.3, p.739-758. Tomkeieff, S.I. (1962) UnconformityCan historical study. Geologists' Association. Proceedings, v.73, p.383-417. Tourtelot, H.A. (1960) Origin and use of the word "shale". American Journal of Science, v.258-A (Bradley volume), p.335-343. Towe, K.M., (1978) Tentaculites: Evidence for a brachiopod affinity? Science, v.201, p.626-628. Tower, W.S. (1904) The development of cutoff meanders. American Geographical Society. Bulletin, v.36, p.589-599. Trask, N.J., and Dzurisin, D. (1984) Geologic map of the Discovery quadrangle of Mercury. U.S. Geological Survey Map I-1658 (H-11). Trask, P.D. (1932) Origin and environment of source sediments of petroleum. Houston: American Petroleum Institute. 323p. Traverse, A. (1988) Paleopalynology. Boston, Unwin Hyman, 600p. Treiber, Erich (1957) Die Chemie der Pflanzenzellwand. Berlin: Springer-Verlag. 511p. Trenhaile, A.S. (1987) The geomorphology of rocky coasts. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 384p. Trevisan, Livio (1950) Genèse des terrasses fluviatiles en relation avec les cycles climatiques. International Geographical Congress. 16th, Lisbon. Comptes Rendus, tome 2, p.511-528. Tröger, W.E. (1935) Spezielle Petrographie der Eruptivgesteine: Ein nomenklatur-Kompendium. Berlin: Verlag der Deutschen Mineralogischen Gesellschaft e.V. 360p. Troll, Carl (1944) Strukturböden, Solifluktion und Frostklimate der Erde. Geologische Rundschau, Bd.34, p.545-694. Trowbridge, A.C. (1921) The erosional history of the Driftless Area. State University of Iowa. Studies in Natural History, v.9, no.3. 127p. (State University of Iowa. Studies, 1st ser., no.40). Trümpy, Rudolf (1955) Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Palaogeographie und Deckenbau. Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Zürich, Vierteljahrschrift, pt.C, p.217-231.

Tucker

USBLM

Trueman, A.E. (1923) Some theoretical aspects of correlation. Geologists' Association. Proceedings, v.34, p.193-206. Trusheim, Ferdinand (1957) Über Halokinese und ihre Bedeutung für die strukturelle Entwicklung Norddeutschlands [On halokinesis and its significance for the structural development of North Germany]. Zeitschrift für Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft, v. 109, p. 111-151. Tschudy, R.H., and Scott, R.D. (1969) Aspects of palynology. New York: Interscience. 510p. Tsien, H.H. (1981) Ancient reefs and reed carbonates. Proceedings, 4th International Coral Reef Symposium (Manila, 1981), v.1, p.601-609. Tucker, M. E., and Wright, V. P. (1990) Carbonate Sedimentology. Oxford: Blackwell Sci. Publ., 482 p. Tucker, R.M. (1981) Giant polygons in the Triassic salt of Cheshire, England: A thermal contraction model for their origin. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.51, p.779-786. Turner, F.J. (1948) Mineralogical and structural evolution of the metamorphic rocks. Geological Society of America. Memoir 30. 342p. Turner, F.J. (1968) Metamorphic petrology. New York: McGraw-Hill. 403p. Turner, F.J., and Verhoogen, Jean (1951) Igneous and metamorphic petrology. 1st ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 602p. Turner, F.J., and Verhoogen, Jean (1960) Igneous and metamorphic petrology. 2d ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 694p. Turner, F.J., and Weiss, L.E. (1963) Structural analysis of metamorphic tectonites. New York: McGraw-Hill. 545p. Tuttle, O.F. and Gittins, J., eds. (1966) Carbonatites. New York: Interscience. 591p. Tuttle, O.F., and Bowen, N.L. (1958) Origin of granite in the light of experimental studies in the system NaAlSi 3 O8 KAlSi3 O8 SiO3CH2 O. Geological Society of America. Memoir 74. 153p. Twenhofel, W.H. (1937) Terminology of the fine-grained mechanical sediments. National Research Council. Division of Geology and Geography. Annual report for 1936-1937, appendix I, exhibit F), p. 81-104 (Its Committee on Sedimentation Report, exhibit F). Twenhofel, W.H. (1939) Principles of sedimentation. New York, McGraw-Hill, 610p. Twenhofel, William Henry (1950) Principles of sedimentation. 2nd ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 673 p.

Twiss, R. (1988) Description and classification of folds in single surfaces. J. Struct. Geol., v. 10, p. 607-623. Tyrrell, G.W. (1921) Some points in petrographic nomenclature. Geological Magazine, v.58, p.494-502. Tyrrell, G.W. (1926) The principles of petrology; an introduction to the science of rocks. London: Methuen. 349p. Tyrrell, G.W. (1950) The principles of petrology; an introduction to the science of rocks. London: Methuen; New York: E.P. Dutton. Tyrrell, J.B. (1904) Crystosphenes or buried sheets of ice in the tundra of northern America. Journal of Geology, v.12, p.232-236. Tyrrell, J.B. (1910) "Rock glaciers" or chrystocrenes. Journal of Geology, v.18, p.549-553. Tyrrell, J.B., and Dowling, D.B. (1896) Report on the country between Athabasca Lake and Churchill River with notes on two routes travelled between the Churchill and Saskatchewan rivers. Geological Survey of Canada. Annual report 1895, n.s., v.8, report D. 120p. Tyson, R. (1995) Sedimentary organic matter. London, Chapman and Hall, 615p. U U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (1991) Glossary of hydrologic engineering terms. Davis, CA: Hydrologic Engineering Center, 155 p. U.S. Federal Committee on Research Natural Areas (1968) A directory of research natural areas on Federal lands of the United State of America. Washington: U.S. Government Printing Office. 129p. U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office (1966) Glossary of oceanographic terms. 2nd ed. U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office, Special Publication 35. 204p. U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office (1968) Ice observations. 2nd ed. Washington: U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office. 42p. (H.O. Publication no.606-d). Udden, J.A. (1898) The mechanical composition of wind deposits. Rock Island, Ill: Augustana Library Publications, no.1. 69p. Udden, J.A. (1914) Mechanical composition of clastic sediments. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.25, p.655-744. Ulrich, E.O. (1911) Revision of the Paleozoic systems. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.22, p.281-680. Umbgrove, J.H.F. (1933) Verschillende Typen van tertiaire Geosynclinalen in den Indischen Archipel. Leidsche Geologische Mededeelingen, v.5, no.1, p.33-43.

821

USDA

Van Hinte

Underwood, L.B. (1957) Rebound problem in the Pierre Shale at Oahe Dam, Pierre, South Dakota, Pt.1 (abstract). Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.68, no.12, pt.2, p.1807-1808. Uozumi, S., and Suzuki, S. (1981) The evolution of shell structure in the Bivalvia. In: Habe, T., and Omori, M., eds., Studies of molluscan paleobiology, Professor Omori Memorial Volume. Niigata, Japan, Niigata University Publication Committee, p.63-77. Urbanek, Adam, and Towe, K.M. (1974) Ultrastructural studies on graptolites, 1: The periderm and its derivatives in the Dendroidea and in Mastigograptus. Smithsonian Contributions to Paleobiology, no.20. 48p. USBLM: U.S. Bureau of Land Management (1973) Manual of surveying instructions. http://www.cadastral.com/73manl-1.htm USDA: U.S. Department of Agriculture (1938) Soils and men. Washington: Government Printing Office. 1232p. (Its Yearbook of agriculture, 1938.) USDA: U.S. Department of Agriculture (1957) Soil. Washington: Government Printing Office. 784p. (Its Yearbook of Agriculture, 1957). USDA: U.S. Department of Agriculture (1975) Soil taxonomy: a basic system of soil classification for making and interpreting soil surveys. Agriculture Handbook 436. 754p. USGS: U.S. Geological Survey (1947) United States National Map accuracy standards, rev. 6/47. http://rockyweb.cr.usgs.gov/nmpstds/nmas.html USGS: U.S. Geological Survey (1958) Suggestions to authors of the reports of the United States Geological Survey. 5th ed. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office. 255p. USGS: U.S. Geological Survey (1965) Topographic instructions. 5C3 Definitions. 166p. USGS: U.S. Geological Survey (1970) Geologic time--The age of the Earth. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office. 20p. USGS: U.S. Geological Survey (1980) Principles of a resource/reserve classification for minerals. USGS Circular C 831, 5p. (Replaces USGS Bulletin 1450-A). USGS: U.S. Geological Survey (1991) Standards for 1:12,000-scale orthophoto quarter quadrangles, 8/91. USGS National Mapping Program (NMP) Standard. http://rockyweb.cr.usgs.gov/nmpstds/omastds.html USGS: U.S. Geological Survey (1993) Standards for 1:24,000-scale orthophoto quadrangles, 2/93. USGS National Mapping Program (NMP) Standard. http://rockyweb.cr.usgs.gov/nmpstds/omastds.html

USGS: U.S. Geological Survey (1996) Standards for 1:24,000-scale digital line graphs and quadrangle maps, Part 7: Hypsography, Appendix 7A: Background material for contour. USGS National Mapping Program (NMP) Standard, 4/96, 34p. http://rockyweb.cr.usgs.gov/ nmpstds/acrodocs/dlggmap/7dgm0401.pdf USGS: U.S. Geological Survey (2000) U.S. geodata digital elevation models. USGS Fact Sheet FS-040-00 (04/2000). http://erg.usgs.gov/isb/pubs/ factsheets/fs04000.pdf USGS: U.S. Geological Survey (2001) Standards for digital raster graphics. USGS National Mapping Program (NMP) Standard, 4/01. http://rockyweb.cr.usgs.gov/nmpstds/drgstds.html USGS: U.S. Geological Survey (2002a) Standards for raster feature separates. USGS National Mapping Program (NMP) Standard, 11/02. http://rockyweb.cr.usgs.gov/nmpstds/rfsstds.html USGS: U.S. Geological Survey (2002b) Standards for revised primary series quadrangle maps. USGS National Mapping Program (NMP) Standard, 12/02. http://rockyweb.cr.usgs.gov/nmpstds/rfsstds.html Vacher, H.L., and Mylroie, J.E. (2002) Eogenetic karst from the perspective of an equivalent porous medium. Carbonates and Evaporites, v.17, p.182-196. V Vail, P. R., Mitchum, R. M., and Thompson, S., III (1977) Seismic stratigraphy and global changes of sea level, part 3; relative changes of sea level from coastal onlap. In: C. E. Payton, ed., Seismic stratigraphy applications to hydrocarbon exploration , American Association of Petroleum Geologists Memoir 26, p. 63-82. Valentine, J.W. (1969) Patterns of taxonomic and ecological structure of the shelf benthos during Phanerozoic time. Palaeontology, v.12, pt.4, p.684-709. Vallance, J.W. (2000) Lahars. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.601-616. Van Bemmelen, R.W. (1932) De undatie theorie. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indië, v.92, p.85-242, 373-402. Van Bemmelen, R.W. (1933) The undation theory of the development of the Earth's crust. International Geological Congress. 16th, Washington, D.C. Proceedings, v.2, p.965-982, [1935]. Van Bemmelen, R.W. (1949) The geology of Indonesia, vol. 1A. The Hague: Government Printing Office. 732p. Van Couvering, J.A., Castradori, D., Cita, M.B., Hilgen, F.J., and Rio, D. (2000) The base of the Zanclean Stage and of the Pliocene Series. Episodes, v.23, no.3, p.179-187.

822

Van Hise

Veblen

Van de Poll, H.W., and Patel, I.M. (1981) Flute casts and related structures on moulded silt injection surfaces in continental sandstone of the Boss Point Formation; southeastern New Brunswick, Canada. Maritime Sediments and Atlantic Geology, v.17, p.1-22. Van der Gracht, W.A.J.M. van Waterschoot (1931) The Permo-Carboniferous orogeny in the south-central United States. Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam. Afdeeling natuurkunde Verhandlingen, deel 27, no.3. Van der Hammen, T., et al. (1971) The floral record of the Late Cenozoic of Europe. In: Turekian, K.K., ed. Late Cenozoic glacial ages, p.329-424. New Haven: Yale University Press. Van Hinte, J. E. (1969) The nature of biostratigraphic zones. 1st International Conference on Planktonic Microfossils, Proceedings, v. 2, p. 267-272. Van Hise, C.R. (1896) Principles of North American pre-Cambrian geology. U.S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 16th, pt.1, p.571-843. Van Hise, C.R. (1904) A treatise on metamorphism. U.S. Geological Survey. Monograph 47. 1286p. Van Hise, C.R., and Leith, C.K. (1911) The geology of the Lake Superior region. U.S. Geological Survey. Monograph 52. 641p. van Morkhoven, F. P. C. M. (1966) The concept of paleoecology and its practical application. Gulf Coast Assoc. of Geol. Soc. Trans., v. 16, p. 305-313. Van Riper, J.E. (1962) Man's physical world. New York: McGraw-Hill. 637p. Van Straaten, L.M.J.U. (1951) Longitudinal ripple marks in mud and sand. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.21, p.47-54. Van Straaten, L.M.J.U. (1953) Megaripples in the Dutch Wadden Sea and in the basin of Arcachon (France). Geologie en Mijnbouw, n.s., v.15, p.1-11. Van Straaten, L.M.J.U. (1953a) Rhythmic patterns on Dutch North Sea beaches. Geologie en Mijnbouw, n.s., v.15, p.31-43. van Straaten, L.M.J.U., and Kuenen, P.H. (1958) Tidal action as a cause of clay accumulation. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.28, p.406-413. Van Tuyl, F.M. (1916) The origin of dolomite. Iowa Geological Survey. Volume 25, p.251-421. Van Wagoner, J. C. (1985) Reservoir facies distribution as controlled by sea-level change. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists Mid-Year Meeting, Golden, CO, August 11-14, p. 91-92. Van Wagoner, J. C. (1991) Sequence stratigraphy and facies architecture of the Desert Member of the Blackhawk Formation and the Castlegate Formation in the Book Cliffs in eastern Utah and western Colorado. In: J. C. Van

Wagoner, C. R. Jones, D. R. Taylor, D. Nummedal, D. C. Jennette, G. W. Riley, eds., Sequence stratigraphy applications to shelf sandstone reservoirs; outcrop to subsurface examples. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Field Conference, September 21-25, p. 1-7 in section Day Four. Van Wagoner, J. C., Mitchum, R. M., Campion, K. M., Rahmanian, V. D. (1990) Siliciclastic sequence stratigraphy in well logs, cores and outcrops; concepts for high-resolution correlation of time and facies. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Methods in Exploration Series, no. 7, 55 p. Van Wagoner, J. C., Mitchum, R. M., Posamentier, H. W., and Vail, P. R. (1987) An overview of sequence stratigraphy and key definitions, 1987. In: A. W. Bailey, eds., Atlas of seismic stratigraphy, volume 1. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Studies in Geology, no. 27, p. 11-14. Van Wagoner, J. C., Posamentier, H. W., Mitchum, R. M., Vail, P. R, Sarg, J. F., Loutit, T. S., and Hardenbol, J. (1988) An overview of sequence stratigraphy and key definitions. In: C. W. Wilgus et al., eds. Sea level changes; an integrated approach. Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists Special Publication, 42, p. 39-45. Van Wagoner, John C. (1995) Sequence stratigraphy and marine to nonmarine facies architecture of foreland basin strata, Book Cliffs, Utah., U.S.A. In: Sequence stratigraphy of foreland basin deposits; outcrop and subsurface examples from the Cretaceous of North America. AAPG Memoir, 64; p. 137-223. Van Wagoner, John C. (1995b) Sequence stratigraphy of foreland basin deposits; outcrop and subsurface examples from the Cretaceous of North America. AAPG Memoir, 64; 487 p. Vanserg, Nicholas (1952) How to write geologese. Economic Geology, v.52, p.220-223. Varnes, D.J. (1958) Landslide types and processes. National Research Council. Highway Research Board. Special Report 29, p.20-47. Varnes, D.J. (1978) Slope movement types and processes. In: Landslides: analysis and control. National Academy of Sciences. Transportation and Research Board Special Report 176, Ch.2. Vartiainen, H., and Paarma, H. (1979) Geological characteristics of the Sokli carbonatite complex, Finland. Economic Geology, v.74, p.1296-1306. Vassoevich, N.B. (1948) Evolyutsiya predstavlenii o geologicheskikh fatsiyakh. Leningrad: Gostoptekhizdat. (Vsesouiznyi Neftianoi Nauchno-Issledovatel'skiy Geologo-Rezvedochnyi Institut. Litologicheskii sbornik, no.1). Vassoevich, N.B. (1953) O nekotorykh flishevykh teksturakh (znakakh). L'vovskoe Geologicheskoe

823

Vella

Wahlstrom

Obshchestvo. Trudy; geologicheskaia seriia, no.3, p.17-85. Vassoevich, N.B. (1965) Vernadskiy's views on the origin of oil. International Geology Review, v.7, p.507-517. Vasudevan, Wilson, and Laidlow (1991) Simulated annealing statics computation using an order-based energy function. Geophysics 56, 1831-39. Veatch, J.O., and Humphrys, C.R. (1966) Water and water use terminology. Kaukauna, Wisc.: Thomas Printing & Publishing Co. 381p. Veblen, D. R. (1991) Polysomatism and polysomatic series: a review and applications. American Mineralogist 76, p. 801-826. Veblen, D.R., Buseck, P.R., and Burnham, C.W. (1977) Asbestiform chain silicates: new minerals and structural groups. Science, v.198, p.359-365. Vella, P. (1964) Biostratigraphic units. New Zealand Journal of Geology and Geophysics, v.7, p.615-625. Vendeville, B. C., and Jackson M. P. A. (1991) Deposition, extension, and the shape of downbuilding salt diapirs (abs.) American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, v. 75, p. 687-688. Veni, G. (1997) Geomorphology, hydrogeology, geochemistry, and evolution of the karstic Lower Glen Rose Aquifer, south-central Texas (Pennsylavania State University doctoral dissertation). Austin, Tex., Texas Speleological Survey Monograph 1, 409p. Veniale, F., and van der Marel, H. W. (1969) Identification of some 1:1 regular interstratified trioctahedral clay minerals. Proceedings of the International Clay Conference, Tokyo 1, p. 233-244. Vening Meinesz, F.A. (1955) Plastic buckling of the Earth's crust: the origin of geosynclines. Geological Society of America. Special Paper 62, p.319-330. Vergniolle, S., and Mangan, M. (2000) Hawaiian and Strombolian eruptions. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.447-461. Vermeij, G.J. (1991) When biotas meet: Understanding biotic interchange. Science, v.253, no.5024, p.1099-1104. Vernon, R.H. (1974) Controls of mylonitic compositional layering during noncataclastic ductile deformation. Geological Magazine, v.111, p.121-123. Vernon, R.H. (1975) Metamorphic processes, reactions and microstructure development. New York: Wiley. 247p. Vespermann, D., and Schmincke, H.-U. (2000) Scoria cones and tuff rings. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.683-694.

824

Viles, H.A., and Goudie, A.s. (1990) Tufas, travertines, and allied carbonate deposits. Progress in Physical Geography, v.14, no.1, p.19-41. Viljoen, M.J., and Viljoen, R.P. (1969) The geology and geochemistry of the lower ultramafic unit of the Onverwacht Group and a proposed new class of igneous rock. Geological Society of South Africa. Special publication, Upper Mantle Project , v.2, p.221-244. Vistelius, A.B. (1967) Studies in mathematical geology. New York: Consultants Bureau. 294p. Vitaliano, D.B. (1968) Geomythology: the impact of geologic events on history and legend, with special reference to Atlantis. Indiana University. Journal of the Folklore Institute, v.5, p.5-30. Vitaliano, D.B. (1973) Legends of the earth: their geologic origins. Bloomington: Indiana University Press. 305p. Vogt, J.H.L. (1905) Über anchi-eutektische und anchimonomineralische Eruptivgesteine. Norsk geologisk tidsskrift, v.1, no.1, paper 2. 33p. Von Bernewitz, M.W. (1931) Handbook for prospectors. 2d ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. Von Engeln, O.D. (1942) Geomorphology; systematic and regional. New York: Macmillan. 655p. W Wada, K. (1963a) On the spiral growth of the inner surface of the calcitic shell Anomia lischkei ­ I. Japanese Society of Scientific Fisheries Bulletin, v.29, p.320-324. Wada, K. (1963b) On the spiral growth of the inner surface of the calcitic shell Ostrea gigas ­ II. Japanese Society of Scientific Fisheries Bulletin, v.29, p.447-451. Wada, K. (1968) Spiral growth of calcitostracum. Nature, London, v.219, p. 62. Wada, K. (1989) Allophane and imogolite. in Dixon, J. B., and Weed, S. B., editors, Minerals in the soil environment , 2nd edition, Soil Science Society of America, p. 1051-1087. Wadell, H.A. (1932) Volume, shape, and roundness of rock particles. Journal of Geology, v.40, p.443-451. Wadell, H.A. (1934) Shape determinations of large sedimental rock fragments. Pan-American Geologist, v.61, p.187-220. Wadsworth, M.E. (1893) A sketch of the geology of the iron, gold, and copper districts of Michigan. Michigan Geological Survey. Report of the State Geologist for 1891-1892, p.75-174.

Walcott

Waterston

Wager, L.R. (1968) Rhythmic and cryptic layering in mafic and ultramafic plutons. In: Hess, H.H., and Poldervaart, Arie, eds. Basalts: the Poldervaart treatise on rocks of basaltic composition , v.2, p.483-862. New York: Interscience. Wager, L.R., and Brown, G.M. (1967) Layered igneous rocks. San Francisco: Freeman. 588p. Wager, L.R., and Deer, W.A. (1939) The petrology of the Skaergaard intrusion, Kangerdlugssuaq, east Greenland. Meddelelser om Grönland, v.105, no.4. 352p. (Geological investigations in east Greenland, pt.3) Wahlstrom, E. E. (1948) Optical crystallography. New York: Wiley. 206 p. Wahlstrom, E.E. (1969) Optical crystallography, 4th ed. New York: Wiley. 489p. Walcott, R.H. (1898) The occurrence of so-called obsidian bombs in Australia. Royal Society of Victoria. Proceedings, n.s., v.11, pt.1, p.23-53. Walker, Frederick (1957) Ophitic texture and basaltic crystallization. Journal of Geology, v.65, no.1, p.1-14. Walker, G., and Croasdale, R. (1972) Characteristics of some basaltic pyroclastics. Bulletin Volcanologique, v.35, p.303-317. Walker, G.P.L. (1973) Lengths of lava flows. Philosophical Transactions, Royal Society of London, v. 274, p.107-118. Walker, G.P.L. (1980) The Taupo pumice--product of the most powerful known (ultraplinian) eruption. Journal of Volcanology and Geothermal Research, v.8, p.69-94. Walker, G. P. L. (1991) Structure, and origin by injection of lava under surface crust, of tumuli, "lava rises", "lava-rise pits", and "lava inflation clefts" in Hawaii. Bulletin of Volcanology, v. 53, p. 546-558. Walker, G.P.L. (2000) Basaltic volcanoes and volcanic systems. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.283-289. Walker, K.R. (1973) Major Middle Ordovician reef tract in east Tennessee. American Journal of Science, v.273-A (Cooper volume), p.294-325. Walker, T.L. (1902) The geology of Kalahandi state, central provinces. India, Geological Survey. Memoirs, v.33, part 3. Wall, D., and Dale, B. (1968) Modern dinoflagellate cysts and evolution of the Peridiniales. Micropaleontology, v.14, no.3, p.265-304. Wallace, R.C. (1913) Pseudobrecciation in Ordovician limestones in Manitoba. Journal of Geology, v.21, p.402-421.

Waller, T.R. (1978) Morphology, morphoclines, and a new classification of the Pteriomorphia. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, ser.B, v.284, p.345-365. Walliser, O.H., Bultnyck, P., Weddige, K., Becker, R.T., and House, M.R. (1995) Definition of the Eifelian-Givetian Stage boundary. Episodes, v.18, no.3, p.107-115. Walsh, J.J., and Watterson, J. (1991) Geometric and kinematic coherence and scale effects in normal fault systems. In: Roberts, A.M., Yielding, G, and Freeman, B., eds., The geometry of normal faults. Geological Society [of London] Special Publication 56, p.193-203. Walter, M.R. (1976) Stromatolites. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 790p. (Developments in sedimentology, 20.) Walther, Johannes (1893-1894) Einleitung in die Geologie als historische Wissenschaft; Beobachtungen über die Bildung der Gesteine und ihrer organischen Einschlusse. Jena G. Fischer. 1055p. Walton, E.K. (1956) Limitations of graded bedding and alternative criteria of upward sequence in the rocks of the Southern Uplands. Edinburgh Geological Society. Transactions, v.16, p.262-271. Walton, John (1940) An introduction to the study of fossil plants. London: Adam & Charles Black. 188p. Wang Hong (1966) On rock-stratigraphic units. Acta Geologica Sinica, v. 46, no. 1, p. 1-13. Wanless, H.R., and Weller, J.M. (1932) Correlation and extent of Pennsylvanian cyclothems. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.43, p.1003-1016. Ward, F.K. (1923) From the Yangtze to the Irrawaddy. Geographical Journal, v.62, p.6-20. Ward, W.H. (1953) Glacier bands; conference on terminology. Journal of Glaciology, v.2, no.13, p.229-232. Warntz, William (1975) Stream ordering and contour mapping. Journal of Hydrology, v.25, p.209-227. Warren, J.K., (1989) Evaporite Sedimentology: Its importance in hydrocarbon accumulations. Prentice-Hall Scientific Publications, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 285p. Washburn, A.L. (1947) Reconnaissance geology of portions of Victoria Island and adjacent regions, arctic Canada. Geological Society of America. Memoir 22. 142p. Washburn, A.L. (1950) Patterned ground. Revue Canadienne Geographie, v.4, no.3-4, p.5-59. Washburn, A.L. (1956) Classification of patterned ground and review of suggested origins. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.67, p.823-865.

825

Watson

Wentworth

Washburn, A.L. (1973) Periglacial processes and environments. London: Edward Arnold. 320p. Washburn, A.L., and Goldthwait, R.P. (1958) Slushflows (abstract). Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.69, p.1657-1658. Watabe, N. (1984) Shell. In: Bereiter-Hahn, J., Matoltsy, A.G., and Richards, K.S., eds., Biology of the integument. Berlin, Springer, chap.25, p.448-485. Waters, A.C., and Campbell, C.D. (1935) Mylonites from the San Andreas fault zone. American Journal of Science, 5th ser., v.29, no.174, p.473-503. Waterston, C.D. (1975) Gill structures in the Lower Devonian eurypterid Tarsopterella scotica. Fossils and Strata, no.4, p.241-254. Watson, R.A., and Wright, H.E., Jr. (1980) The end of the Pleistocene: a general critique of chronostratigraphic classification. Boreas, v.9, p.153-163. Wayland, E.J. (1920) Some facts and theories relating to the geology of Uganda. Uganda Geological Dept. Pamphlet no.1. 52p. Wayland, E.J. (1934) Peneplains and some other erosional platforms. Uganda Geological Survey Dept. Annual Report and Bulletin, 1933, Bull. no.1, p.77-79. Weast, R.C., ed. (1970) Handbook of chemistry and physics. 51st ed. Cleveland: The Chemical Rubber Co. Weatherley, A.H., ed. (1967) Australian inland waters and their fauna; eleven studies. Canberra: Australian National University Press. 287p. Weaver, C. E. (1953) Mineralogy and petrology of some Ordovician K-bentonites and related limestones. Geological Society of America Bulletin, v. 64, p. 921-943. Weaver, C. E. (1989) Clays, muds and shales. In Developments in Sedimentology. Elsevier Pub. Co., v. 44, 819 p. Weaver, C. E. and Broekstra, B. R. (1984) Illite-mica. In: Weaver, C. E., et al., Shale-slate metamorphism in Southern Appalachians. Developments in Petrology 10 : Amsterdam: Elsevier, p. 67-97. Weaver, C.E. (1980) Fine-grained rocks: shales or physilites. Sedimentary Geology, v.27, p.301-313. Weaver, J.E., and Clements, F.E. (1938) Plant ecology. 2nd ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 601p. Webb, L.J. (1959) A physiognomic classification of Australian rain forests. Journal of Ecology, v.47, p.551-570. Webb, R.W. (1936) Kern Canyon Fault, southern Sierra Nevada. Journal of Geology, v.44, p.631-638.

Webster's (1984) Webster's II New Riverside University dictionary. The Riverside Publishing Company. Webster's third new international dictionary of the English language; unabridged (1967) P.B. Gove, ed. Springfield, Mass.; G. & C. Merriam. 2662p. Weeks, L.G. (1952) Factors of sedimentary basin development that control oil occurrence. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.36, p.2071-2124. Wegener, Alfred (1912) The origin of the continents and oceans. English translation, 1924. New York: Dutton. Weik, M.H., (1977) Standard Dictionary of Computers and Information Processing. 2nd. ed.: Hayden Book Co., Inc., Rochelle Park, NJ, 390p. Weiss, P., and Ferris, W.J. (1954) Electronmicrograms of larval amphibian epidermis. Experimental Cell Research, v.6, p.546-549. Welch, P.S. (1952) Limnology. 2nd ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 538p. Weld, L.D., ed. (1937) Glossary of physics. 1st ed. New York: McGraw-Hill. 255p. Weller, J.M. (1930) Cyclical sedimentation of the Pennsylvanian Period and its significance. Journal of Geology, v.38, p.97-135. Weller, J.M. (1956) Argument for diastrophic control of late Paleozoic cyclothems. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.40, p.17-50. Weller, J.M. (1958) Stratigraphic facies differentiation and nomenclature. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.42, p.609-639. Weller, J.M. (1958a) Cyclothems and larger sedimentary cycles of the Pennsylvanian. Journal of Geology, v.66, p.195-207. Weller, J.M. (1960) Stratigraphic principles and practice. New York: Harper. 725p. Weller, J.M., et al. (1942) Stratigraphy of the fusuline-bearing beds of Illinois. Illinois State Geological Survey. Bulletin 67, p.9-34. Wellman, H.W., and Wilson, A.T. (1965) Salt weathering, a neglected geological erosive agent in coastal and arid environments. Nature, v.205, p.1097-1098. Wells, F.G. (1949) Ensimatic and ensialic geosynclines (abstract). Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.60, p.1927. Wells, J.W. (1944) Middle Devonian bone beds of Ohio. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.55, p.273-302.

826

Wentworth

Whitten

Wells, J.W. (1947) Provisional paleoecological analysis of the Devonian rocks of the Columbus region. Ohio Journal of Science, v.47, p.119-126. Wenk, H.-R., ed. (1985) Preferred orientation in deformed metals and rocks: An introduction to modern texture analysis. Orlando: Academic Press. Wentworth, C.K. (1922) A scale of grade and class terms for clastic sediments. Journal of Geology, v.30, p.377-392. Wentworth, C.K. (1922a) A method of measuring and plotting the shapes of pebbles. U.S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 730-C, p.91-114. Wentworth, C.K. (1922b) The shapes of beach pebbles. U.S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 131-C, p.75-83. Wentworth, C.K. (1925) Chink-faceting; a new process of pebbleshaping. Journal of Geology, v.33, p.260-267. Wentworth, C.K. (1931) Pebble wear on the Jarvis Island beach. Washington University Studies, n.s., Science and Technology, no.5, p.11-37. Wentworth, C.K. (1935) The terminology of coarse sediments. With notes by P.G.H. Boswell. National Research Council. Division of Geology and Geography. Committee on Sedimentation. Report for 1932-1934, p.225-246. (National Research Council. Bulletin, no.98). Wentworth, C.K. (1936) An analysis of the shapes of glacial cobbles. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.6, p.85-96. Wentworth, C.K. (1939) Marine bench-forming processes: II, Solution benching. Journal of Geomorphology, v.2, p.3-25. Wentworth, C.K. (1943) Soil avalanches on Oahu, Hawaii. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.54, p.53-64. Wentworth, C.K., and Williams, Howel (1932) The classification and terminology of the pyroclastic rocks. National Research Council. Division of Geology and Geography. Committee on Sedimentation. Report for 1930-1932, p.19-53. (National Research Council. Bulletin, no.89) Wentworth, C.M. (1967) Dish structure, a primary sedimentary structure in coarse turbidites. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.51, p.485. Wetzel, R.G. (2001) Limnology: Lake and river ecosystems. San Diego, Academic Press, 1006p. Wheeler, H.E. (1958) Time-stratigraphy. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.42, p.1047-1063.

Wheeler, H.E. (1958a) Primary factors in biostratigraphy. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.42, p.640-655. Wheeler, H.E. (1964) Baselevel, lithosphere surface, and time-stratigraphy. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.75, p.599-609. Wheeler, H.E., and Beesley, E.M. (1948) Critique of the time-stratigraphic concept. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.59, p.75-85. Wheeler, H.E., and Mallory, V.S. (1953) Designation of stratigraphic units. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.37, p.2407-2421. Wheeler, H.E., and Mallory, V.S. (1956) Factors in lithostratigraphy. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.40, p.2711-2723. Wheeler, H.E., et al. (1950) Stratigraphic classification. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.34, p.2361-2365. Whitaker, J.H.McD. (1973) "Gutter casts", a new name for scour-and-fill structures: with examples from Llandoverian and Rjngerike and Malmöya, southern Norway. Norsk Geologisk Tidsskrift, v.53, p.403-417. White, C.A. (1870) Report on the geological survey of the State of Iowa. Vol.1. Des Moines: Mills & Co. 391p. White, D.E. (1957) Thermal waters of volcanic origin. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.68, p.1637-1657. White, D.E., Thompson, G.A., and Sandberg, C.H. (1964) Rocks, structure, and geologic history of Steamboat Springs thermal area, Washoe County, Nevada. U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 458-B, 62p. White, David (1915) Some relations in origin between coal and petroleum. Washington Academy of Sciences. Journal, v.5, no.6, p.189-212. White, S.E. (1967) Rockfall, alluvial, and avalanche talus in the Colorado Front Range (abstract). Geological Society of America. Special Paper 115, p.237. White, S.E. (1972) Alpine subnival boulder pavements in Colorado Front Range. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.83, p.195-200. White, S.E. (1976) Rock glaciers and block fields, review and new data. Quaternary Research, v.6, p.77-97. White, W.A. (1961) Colloid phenomena in sedimentation of argillaceous rocks. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.31, no.4, p.560-570. White, W.H. (1959) Cordilleran tectonics in British Columbia. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.43, p.60-100.

827

Whittington

Willis

Whitney, J.D. (1888) Names and places; studies in geographical and topographical nomenclature. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press. 239p. Whittaker, R.H. (1972) Evolution and measurement of species diversity. Taxon, v.21, 2.213-251. Whitten, D.G.A., with Brooks, J.R.V. (1972) The Penguin dictionary of geology. Harmondsworth, England: Penguin Books. 495p. Whitten, E.H.T. (1959) A study of two directions of folding: the structural geology of the Monadhliath and mid-Strathspey. Journal of Geology, v.67, p.14-47. Whitten, E.H.T. (1966) Structural geology of folded rocks. Chicago: Rand McNally. 663p. Whittington, H.B., and Rickards, R.B. (1968) New tuboid graptolite from the Ordovician of Ontario. Journal of Paleontology, v.42, p.61-69. Wicander, R., Foster, C.B., and Reed, J.D. (1996) Gloeocapsamorpha. In: Jansonius, J., and McGregor, D.C., eds., Palynology; principles and applications 1. Dallas, Tex., American Association of Stratigraphic Palynologists Foundation, p.215-225. Wickman, F.E. (1966) Repose period patterns of volcanoes. Part 1: Volcanic eruptions regarded as random phenomena. Arkiv for Mineralogi och Geologi, v.4, no.7, p.291-301. Wiegel, R.L. (1953) Waves, tides, currents and beaches: glossary of terms and list of standard symbols. Berkeley, Calif.: Council on Wave Research, The Engineering Foundation. 113p. Wien, Willy (1894) Temperatur und Entropie der Strahlung. Annalen der Physik, ser.2, v.52, p.132-165. Wilcox, R.E. et al. (1973) Basic wrench tectonics. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.57, p.74-96. Wiley, E.O. (1981) Phylogenetics: The theory and practice of phylogenetic systematics. New York, Wiley-Liss, 439p. Wiley, E.O., Siegel-Causey, D., Brooks, D.R., and Funk, V.A. (1991) The compleat cladist: A primer of phylogenetic procedures. University of Kansas Museum of Natural History Special Publication 19, 158p. Wilkinson, J.F.G. (1968) The petrography of basaltic rocks. In: Hess, H.H., and Poldervaart, A., eds. Basalts: the Poldervaart treatise on rocks of basaltic composition , v.1, p.163-214. New York: Interscience. Willard, Bradford (1930) Conglomerite, a new rock term. Science, v.71, p.438. Williams, Alwyn (1970) Origin of laminar-shelled articulate brachiopods. Lethaia, v.3, p.329-342.

Williams, B.J., and Prentice, J.E. (1957) Slump-structures in the Ludlovian rocks of North Herefordshire. Geologists' Association. Proceedings, v.68, p.286-293. Williams, G.L. (1978) Dinoflagellates, acritarchs, and tasmantids. In: Haq, B.L., and Boersma, A., eds., Introduction to marine micropaleontology. Amsterdam, Netherlands, Elsevier, p.293-326; 358-366. Williams, G.L., Fensome, R.A., Miller, M.A., and Sarjeant, W.A.S. (2000) A glossary of the terminology applied to dinoflagellates, acritarchs, and prasinophytes, with emphasis on fossils. 3rd ed. American Association of Stratigraphic Palynologists Contribution Series, no.37, 365p. Williams, G.L., Sarjeant, W.A.S., and Kidson, E.J. (1973) A glossary of the terminology applied to dinoflagellate amphiesmae and cysts and acritarchs. American Association of Stratigraphic Palynologists Contribution Series, no.2, p.1-222. Williams, G.L., Sarjeant, W.A.S., and Kidson, E.J. (1978) A glossary of the terminology applied to dinoflagellate amphiesmae and cysts and acritarchs. 1978 ed. American Association of Stratigraphic Palynologists Contribution Series, no.2A, p.1-121. Williams, H.R., and Meyers, C.J. (1964) Oil and gas terms; annotated manual of legal, engineering, tax words and phrases. San Francisco: Matthew Bender. 449p. Williams, H.S. (1893) The elements of the geological time-scale. Journal of Geology, v.1, p.283-295. Williams, H.S. (1895) Geological biology; an introduction to the geological history of organisms. New York: Henry Holt. 395p. Williams, H.S. (1901) The discrimination of time-values in geology. Journal of Geology, v.9, p.570-585. Williams, Howel (1932) The history and character of volcanic domes. University of California, Department of Geological Sciences. Bulletin, v.21, no.5, p.51-146. Williams, Howel (1941) Calderas and their origin. University of California, Department of Geological Sciences. Bulletin, v.25, no.6, p.239-346. Williams, Howel, et al. (1954) Petrography--an introduction to the study of rocks in thin sections. San Francisco: Freeman. 406p. Williams, M.Y. (1936) Frost circles. Royal Society of Canada. Transactions, ser.3, v.30, p.129-132. Williams, P.W., (1983) The role of the subcutaneous zone in karst hydrology. Journal of Hydrology, v.61, p.45-67. Williams, R.S., jr. (1972) Thermography. Photogrammetric Engineering, v.38, p.881-883.

828

Willis

Wolf

Williams-Jones, G., and Rymer, H. (2000) Hazards of volcanic gases. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.997-1004. Williamson, I.A. (1961) Spring domes developed in limestone. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.31, p.288-291. Willis, Bailey (1893) The mechanics of Appalachian structure. U.S. Geological Survey. Annual Report, 13th, pt.2, p.211-281. Willis, Bailey (1903) Physiography and deformation of the Wenatchee-Chelan district, Cascade Range. U.S. Geological Survey. Professional Paper 19, p.41-97. Willis, Bailey (1928) Dead Sea problem: rift valley or ramp valley? Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.39, p.490-542. Willis, Bailey (1938) Asthenolith (melting spot) theory. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.49, p.603-614. Willman, H.B., et al. (1942) Geology and mineral resources of the Marseilles, Ottawa, and Streator quadrangles. Illinois State Geological Survey. Bulletin 66. 388p. Wills, L.J. (1956) Concealed coalfields; a palaeogeographical study of the stratigraphy and tectonics of mid-England in relation to coal reserves. London: Blackie. 208p. Wilmarth, M.G. (1938) Lexicon of geologic names of the United States (including Alaska). Parts 1-2. U.S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 896. 2396p. Wilson, E.D., and Bossert, W.H. (1971) A primer of population biology. Stamford, Conn.: Sinauer Associates. 192p. Wilson, Gilbert (1953) Mullion and rodding structures in the Moine series of Scotland. Geologists' Association. Proceedings, v.64, p.118-151. Wilson, Gilbert (1961) The tectonic significance of small scale structures and their importance to the geologist in the field. Société Géologique de Belge. Annales, tome 84, p.423-548. Wilson, I.G. (1972) Aeolian bedforms--their development and origins. Sedimentology, v.19, p.173-210. Wilson, J.A. (1959) Transfer, a synthesis of stratigraphic processes. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.43, p.2861-2862. Wilson, J.A. (1971) Note 39--Records of the Stratigraphic Commission for 1968-1970. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.55, p.1866-1872. Wilson, J.T. (1950) An analysis of the pattern and possible cause of young mountain ranges and island arcs.

Geological Association of Canada. Proceedings, v.3, p.141-166. Wilson, J.T. (1965) A new class of faults and their bearing on continental drift. Nature, v.207, p.343-347. Wilson, J.T. (1968) Static or mobile earth. In: Gondwanaland revisited: New evidence for continental drift. American Philosophical Society. Proceedings, v.112, p.309-320. Wilson, L. (1976) Explosive volcanic eruptions; III. Plinian eruption columns. Royal Astronomical Society. Geophysical Journal, v.45, p.543-556. Winchell, N.H., and Winchell, H.V. (1891) The iron ores of Minnesota, their geology, discovery, development, qualities and origin, and comparison with those of other iron districts. Minnesota Geological and Natural History Survey. Bulletin no.6 430p. Winchester, S. (2002) The map that changed the world: William Smith and the birth of modern geology. New York, Perennial, 329 p. Wind, F.H., and Wise, S.W., Jr. (1976) Organic vs. inorganic processes in archeogastropod shell mineralization. In: Watabe, N., and Wilbur, K.M., eds., The mechanisms of mineralization in the invertebrates and plants. Columbia, S.C., University of South Carolina Press, p.369-387. Winkler, E.M., and Wilhelm, E.J. (1970) Salt burst by hydration pressures in architectural stone in urban atmosphere. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.81, p.567-572. Winkler, H.G.F. (1967) Petrogenesis of metamorphic rocks. 2d ed. New York: Springer-Verlag. 237p. Winsauer, W.O., et al. (1952) Resistivity of brine saturated sands in relation to pore geometry. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.36, p.253-277. Wise, D. U., Dunn, D. E., Engelder, J. T., Geiser, P. A., Hatcher, R. D., Kish, S. A., Odon, A. L. and Schamel, S. (1984) Fault-related rocks: suggestions for terminology. Geology, v. 12, p. 391-394. Wise, S.W., Jr. (1968) Scanning electron microscopy and the ultrastructure of the molluscan crossed lamellar layer. Geological Society of America Programs with Abstracts, Annual Meeting, Mexico City, November 11-13, 1968, p.325-326. Wise, S.W., Jr. (1970) Microarchitecture and mode of formation of nacre (mother of pearl) in pelecypods, gastropods, and cephalopods. Eclogae Geologicae Helvetiae, v.63, p.775-797. Wise, Sherwood, Jr. (1970) Microarchitecture and mode of formation of nacre (mother-of-pearl) in pelecypods, gastropods, and cephalopods. Eclogae Geologicae Helvetiae, v.63, p.775-797.

829

Wolf

Woodworth

Withjack, M.O., and Callaway, J.S. (2000) Active normal faulting beneath a salt layer: An experimental study of deformation in the cover sequence. AAPG Bulletin, v.84, p.627-652. Wohletz, K. and Heiken, G. (1992) Volcanology and geothermal energy. Berkeley, University of California Press, 432 pp. Woldenberg, M.J. (1966) Horton's laws justified in terms of allometric growth and steady state in open systems. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.77, p.431-434. Wolf, K.H. (1960) Simplified limestone classification. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.44, p.1414-1416. Wolf, K.H. (1965) Littoral environment indicated by open-space structures in algal limestones. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaoecology, v.1, p.183-223. Wolf, K.H., ed. (1976) Handbook of strata-bound and stratiform ore deposits. Vol. 1-7. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 2863p. Wolfe, C.W., et al. (1966) Earth and space science. Boston: Heath. 630p. Wolfe, J.A. (1993) A method of obtaining climatic parameters from leaf assemblages. U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin 2040, p.1-71. Wolfe, J.A., and Spicer, R.A. (1999) Fossil leaf character states: multivariate analyses. In: Jones, T.P., and Rowe, N.P., eds., Fossil plants and spores:modern techniques. London, UK, Geological Society of London, p.233-239. Wolff, J.A., and Sumner, J.M. (2000) Lava fountains and their products. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.321-329. Wood, Alan (1935) The origin of the structure known as guilielmites. Geological Magazine, v.72, p.241-245. Wood, Alan (1941) "Algal dust": and the finer-grained varieties of Carboniferous limestone. Geological Magazine, v.78, p.192-200. Wood, Alan (1942) The development of hillside slopes. Geologists' Association. Proceedings, v.53, p.128-138. Wood, Alan, and Smith, A.J. (1958) The sedimentation and sedimentary history of the Aberystwyth Grits (upper Llandoverian). Geological Society of London. Quarterly Journal, v.114, p.163-195. Wood, G.D. (1996) Biostratigraphic, paleoecologic, and biologic significance of the Silurian (Landovery) acritarch Beromia redroadii gen. emend. et sp. nov., mid-continent and eastern United States. Palynology, v.20, p.177-189.2 Wood, G.D., and Miller, M.A. (1997) Pre-Carboniferous Chlorophyta: New reports of

830

Hydrodictyaceae, ?Scenedesmaceae, and ?Zygnemataceae. In: Fatka, O., and Servais, T., eds., Acritarcha in Praha. Acta Universitatis Carolinae, v.40, p.703-717. Wood, G.D., Palmer-Koleman, S.E., Alemán, A.M., and Padilla, H (2002) Palynofacies and biomarker analysis of the lowermost Permo-Carboniferous Pular Formation, a volcanic-arc sequence in the Sierra de Almeida, northern chile. Review of Palaeobotany and Palynology, v.118, p.323-333. Wood, W.F., and Snell, J.B. (1960) A quantitative system for classifying land forms. Natick, Mass.: U.S. Army Natick Laboratory. Technical Report EP-124. 20p. Woodford, A.O (1925) The San Onofre Breccia; its nature and origin. University of California. Department of Geological Sciences: Bulletin, v.15, no.7, p.159-280. Woodford, A.O. (1925) The San Onofre Breccia; its nature and origin. University of California. Department of Geological Sciences: Bulletin, v.62, p.799-851. Woodford, A.O. (1951) Stream gradients and Monterey sea valley. Geological Society of America. Bulletin, v.62, p.799-851. Woodford, A.O. (1965) Historical geology. San Francisco, Freeman and Co., 512p. Woodroffe, C.D. (2002) Coasts. Cambridge University Press, 623p. Woodward, H.B. (1887) Geology of England and Wales: with notes on the physical features of the country. 2d ed. London: G. Philip. 670p. Woodward, H.B. (1894) The Jurassic rocks of Britain. Vol. 4. London: Her Majesty's Stationery Office. 628p. (Great Britain. Geological Survey. Memoir). Woodward, H.P. (1957) Structural elements of northeastern Appalachians. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.41, p.1429-1440. Woodward, H.P. (1958) Alleghany orogeny. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin, v.42, p.193. Woodward, N.B., and Beets, J. W. (1988) Critical evidence for southern Appalachian Valley and Ridge thrust sequence. In: Geometries and mechanisms of thrusting, with special reference to the Appalachians , edited by Mitra, G. and Wojtal, S. Spec. Pap. Geol. Soc. Am., v. 222, p. 165-178. Woodward, N.B., Boyer, S. E., and Supper, J. (1989) Balanced geological cross sections. American Geophysical Union, Short Course in Geology, v. 6, 132 p. Woodward, N.B., et al. (1985) An outline of balanced cross-sections. University of Tennessee, Dept. of

Woollacott

Zenger

Geological Sciences. Studies in Geology 11, 2nd ed., p.3-4. Woodworth, J.B. (1894a) Postglacial eolian action in southern New England. American Journal of Science, ser.3, v.47, p.63-71. Woodworth, J.B. (1894b) Some typical eskers of southern New England. Boston Society of Natural History. Proceedings, v.26, p.197-220. Woodworth, J.B. (1901) Pleistocene geology of portions of Nassau County and Borough of Queens. New York State Museum. Bulletin, v.48, p.618-670. Woodworth, J.B. (1912) Geological expedition to Brazil and Chile, 1908-1909. Harvard College. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bulletin, v.56, no.1. 137p. Woollacott, R.M., and Zimmer, R.L. (1972) Origin and structure of the brood chamber in Bugula meritina (Bryozoa). Marine Biology, v.16, p.165-170. Woolley, A.R., et al. (1996) Classification of lamprophyres, lamproites, kimberlites, and the kalsilitic, melilitic, and leucitic rocks. In: Eby, G.N., and Martin, R.F., eds., Alkaline rocks: Petrology and mineralogy. The Canadian Mineralogist, v.34, no.2, p.175-186. Woolley, A.R. et al. (1996) Classification of lamprophyres, lamproites, kimberlites, and the kalsilitic, melilitic, and leucitic rocks. Canadian Mineralogist, 35, p. 175-186. Woolley, A.R., and Kempe, D.R.C. (1989) Carbonatites: Nomenclature, average chemical compositions, and element distribution. In: Bell, K., ed., Carbonatites: Genesis and evolution. London, Unwin Hyman, p.1-14. Woolnough, W.G. (1910) Stone rolls in the Bulli coal seam of New South Wales. Royal Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, v.44, p.334-340. Woolnough, W.G. (1927) The duricrust of Australia. Royal Society of New South Wales. Journal and Proceedings, v.61, p.24-53. Worcester, P.G. (1939) A textbook of geomorphology. New York: Van Nostrand. 565p. Workman, W.H. (1914) Nieve penitente and allied formations in Himalaya, or surface-forms of névé and ice created or modelled by melting. Zeitschrift für Gletscherkunde, Bd. 8, p.289-330. Wright, J.K. (1944) The terminology of certain map symbols. Geographical Review, v.34, p.653-654. Wright, W.B. (1914) The Quaternary ice age. London: Macmillan. 464p. Wright, W.B. (1926) Stratigraphical diachronism in the Millstone Grit of Lancashire. British Association for the Advancement of Science. Report, 94th, p.354-355.

Wulff, G.V. von (1902) Untersuchungen im Gebiete der Optischen Eigenschaften isomorpher Krystalle. Zeitschrift für Krystallographie und Mineralogie, Bd.36, p.1-28. Wyllie, M.R.J. (1957) The fundamentals of well log interpretation, 2nd ed. New York: Academic Press. 176p. Wyllie, M.R.J., et al. (1956) Elastic wave velocities in heterogeneous and porous media. Geophysics, v.21, p.41-70. Wyllie, P.J. (1966) Experimental petrology: an indoor approach to an outdoor subject. Journal of Geological Education, v.14, p.93-97. Wynne-Edwards, H.R. (1957) Structure of the Westport concordant pluton in the Grenville, Ontario. Journal of Geology, v.65, p.639-649. Y Yaalon, D.H. (1965) Microminerals and micromineralogy. Clay minerals, v.6, p.71. Yanyi, G. (1987) Raw materials for making porcelain and the characteristics of porcelain wares in North and South China in ancient times. Archaeometry, v.29, p.3-19. Yasso, W.E. (1966) Heavy minerals concentration and sastrugi-like deflation furrows in a beach salcrete at Rockaway Point, New York. Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.36, p.836-838. Yeats, R.S. (1981) Quaternary flake tectonics of the California Transverse Ranges. Geology, v.9, p.16-20. Yoder, H.S., jr., and Tilley, C.E. (1962) Origin of basalt magmas: an experimental study of natural and synthetic rock systems. Journal of Petrology, v.3, p.342-532. Yokoyama, Izumi (1956-57) Energetics and active volcanoes. Tokyo University. Earthquake Research Institute. Bulletin, v.35, pt.1, p.75-97. Yolkin, E.A., Kim, A.I., Weddige, K., Talent, J.A., and House, M.R. (1997) Definition of the Pragian/Emsian Stage boundary. Episodes, v.20, no.4, p.235-240. Youell, R.F. (1960) An electrolytic method for producing chlorite-like substances from montmorillonite. Clay Minerals Bulletin, v.4, p.191-195. Young, A.P. (1910) On the glaciation of the Navis Valley in North Tirol. Geological Magazine, v.7, p.244-258. Z Zankl, H., and Multer, H.G. (1977) Origin of some internal fabrics in Holocene reef rocks, St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands. Third International Coral Reef Symposium. Proceedings, v.2, p.127-133. Miami:

831

Zernitz

Zittel

University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Science. 628p. Zemansky, M.W. (1957) Heat and thermodynamics. New York: McGraw-Hill. 484p. Zen, E-an (1966) Construction of pressure-temperature diagrams for multicomponent systems after the method of Schreinemakers--a geometric approach. U.S. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1225. 56p. Zenger, D.H. (1983) Burial dolomitization in the Lost Burro Formation (Devonian), east-central California, and the significance of late diagenetic dolomitization. Geology, v.11, p.519-522. Zernitz, E.R. (1932) Drainage patterns and their significance. Journal of Geology, v.40, p.498-521. Ziegler, W., and Klapper, G. (1985) Stages of the Devonian system. Episodes, v.8, no.2, p.104-109. Zimbelman, J.R. (2000) Volcanism on Mars. In: Sigurdsson, H., ed., Encyclopedia of volcanoes. New York, Academic Press, p.771-783. Zingg, Theodor (1935) Beitrag zur Schotteranalyse; die Schotteranalyse und ihre Anwendung auf die

Glattalschotter. Schweizerische mineralogische und petrographische Mitteilungen, Bd.15, p.39-140. Zirkel, Ferdinand (1866) Lehrbuch der Petrographie. Bd.1. Bonn: Adolph Marcus. 607p. Zirkel, Ferdinand (1876) Microscopial petrography. U.S. Geological Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel. Report, v.6, 297p. (U.S. Army. Engineer Dept. Professional Paper, no.18). Zirkel, Ferdinand (1893) Lehrbuch der Petrographie. Bd.1 2nd ed. Leipzig: Wilhelm Engelmann. 845p. Zischinsky, Ulf (1969) Über Sackungen. Rock Mechanics, v.1, p.30-52. Zittel, K.A. von (1901) History of geology and palaeontology to the end of the nineteenth century. Translated by M.M. Ogilvie-Gordon. London: Walter Scott. 562p.

832

Information

References2005.vp

96 pages

Find more like this

Report File (DMCA)

Our content is added by our users. We aim to remove reported files within 1 working day. Please use this link to notify us:

Report this file as copyright or inappropriate

728560

You might also be interested in

BETA
Tide-Dominated Estuarine Facies in the Hollin and Napo ("T" and "U") Formations
untitled
RESUME